CN1951084A - High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony - Google Patents

High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1951084A
CN1951084A CNA2005800147541A CN200580014754A CN1951084A CN 1951084 A CN1951084 A CN 1951084A CN A2005800147541 A CNA2005800147541 A CN A2005800147541A CN 200580014754 A CN200580014754 A CN 200580014754A CN 1951084 A CN1951084 A CN 1951084A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
packet
data
client
host
type
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CNA2005800147541A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1951084B (en
Inventor
乔恩·詹姆斯·安德森
布赖恩·斯蒂尔
乔治·A·威利
沙尚克·谢卡尔
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Qualcomm Inc
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Qualcomm Inc filed Critical Qualcomm Inc
Priority claimed from PCT/US2005/008073 external-priority patent/WO2005088939A1/en
Publication of CN1951084A publication Critical patent/CN1951084A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN1951084B publication Critical patent/CN1951084B/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Landscapes

  • Communication Control (AREA)

Abstract

A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range 'serial' type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices.

Description

Link synchronization with improved high data rate interface
According 35U.S.C § 119 priority claim
This patent application claims the March 10, 2004 submission, titled "Switchable Threshold Differential Interface "Provisional Application No. 60/552176, and in 2004 Submitted on March 17, titled "Switchable Threshold Differential Interface" Provisional Application No. 60/554 309 of the priority application are both assigned to the assignee of the present invention Man, where it explicitly incorporated herein by reference.
Technology
In this disclosure, the present embodiment of the invention relates to the host device and the client Devices with a high data rate signal transmission or a digital signal transmission signal Protocol, the process and apparatus including integrated circuits and components. More specifically, the Company On the content relates to a technique that has an internal and an external device using low-power applications , High data rate transmission mechanism, the multimedia and other types of digital signals from the host Or the controller device to the client device, in order to show or display to the end user.
BACKGROUND
In recent years, computers, electronic products and various video game-related technologies (eg DVD, and HD-VCR) to obtain a significant progress, enabling such devices to End users still increasing resolution, video, video on demand and graphic images, Even including some types of text. These developments in turn requires a higher resolution power Child viewing device, such as high definition video monitors, HDTV monitors, or dedicated image Projection components. For example, the type of sound reproduction of the CD, DVD, and also has Other associated audio signal output device, the visible image with a high resolution of this or higher Combining quality audio data, so as to produce a more realistic end-users, richer Or more real multimedia experience. Also, have been developed, such as MP3 players Class high mobility, high-quality sound system and music transfer mechanisms to provide end-users Rendering pure audio. This has led to calls from the computer to the TV even such commercial electronic devices Prepared by the typical user, or top quality for high-quality output and is increasingly growing habits and The more desired quality or quality output. ...
In a typical video presentation scenario, involving electronic products, video data is generally used when the In previous techniques to tens of kilobits per second on the magnitude of the rate of transmission, the rate is Aptly called slow or medium speed. Then, the data stored in the cache, or temporary or Long-term memory devices, in order at a desired viewing device for delay (later) broadcast. For example, you can use a modem, or reside in other type of Internet connection settings Prepare a program on the computer, "pass" or use the Internet to send images to pick Can be used to receive or send performance data of the image digitally. Use with or without such Line modem, portable computers, wireless personal digital assistant (PDA) or wireless Telephones wireless devices can also be a similar transfer. ...
Once the data is received, the data is stored locally in a memory element, a circuit or a set Prepared, for example, stored in RAM or flash memory, but also stored in the internal or external Unit storage device, for example, the small size hard drives, for playback. According to the data and plots Image resolution, playback can quickly start or a long delay before rendering playback. Is That in certain cases that do not require large amounts of data or the use of a small image buffer Or a low-resolution image, the image presented to allow some degree of real-time playback, so by After a small delay, some of the content presented, and more content is still in the process of transmission Medium. Assuming any transmission link is interrupted or not being used from the relative Transport channel interference from other systems or users, then once started showing that transmission of In view of the end user device is appropriate (reasonably) transparent. Naturally, When multiple users share a communication path (for example, a wired Internet connection), the transfer Transmission may be interrupted, or slower than expected. ...
Once the data is received, the data is stored locally in a memory element, a circuit or a set Prepared, for example, stored in RAM or flash memory, but also stored in the internal or external Unit storage device, for example, the small size hard drives, for playback. According to the data and plots Image resolution, playback can quickly start or a long delay before rendering playback. Is That in certain cases that do not require large amounts of data or the use of a small image buffer Or a low-resolution image, the image presented to allow some degree of real-time playback, so by After a small delay, some of the content presented, and more content is still in the process of transmission Medium. Assuming any transmission link is interrupted or not being used from the relative Transport channel interference from other systems or users, then once started showing that transmission of In view of the end user device is appropriate (reasonably) transparent. Naturally, When multiple users share a communication path (for example, a wired Internet connection), the transfer Transmission may be interrupted, or slower than expected. ...
Once the data is transferred to the receiver such as a computer or other equipment and the like the " To "device, wherein the computer includes a storage mechanism such as memory, or magnetic or optical storage Components, the information will be decompressed (or a special decoder player), such as If necessary, decode, and based on the corresponding available presentation resolution and control elements of Appropriate presentation ready. For example, X × Y pixel screen resolution representation of a typical Computer video resolution is usually low to 480 × 640 pixels to 600 × 800 and then to 1024 × 1024, of course, as required or desired, may also have various other generally resolution. ...
Once the data is transferred to the receiver such as a computer or other equipment and the like the " To "device, wherein the computer includes a storage mechanism such as memory, or magnetic or optical storage Components, the information will be decompressed (or a special decoder player), such as If necessary, decode, and based on the corresponding available presentation resolution and control elements of Appropriate presentation ready. For example, X × Y pixel screen resolution representation of a typical Computer video resolution is usually low to 480 × 640 pixels to 600 × 800 and then to 1024 × 1024, of course, as required or desired, may also have various other generally resolution. ...
As can be seen from the above values, from the lowest to the highest resolution and a typical range of concentrations On a given screen image will require transmitted separately from 2.45 megabits (Mb) to 33.55Mb Data around. A rate of 30 frames per second or sports type watch the video image, The amount of data required about 73.7 to 1,006 megabits of data per second (Mbps), or large About 9.21 to 125.75 megabytes per second (MBps). In addition, people may want to tone Frequency data and images presented together, such as multimedia presentation, or if you want the audio data as Independent high-resolution audio presentation, such as CD-quality music. Treatment can also be used to pay Interactive control for the additional signal or signals. Each of these options have increased More data to be transmitted. In addition, involving high-definition (HD) television and film recording Update transmission technology may add more data and control information. In any case, when People want to transmit high-quality end-user or high-resolution image data and high-quality audio Frequency information, or data signal to generate content-rich experience when rendering the components and configurations To provide a source of such data between a host device or the need to have a high data transfer rate of chain Road. ...
Typically, 115 kilobytes per second (KBps) or 920 kilobits per second (Kbps) of about The data rate can be handled by Modern serial interface. Other serial interface such as USB interface, Can support data transfer rates of up to 12MBps, and such as the use of electrical and electronic engineering Cheng Association (IEEE) 1394 standard kind of dedicated high-speed transmission is possible with 100 To 400MBps rate magnitude. However, these rates can not achieve the desired The high data rate, the desired aim of these rates for future wireless data can Equipment and services used to provide high resolution, rich output signal to drive it Portable video display or audio device. This includes commercial and other presents for the calculation of Machines, gaming devices. In addition, these interfaces require the use of a huge number of host or system And client software to work. Their software stack also produces a lot of unwanted open Pin, especially when considering the application of the mobile wireless device or a telephone in case more prominent. This device has a strict memory and power constraints, and already overburdened calculated to Force. In addition, some interface cable or the use of a large volume of complex connectors, for Height requirements and beautiful mobile applications, these cables are too bulky bulky, can not make Satisfactory, and these connectors complex and increases the cost, or the power is too great. ...
Typically, 115 kilobytes per second (KBps) or 920 kilobits per second (Kbps) of about The data rate can be handled by Modern serial interface. Other serial interface such as USB interface, Can support data transfer rates of up to 12MBps, and such as the use of electrical and electronic engineering Cheng Association (IEEE) 1394 standard kind of dedicated high-speed transmission is possible with 100 To 400MBps rate magnitude. However, these rates can not achieve the desired The high data rate, the desired aim of these rates for future wireless data can Equipment and services used to provide high resolution, rich output signal to drive it Portable video display or audio device. This includes commercial and other presents for the calculation of Machines, gaming devices. In addition, these interfaces require the use of a huge number of host or system And client software to work. Their software stack also produces a lot of unwanted open Pin, especially when considering the application of the mobile wireless device or a telephone in case more prominent. This device has a strict memory and power constraints, and already overburdened calculated to Force. In addition, some interface cable or the use of a large volume of complex connectors, for Height requirements and beautiful mobile applications, these cables are too bulky bulky, can not make Satisfactory, and these connectors complex and increases the cost, or the power is too great. ...
Some of the above interfaces, and other very high rate data systems / protocols or The fixed installation computer equipment associated with the transmission data transfer mechanism, the existence of the other A major flaw. In order to support the required data transfer rate, but also require considerable power Rate and / or work with a large current. Greatly reduces doing this technique is used for the elimination Costs are high mobility of product availability.
Some of the above interfaces, and other very high rate data systems / protocols or The fixed installation computer equipment associated with the transmission data transfer mechanism, the existence of the other A major flaw. In order to support the required data transfer rate, but also require considerable power Rate and / or work with a large current. Greatly reduces doing this technique is used for the elimination Costs are high mobility of product availability....
Portable, wireless or mobile application industry is lacking is a technique, namely: To the high mobility of end users with high-quality rendering experience, whether it be audio-based, Video or multimedia. That is, when using a portable computer, mobile telephone, PDA Or other highly mobile communication devices or equipment, the current video and audio in use Rendering system or device can not at the desired high level of pass-through output. Feel The lack of mass transfer is often unable to obtain high-quality rendering of data are required for high data rate Rate results. These include the more efficient, advanced or fully transmitted to an external device features Presented to the end user, or the host and such as computers, game consoles such portable equipment Unit transferred between clients, and the host and including mobile phones and the like such as a wireless device Transfer between devices. ...
In the latter case, you add more and more high-resolution video screens as well as its internal It specialized input and / or output device, and connected to, such as so-called third-generation phones will Line equipment and so-called laptop computers, it has already a big step forward. However, the inner The data bus and the connection portion may include a rotating or sliding hinge bridge or similar hinge These structures of the video screen, or other element is mounted or connected to the mounting of the host And / or various other control elements and the output member of the main housing. These are generally high-bandwidth or High-throughput interfaces. Using existing techniques to construct high-throughput data transfer interface is very Hard, for example, in the wireless telephone, the existing technical requirements up to 90 or more guidewires, To achieve the desired throughput. The current solutions typically have higher signal level to be used Flat parallel interfaces, which would cost more interconnected and less reliable and may produce Health interference device features a radiated emission. Doing so in relation to the manufacturing, cost constraints, and reliable There are many challenges in terms of unresolved. ...
Means for fixing the position, there will be such problems and needs, which, for example, through the Letter or calculating class devices added to household appliances and other consumer devices, to provide advanced digital According to the capacity, the Internet and data transmission connection, or built-in entertainment. Another example is to fly Machines and vehicles, wherein the individual video and audio presentation screen installed in the seat back. However, In these cases, more convenient, efficient and user-friendly approach is to get the main store, process, or through The control unit can screen away from the faith or audio output, with the interconnection links or channels to render the letter Interest. This link will need to handle a considerable amount of data to achieve the desired throughput as described above Volume. ...
Means for fixing the position, there will be such problems and needs, which, for example, through the Letter or calculating class devices added to household appliances and other consumer devices, to provide advanced digital According to the capacity, the Internet and data transmission connection, or built-in entertainment. Another example is to fly Machines and vehicles, wherein the individual video and audio presentation screen installed in the seat back. However, In these cases, more convenient, efficient and user-friendly approach is to get the main store, process, or through The control unit can screen away from the faith or audio output, with the interconnection links or channels to render the letter Interest. This link will need to handle a considerable amount of data to achieve the desired throughput as described above Volume. ...
In U.S. Patent Application 10/020, 520 (now U.S. Patent 6,760,772, in 2004 Granted on July 6 Zou et) and September 6, 2003 filed co-pending U.S. Patent Application 10/236, 657, the applicant has already proposed this new transfer mechanism, the two Articles apply both entitled "Generating and Implementing A Communication Protocol and Interface for High Data Rate Signal Transfer ", these two have been granted Right now the case has been assigned to the assignee of the present invention, where they are incorporated by reference Test. In addition, June 2, 2004 submitted. No. 10/860, 116, title For the "Generating and Implementing a Signal Protocol and Interface for Higher Data Rates "in co-pending U.S. application in these applications is discussed in the technical Surgery can greatly improve high-speed data signal large amounts of data transfer rate. However, does not Continuously improve the data rate, in particular to the rate of the video showing the growing demand. Even if Technology is the use of the data signal being developed in other progress still needed to further increase Fast transfer rate, improve the efficiency of the communication link, and make more powerful communication link to continue efforts Force. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop and to improve the host data throughput between the client device New or improved transfer mechanism. ...
In U.S. Patent Application 10/020, 520 (now U.S. Patent 6,760,772, in 2004 Granted on July 6 Zou et) and September 6, 2003 filed co-pending U.S. Patent Application 10/236, 657, the applicant has already proposed this new transfer mechanism, the two Articles apply both entitled "Generating and Implementing A Communication Protocol and Interface for High Data Rate Signal Transfer ", these two have been granted Right now the case has been assigned to the assignee of the present invention, where they are incorporated by reference Test. In addition, June 2, 2004 submitted. No. 10/860, 116, title For the "Generating and Implementing a Signal Protocol and Interface for Higher Data Rates "in co-pending U.S. application in these applications is discussed in the technical Surgery can greatly improve high-speed data signal large amounts of data transfer rate. However, does not Continuously improve the data rate, in particular to the rate of the video showing the growing demand. Even if Technology is the use of the data signal being developed in other progress still needed to further increase Fast transfer rate, improve the efficiency of the communication link, and make more powerful communication link to continue efforts Force. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop and to improve the host data throughput between the client device New or improved transfer mechanism. ...
Embodiments of the present invention, the above and other fields of existing defects will be Solution, in the present embodiment of the invention, it has been developed for the host device and the recipient Between the client device to transfer data at high data rates new protocol and data transfer means, square France and mechanisms.
Embodiments of the present invention is directed to a host device and the client devices via A communication path to transmit digital data at a high rate mobile data digital interface (Mobile Data Digital Interface, MDDI), which uses a plurality or series of packet structures linked together To form a communication protocol to the host and passed between the client device and render digital control Preselected data collection. The signal communication protocol or link layer link from the host or client Controller, receiver or the physical layer driver. Resides in at least one of the host device A link controller or drive coupled via a communication path or link to the client device and And is configured to generate, transmit and to receive packets forming the communications protocol, and the digital Presentation data is formed for one or more types of data packets. The interface between the host and client Machine bidirectional information transmission between said host and client can exist in the whole common Body shell or support structure. ...
Embodiments of the present invention is directed to a host device and the client devices via A communication path to transmit digital data at a high rate mobile data digital interface (Mobile Data Digital Interface, MDDI), which uses a plurality or series of packet structures linked together To form a communication protocol to the host and passed between the client device and render digital control Preselected data collection. The signal communication protocol or link layer link from the host or client Controller, receiver or the physical layer driver. Resides in at least one of the host device A link controller or drive coupled via a communication path or link to the client device and And is configured to generate, transmit and to receive packets forming the communications protocol, and the digital Presentation data is formed for one or more types of data packets. The interface between the host and client Machine bidirectional information transmission between said host and client can exist in the whole common Body shell or support structure. ...
In order to facilitate the use and acceptance, the interface will add very little cost of the equipment can When using the standard battery voltage supply via said interface display, while allowing consumes very little Power, and the ability to be able to put into the pocket device has a form factor. The interface is up Level in order to support more than HDTV resolution, the interface also supports the display device 7.1 stereoscopic video and audio synchronization, conditional execution of any screen area updates and dual To support a variety of data types.
According to the present invention, other embodiments, at least one client link controller, Receiver device or drive is set on the client device, and via the communication path Or a link coupled to said host device. Said client link controller is also configured as a raw A transmission and reception of packets form a communication protocol, and the digital data forming the present One or more types of data packets. Generally, host or link controller uses like State machine to deal with the command or signal preparation and certain types of data query processing Packet, but it can also be used a slower general purpose processor to manipulate data and for the through Some of the letter agreement less complex groupings. Said host controller comprises one or more differential Of line driver; while the client receiver comprises one or more coupled to said communication path The differential line receiver. ...
The host and the packet communication between client devices are combined in a medium frame Since these media frames having a predefined fixed length, wherein the predetermined number of packets have different The variable length. The packet includes the packet length field, one or more packet data words Section and cyclic redundancy check field. Sub-frame header packet is transmitted from the host in the chain or positioned The other way controller at the beginning of packet transmission. Said communication protocol uses one or more video Stream type grouping and audio stream type grouping in order from the host to the client via the forward link points Do not send video data and audio types of data types, thus rendering to the client device users. The communication protocol with one or more reverse-link packet encapsulation type to the data from the The client device to the host link controller. In some embodiments, the transmission including With at least one of the data from the device's internal controller MDDI sent to the internal video screen Curtain. Other embodiments include transfer to internal sound systems, and from the group consisting joysticks and Complex variety of input devices keyboard to the internal host device transmits. ...
Generated by the host link controller filler grouped by type, so as to occupy no data The forward link transmission cycle. The communication protocol uses a plurality of other packets for transmission Video information. These packets include the color map, the bit block transfer, the bitmap area fill, bitmap Color pattern fills and transparency enabled grouped by type. The communication protocol uses a user-defined flow Grouped by type in order to transfer interface - user-defined data. The number of communication protocols using the keyboard According to the type of data packet and a pointing device to the client device to the user associated Transfer data to or from the input device is transferred out of these devices. The communication protocol uses link Closing type grouping to terminate any one direction of the communication path via the data transfer. ...
Generated by the host link controller filler grouped by type, so as to occupy no data The forward link transmission cycle. The communication protocol uses a plurality of other packets for transmission Video information. These packets include the color map, the bit block transfer, the bitmap area fill, bitmap Color pattern fills and transparency enabled grouped by type. The communication protocol uses a user-defined flow Grouped by type in order to transfer interface - user-defined data. The number of communication protocols using the keyboard According to the type of data packet and a pointing device to the client device to the user associated Transfer data to or from the input device is transferred out of these devices. The communication protocol uses link Closing type grouping to terminate any one direction of the communication path via the data transfer. ...
Display power state to an embodiment of the packet format, the packet type is constructed As having: packet length, packet type, hClient ID, power status, and CRC fields. In the 2-byte type field, the packet type is usually identified as type 75 packets. Two words Section hClient ID field contains the client ID information retained or value. Power status field Specifies the value of the bit according to specific pre-selected set of specific monitor power status of the specified State information. 2 byte CRC field specifies or contains, including the packet length, including the All bytes in the packet of the CRC.
% E6% 89% 80% E8% BF% B0% E9% 80% 9A% E4% BF% A1% E8% B7% AF% E5% BE% 84% E9% 80% 9A% E5% B8% B8% E5 % 8C% 85% E6% 8B% AC% E6% 88% 96% E8% 80% 85% E9% 87% 87% E7% 94% A8% E5% 85% B7% E6% 9C% 89% E4% B8 % 80% E7% B3% BB% E5% 88% 97% E5% 9B% 9B% E4% B8% AA% E6% 88% 96% E6% 9B% B4% E5% A4% 9A% E5% AF% BC % E7% BA% BF% E5% 92% 8C% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 0A% 09% 09% 09% 09% 09 % E4% B8% 80% E4% B8% AA% E5% B1% 8F% E8% 94% BD% E7% 9A% 84% E7% 94% B5% E7% BC% 86% E3% 80% 82% E5 % 8F% A6% E5% A4% 96% EF% BC% 8C% E6% A0% B9% E6% 8D% AE% E9% 9C% 80% E8% A6% 81% EF% BC% 8C% E5% 8F % AF% E4% BB% A5% E4% BD% BF% E7% 94% A8% E5% 8D% B0% E5% 88% B7% E7% BA% BF% E8% B7% AF% E6% 88% 96 % E8% 80% 85% E5% AF% BC% E7% BA% BF% EF% BC% 8C% E5% 85% B6% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% E4% B8% AD% E6% 9C% 89% E4% B8% 80% E4% BA% 9B% E7% BA% BF% E8% B7% AF% E6% 88% 96% E8 % 80% 85% E5% AF% BC% E7% BA% BF% E9% A9% BB% E7% 95% 99% E5% 9C% A8% E6% 9F% 94% E6% 80% A7% E8% A1 % AC% E5% BA% 95% E4% B8% 8A% E3% 80% 82
The host link controller monitors requests from the client device capability information, in order to identify Said client via said fixed interfaces to support any type of data and data rates. The Clients use the above link controller capable of at least one type of packet to the host display link Controller passes show or presentation capabilities. Communication protocol uses a plurality of transfer mode, each pass Delivery modes allow parallel transmission in a given time period different from the maximum number of data bits, each Modes are available through the host and client consultation between the link controller to select. These pass Sent during the data transfer mode can be dynamically adjusted, and the need to use the reverse link Used on the forward link transmission mode as the use of the same pattern. ...
The host link controller monitors requests from the client device capability information, in order to identify Said client via said fixed interfaces to support any type of data and data rates. The Clients use the above link controller capable of at least one type of packet to the host display link Controller passes show or presentation capabilities. Communication protocol uses a plurality of transfer mode, each pass Delivery modes allow parallel transmission in a given time period different from the maximum number of data bits, each Modes are available through the host and client consultation between the link controller to select. These pass Sent during the data transfer mode can be dynamically adjusted, and the need to use the reverse link Used on the forward link transmission mode as the use of the same pattern. ...
In other aspects of some embodiments, said host device comprises a presence of the following The portable electronic device of the drive controller or communication link control device, wherein The portable electronic device such as a wireless communication device, such as a wireless phone, wireless PDA or Portable computer. This configuration is typical of client devices, including customer circuitry, integrated circuits Road or module coupled to the host and resides in the same device with, and is coupled to the Such as mobile phones and / or portable audio presentation system, or some type of input system optional System or device of the kind of internal resolution screen video display. ...
In other aspects of some embodiments, said host device comprises a presence of the following The portable electronic device of the drive controller or communication link control device, wherein The portable electronic device such as a wireless communication device, such as a wireless phone, wireless PDA or Portable computer. This configuration is typical of client devices, including customer circuitry, integrated circuits Road or module coupled to the host and resides in the same device with, and is coupled to the Such as mobile phones and / or portable audio presentation system, or some type of input system optional System or device of the kind of internal resolution screen video display. ...
Described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings Other features of the invention and advantages of the present invention, and Kind of structure and operation of the embodiment. In these drawings, the same reference numerals denote the same general, Functionally similar, and / or structurally similar elements or process steps.
Figure 1A shows an embodiment of the present invention is able to work the basic environment, including portable Type computer or other data processing device in combination with the micro-display device or projector Are used.
Figure 1B shows an embodiment of the present invention is able to work the basic environment, including wireless Transceiver device used in combination with micro-display or a projector, and audio presentation elements used.
Figure 2A shows an embodiment of the present invention to the basic environment, including for use in the Portable computer display device or an internal audio presentation devices.
Figure 2B illustrates an embodiment of the present invention to the basic environment, including in the absence of Line transceiver using the internal display or audio presentation elements used.
Figure 3 shows a host and client interconnection with mobile digital data interface of the overall Idea.
Figure 4 shows a device for the realization of the client device to a host of data transmission Group structure.
Figure 5 shows the use of a MDDI link controller, and the host and client Type 1 interface via a physical data transfer link type of signal conductors.
Figure 6 shows the use of a MDDI link controller, and the host and client Type 2,3,4-type interface between via physical data link wire transfer signal type.
Figure 7 shows a protocol for implementing the interface, the structure of frames and sub-frames.
Figure 8 shows a protocol for implementing the interface, the general structure of a packet.
Figure 9 shows a sub-frame header packet format.
Figure 10 shows the format of the packet and the filler content.
Figure 11 shows the format of the video stream packet.
12A-12E are shown in Figure 10 using the Video Data Format Descriptor format and Content.
Figure 13 shows the data is packaged and non-packaged format used.
Figure 14 shows the format of the audio stream packet.
Figure 15 shows the data is byte aligned and packed PCM format used.
Figure 16 shows a user-defined format of the packet stream.
Figure 17 shows the format of the packet color mapping.
Figure 18 shows a reverse link encapsulation packet format.
Figure 19 shows the ability of the client packet format.
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet.
Figure 21 shows a data packet indicating the format of the device.
Figure 22 shows the format of the packet link is down.
Figure 23 shows a client request and status packet format.
Figure 24 shows a bit block transfer packet format.
Figure 25 shows a bitmap area padding packet format.
Figure 26 shows a bitmap patterns padding packet format.
Figure 27 illustrates the communication format of the packet data channel link.
Figure 28 shows a power state of the display format of the packet.
Figure 29 shows a format of the packet switched implementation type.
Figure 30 illustrates a forward audio channel format of the packet is enabled.
Figure 31 shows a reverse packet format of the audio sampling rate.
Figure 32 illustrates a digital content protection overhead packet format.
Figure 33 shows the format of the packet to enable the transparent color.
Figure 34 shows a round trip delay measurement packet format.
Figure 35 shows a round trip delay measurement packet during the event timing.
Figure 36 shows a method for implementing the present invention, a CRC generator and verifier exemplary Now way.
Figure 37A illustrates the apparatus shown in Figure 36 when the transmission data packet CRC signal timing.
Figure 37B shows the apparatus shown in Figure 36 when receiving data packets CRC signal timing.
Figure 38 shows a typical case, there is no competition service request processing steps.
Figure 39 shows the link restart sequence begins after the maintenance (assert) Typical service Request compete with a link startup procedure.
Figure 40 shows how to use the DATA-STB encoding transmission data sequence.
Figure 41 shows in a host may be used to generate the input data signal DATA and STB Number, and then in the client data recovery circuits.
Figure 42 shows an embodiment can be used to implement the drive and termination resistors.
Figure 43a-43c shows guaranteed by the client for services from the host as well as by the Host the steps used to provide this service and signal level.
Figure 44 shows the Data0, other data lines (DataX), and strobe lines (Stb) on Transition (transition) the relative spacing between.
Figure 45 shows that when the host sends a packet after disabling the host drive will appear, There is a delay in the response.
Figure 46 shows the host drive is enabled when the host transmits a packet that can occur when the response Delay exists.
Figure 47 shows the leakage current analysis.
Figure 48 shows the host and client output disable and enable time switching characteristics and phase On the timing relationships.
Figure 49 shows a state machine can be used to synchronize the signal processing steps and conditions Advanced Charting.
Figure 50 shows a system using the MDDI forward path and backward path of the signal Typically encountered in processing delay.
Figure 51 illustrates a critical round trip delay measurements.
Figure 52A illustrates a reverse link data rate changes.
Figure 52B illustrates an advanced reverse data sampling of an example.
Figure 53 depicts the reverse rate divisor value with changes in the forward link data rate graph Representation.
Figure 54A and 54B illustrates the steps performed interface operations.
Figure 55 shows the processing overview of the packet interface unit.
Figure 56 shows the format of a forward link packet.
Figure 57 shows a Type 1 interface link propagation delay and deviation (skew) of the Code Type values.
Figure 58 shows for example via the interface signal processing, in the type A link on the Data (data), Stb (strobe) and Clock (clock) recovery timing.
Figure 59 shows a type 2, 3 or 4 Link interfaces typical propagation delay and deviation values.
Figure 60A, 60B and 60C shows two data signals and MDDI Stb the relative Timing different possibilities, which correspond to the ideal situation, conditions and delayed early conditions.
Figure 61 shows a Type 1 / Type 2 interface used in the exemplary connector interface pins of With.
Figure 62A and 62B respectively show Type 1 and Type 2 interface possible MDDI_Data And MDDI_Stb waveforms.
Figure 63 shows a state machine can be used to synchronize the signal processing step and the optional Conditions advanced chart.
Figure 64 shows a series of clock cycles with various reverse link packets bits and the timing In addition to the relative timing between the values​​.
Figure 65 illustrates an exemplary error code transfer processing.
Figure 66 illustrates a transmission process for the error code of the device.
Figure 67A shows the error code for code reload transfer processing.
Figure 67B shows a receiving error code for code transfer processing.
Figure 68A shows the host-initiated wake-up procedure.
Figure 68B shows a client initiated wake-up procedure.
Figure 68C shows a competition with a host and client initiated wake-up procedure.
Figure 69 shows the characteristics of the request VCP packet format.
Figure 70 shows the format of the packet VCP response characteristic.
Figure 71 shows a characteristic response VCP list format.
Figure 72 shows the format of the packet is set VCP feature
Figure 73 shows the valid parameters of the request packet format.
Figure 74 shows the valid parameters answer packet format.
Figure 75 shows the ability of a scalable video stream format of the packet.
Figure 76 illustrates a scalable video stream to establish a packet format.
Figure 77 shows the scaled video stream can be recognized format of the packet.
Figure 78 illustrates a scalable video stream packet format.
79 shows a specific state of the request packet format.
Figure 80 shows a list of active state response packet format.
Figure 81A shows the packet format of the packet processing delay parameters.
Figure 81B shows the format of entries in the delay parameter list.
Figure 82 shows the ability of the individual display format of the packet.
Figure 83 shows the field curvature of the point list field points.
Figure 84A shows a client error reporting packet format.
Figure 84B illustrates the format of error reporting list items.
Figure 85 shows the format of the packet identifies the client.
Figure 86 shows the optional capability of the monitor packet format.
Figure 87 shows the format of a Register Access Packet.
Figure 88A-88C illustrates the use of two monitors buffers to reduce the visible artifacts (visible artifacts).
Figure 89 shows a display refresh faster than the image transfer of the two buffers.
Figure 90 shows a display refresh image transfer is slower than two buffers.
Figure 91 shows a display refresh image transfer much faster than two buffers.
Figure 92 shows a display refresh faster than the image transfer of the three buffers.
Figure 93 shows a display refresh slower than image transfer of the three buffers.
Figure 94 shows a display refresh faster than the image transfer of a buffer.
Figure 95 shows a cascade chain through (daisy-chain) and the hub of the host - client Connection.
Figure 96 shows a daisy chain via a hub and connect a combination of client devices.
Figure 97 illustrates a color map.
Specific embodiments
I. Overview
General object of the present invention is to provide a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI, Mobile Display Digital Interface), as described below, it is possible to obtain or provide a price- High and low power transmission mechanism, this transmission mechanism using the "serial" type data link Path or channel, and the host device can display element such as client devices The high-speed short-range communication link or very high speed data transmission. This mechanism applicable On the use of small cable connectors and valuables to achieve, these small valuables cable connectors and special Particularly suitable for the internal (inside the housing or frame) display or output device or equipment or Input devices connected to the central controller communication element or device. In addition, the as wearable Microdisplay (goggles or projector) like the external display components or equipment or His type of visual, auditory, tactile information presentation device is connected to a portable computer, wireless Communication, or entertainment device, this connection mechanism is very useful. ...
General object of the present invention is to provide a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI, Mobile Display Digital Interface), as described below, it is possible to obtain or provide a price- High and low power transmission mechanism, this transmission mechanism using the "serial" type data link Path or channel, and the host device can display element such as client devices The high-speed short-range communication link or very high speed data transmission. This mechanism applicable On the use of small cable connectors and valuables to achieve, these small valuables cable connectors and special Particularly suitable for the internal (inside the housing or frame) display or output device or equipment or Input devices connected to the central controller communication element or device. In addition, the as wearable Microdisplay (goggles or projector) like the external display components or equipment or His type of visual, auditory, tactile information presentation device is connected to a portable computer, wireless Communication, or entertainment device, this connection mechanism is very useful. ...
Embodiments of the present invention is an advantage to provide a technique for the data transfer, it is complex Low, low cost, high reliability, is suited for use in the environment, and are very stable, with While maintaining a very high flexibility.
May be used in embodiments of the present invention, a variety of situations, so as to normally used for audio, visual Frequency, or multimedia applications, large amounts of data generated from the control (e.g., sent to a specific device) Or processing or storage of such data to the host or source device passed or transferred to a high rate Either the client or receiving device, such as a video display or projection element, audio speakers, or other Rendering device. Discussed below, a typical application is a portable computer, wireless phone or The visual display device, modem data transfer, wherein a visual display device, such as For small video screen or wearable microdisplay products (micro-display appliance), such as goggles or a form that contains a small projection lens and screen helmet-shaped Type, or within such components from the host to the client device data transfer. That is, From the processor to the internal screen or other presentation elements, and input devices from a variety of internal or With client external input device installed in the internal (in the same device is set along the outer Shell or the supporting structure) host, or connect via cable or wire to get there. ...
MDDI characteristics or properties do not depend on the specific display or rendering techniques. Regardless of the data The internal structure or data, or execute the command function to, MDDI are Transmit data at a high rate for a high flexibility mechanisms. It allows adjustment of the packets being sent The timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client device, such as a unique display for some devices The demand characteristics, or to meet certain AV system combined audio and video special requirements Sex, or for as joysticks, touch pad, and so some of the input device characteristics. This Kind of interface does not understand what the display element is used or the client device, as long as it We followed the protocol can be selected. In addition, the total data rate of the serial link data, or can Changed several orders of magnitude, which makes communication system or host device designer to the Cost, power requirements, the complexity of the client device and the client device update rate Optimization. ...
MDDI characteristics or properties do not depend on the specific display or rendering techniques. Regardless of the data The internal structure or data, or execute the command function to, MDDI are Transmit data at a high rate for a high flexibility mechanisms. It allows adjustment of the packets being sent The timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client device, such as a unique display for some devices The demand characteristics, or to meet certain AV system combined audio and video special requirements Sex, or for as joysticks, touch pad, and so some of the input device characteristics. This Kind of interface does not understand what the display element is used or the client device, as long as it We followed the protocol can be selected. In addition, the total data rate of the serial link data, or can Changed several orders of magnitude, which makes communication system or host device designer to the Cost, power requirements, the complexity of the client device and the client device update rate Optimization. ...
II. Environment
In Figure 1A and 1B can be seen in a typical application, there is shown the display, respectively Devices 104 and 106 and the audio reproduction system 108 and 112 pass data portable or By laptop computer 100 and the wireless phone or PDA device 102. In addition, FIG 1A shows Out of the larger display or screen 114 or an image projector 116, the potential connection, For clarity, only one shown in the drawing, but it may also be connected with the wireless device 102. Wireless devices may be currently receiving data or have the storage element or device pre- First save a certain amount of multimedia type data in order to wait for the wireless device presents the final Users to view and / or listen. Since most of the time using typical wireless device for Simple voice and text communication, so it has a relatively small display screen and simple audio system System (speakers) to the user device 102 to transmit information. ...
In Figure 1A and 1B can be seen in a typical application, there is shown the display, respectively Devices 104 and 106 and the audio reproduction system 108 and 112 pass data portable or By laptop computer 100 and the wireless phone or PDA device 102. In addition, FIG 1A shows Out of the larger display or screen 114 or an image projector 116, the potential connection, For clarity, only one shown in the drawing, but it may also be connected with the wireless device 102. Wireless devices may be currently receiving data or have the storage element or device pre- First save a certain amount of multimedia type data in order to wait for the wireless device presents the final Users to view and / or listen. Since most of the time using typical wireless device for Simple voice and text communication, so it has a relatively small display screen and simple audio system System (speakers) to the user device 102 to transmit information. ...
Doing enough to make more complex or "rich" to provide useful data presentation Or pleasant experience. Therefore, the industry is developing other mechanisms and devices to the end Information presented to the user and provide the desired enjoyment or positive experience the lowest level.
As previously described, have been developed or are currently being developed several types of display Device to the display device 100 of the end-user presence information. For example, one or more companies Have developed sets of wearable goggles, for the device in front of the user's eye projection As to render the visual display. When properly positioned, the device can effectively "Projection" A virtual image of the user's eyes felt like it, the image provides a visual output than Out of the elements is much greater. That is, a very small projection element allows the user's eye "look To "image than with a typical LCD screens and so much more likely to see the images using the Large virtual screen image can also be much higher than the use of more limited use of the LCD screen display The resolution of the monitor can obtain an image. Other display devices may include, but are not limited to, Small LCD screens or various flat panel display element, for projecting an image on the surface Projection lens and the display driver and so on. ...
As previously described, have been developed or are currently being developed several types of display Device to the display device 100 of the end-user presence information. For example, one or more companies Have developed sets of wearable goggles, for the device in front of the user's eye projection As to render the visual display. When properly positioned, the device can effectively "Projection" A virtual image of the user's eyes felt like it, the image provides a visual output than Out of the elements is much greater. That is, a very small projection element allows the user's eye "look To "image than with a typical LCD screens and so much more likely to see the images using the Large virtual screen image can also be much higher than the use of more limited use of the LCD screen display The resolution of the monitor can obtain an image. Other display devices may include, but are not limited to, Small LCD screens or various flat panel display element, for projecting an image on the surface Projection lens and the display driver and so on. ...
In addition, many wireless devices and computer currently has a built-in MP3 music decoding capabilities, As well as other advanced sound decoders and systems. Generally, the use of portable computers and CD DVD playback capability, and some also have a small dedicated flash memory reader to pick Received pre-recorded audio files. The problem is that with this capability: digital music files Xu Promise to provide a highly increased feature-rich experience, but only when the decoding and playback processing Be able to keep up when realized. This is the same for the digital video files.
In addition, many wireless devices and computer currently has a built-in MP3 music decoding capabilities, As well as other advanced sound decoders and systems. Generally, the use of portable computers and CD DVD playback capability, and some also have a small dedicated flash memory reader to pick Received pre-recorded audio files. The problem is that with this capability: digital music files Xu Promise to provide a highly increased feature-rich experience, but only when the decoding and playback processing Be able to keep up when realized. This is the same for the digital video files....
In any case, as described above, when people want to via one or more communication links 110 from the data source to the end user or send high-quality high-resolution images and high-quality data Audio information or data signals, require high data rates. That is, the transmission link Data 110 is clearly a potential bottleneck in the communication process, as discussed earlier, and Because the current transfer mechanisms do not achieve the high data rates typically desired, therefore limiting the system System performance. As described above, for example, 1024 × 1024 pixels for a higher image resolution, 24 to 32-bit per pixel color depth and is in a data rate of 30fps, the data rate Ratio can be close to or higher than the rate of 755Mbps. In addition, such an image can be used for As part of a multimedia presentation to present the multimedia presentation including audio data and processing Interactive gaming or communications, or various commands, controls, or signals a potential additional signal, which Further increase the amount of data and data rates. ...
In any case, as described above, when people want to via one or more communication links 110 from the data source to the end user or send high-quality high-resolution images and high-quality data Audio information or data signals, require high data rates. That is, the transmission link Data 110 is clearly a potential bottleneck in the communication process, as discussed earlier, and Because the current transfer mechanisms do not achieve the high data rates typically desired, therefore limiting the system System performance. As described above, for example, 1024 × 1024 pixels for a higher image resolution, 24 to 32-bit per pixel color depth and is in a data rate of 30fps, the data rate Ratio can be close to or higher than the rate of 755Mbps. In addition, such an image can be used for As part of a multimedia presentation to present the multimedia presentation including audio data and processing Interactive gaming or communications, or various commands, controls, or signals a potential additional signal, which Further increase the amount of data and data rates. ...
Deals with video screens and other output or input devices, and other aspects of the Other typical applications for improvement can be seen in Fig. 1C and 1D, respectively, and is illustrated in "Internal" display devices 134 and 144, and the audio reproduction system 136 and 146 number of passes According to a portable or laptop computer 130 and the wireless phone or PDA device 140.
In Figures 2A and 2B, with the electronic equipment or the product of the small incision (cut-away) Section to part of the apparatus shown in one or more internal hosts and controllers location Currently used by the electronics industry in certain known types of rotation of the hinge, common communications link Lu (here 138 and 148, respectively), and these internal host controller connected to a phase Should the client component video display or screen. It can be seen, these transfer involved And the amount of data required to form a large number of wire links 138 and 148. As a parallel interface or Other known types of interface technology can be used to transmit this data, it is estimated that such communication Close the communication link with a wire 90 or more in order to meet this design is now on the use of Available on the advanced color and graphics interface, the display element is a growing need. ...
In Figures 2A and 2B, with the electronic equipment or the product of the small incision (cut-away) Section to part of the apparatus shown in one or more internal hosts and controllers location Currently used by the electronics industry in certain known types of rotation of the hinge, common communications link Lu (here 138 and 148, respectively), and these internal host controller connected to a phase Should the client component video display or screen. It can be seen, these transfer involved And the amount of data required to form a large number of wire links 138 and 148. As a parallel interface or Other known types of interface technology can be used to transmit this data, it is estimated that such communication Close the communication link with a wire 90 or more in order to meet this design is now on the use of Available on the advanced color and graphics interface, the display element is a growing need. ...
What is needed is such a method for rendering the components and transfer of data between data sources Link or the communication path to transmit data at a high rate technology, structure, device or method, In order to achieve consistent low power consumption, light weight and simple and economical as possible cable construction. This Applicants have developed a new technique, methods and apparatus to achieve these and other objects In order to make a series of mobile, portable devices to a fixed position even with very high Data rate to the desired displays, micro display or transmit digital audio transmission element Data, while maintaining the desired low power and low complexity. ...
What is needed is such a method for rendering the components and transfer of data between data sources Link or the communication path to transmit data at a high rate technology, structure, device or method, In order to achieve consistent low power consumption, light weight and simple and economical as possible cable construction. This Applicants have developed a new technique, methods and apparatus to achieve these and other objects In order to make a series of mobile, portable devices to a fixed position even with very high Data rate to the desired displays, micro display or transmit digital audio transmission element Data, while maintaining the desired low power and low complexity. ...
In order to create and efficiently utilize a new device interface, has been prepared using a low-power Signal to provide a high data transfer rate of a signal protocol and system architecture. The Association Proposed based on packet and common frame structure, or linked together to form a protocol structure for Pass preselected data sets or data types, and applied to the interface command or operating results Structure.
A. Overview
The MDDI link connection or via a communication device called the host and client, the Clients are usually referred certain types of display devices, but can also consider other outputs and Input device. When enabled by the host, the data from the host to the display along the forward transmission (called Forward business or a link), from the client to the host data transfer in the reverse direction (referred to as anti- Or a link to the business). Shown in Figure 3 illustrate the basic structure of these. In Figure 3, Host 202 using two-way communication channel 206 is connected with the client 204, the bidirectional communication through Including the forward link channel in accordance with the reverse link 210, 208 and shown in the form. However, this These channels are formed by a common set of wires, wherein the set of common data transmission wires Can operate in both forward and reverse link between the effective switch. This can greatly reduce the number of wires Volume, immediately solves the mobile electronic devices such as low power environment for high-speed data The current method of sending one of many problems faced. ...
The MDDI link connection or via a communication device called the host and client, the Clients are usually referred certain types of display devices, but can also consider other outputs and Input device. When enabled by the host, the data from the host to the display along the forward transmission (called Forward business or a link), from the client to the host data transfer in the reverse direction (referred to as anti- Or a link to the business). Shown in Figure 3 illustrate the basic structure of these. In Figure 3, Host 202 using two-way communication channel 206 is connected with the client 204, the bidirectional communication through Including the forward link channel in accordance with the reverse link 210, 208 and shown in the form. However, this These channels are formed by a common set of wires, wherein the set of common data transmission wires Can operate in both forward and reverse link between the effective switch. This can greatly reduce the number of wires Volume, immediately solves the mobile electronic devices such as low power environment for high-speed data The current method of sending one of many problems faced. ...
Furthermore, the host computer as a host device or control element present in the variety of its It is widely used or planned commercial products, these products are needed between the client High-speed communications link. For example, a host may be used at a high rate from a video recording device to the deposit on Chu clients to transfer data to improve response or high-resolution large-screen to transfer data For rendering. With on-board inventory (onboard inventory) or a computing system and / or Other household devices Bluetooth connectivity appliances, such as refrigerators, when the Internet or Bluetooth connection The mode operation, having improved capability of the monitor, or computer, or Control systems (hosts) exist elsewhere in the room, when reducing the indoor display (Away Client) and a small keyboard or a scanner (client) connection needs. Overall, skills Field technician will understand that a variety of modern electronic equipment and appliances will benefit from using this Kinds of interfaces, and by use of the additional or existing connectors, or cable are available Limited number of conductors to achieve higher data rate transmission of information to renovate old equipment. ...
Meanwhile, the client 204 may include information presented to the end user or from the user Presenting information to the host various devices. For example, goggles or glasses into the miniature display , Embedded hat or helmet projection equipment, such as embedded windows or windscreen vehicle And even in a small glass screen hologram element, or to render high quality sound or music Various speakers, headphones or a stereo system. Other equipment includes a presentation will be presented Conference information or movies and television image projector or projection equipment. Another example is the use of the touch Board, or sensitive devices, voice recognition input devices, security scanners, and others can be Calls from the device or system user is passing a lot of information, in which the device or system users with From the user's touch and sound in addition to less than the actual "input." Furthermore, the calculation Machines and accessories vehicle accessories or desktop docking station (docking station) and wireless phones Holders can also be used as the end user or other equipment and devices interface devices, and Clients can use (such as a mouse to the output or input device) or a host to help transfer data, Particularly in relation to the case of high-speed networks. ...
Meanwhile, the client 204 may include information presented to the end user or from the user Presenting information to the host various devices. For example, goggles or glasses into the miniature display , Embedded hat or helmet projection equipment, such as embedded windows or windscreen vehicle And even in a small glass screen hologram element, or to render high quality sound or music Various speakers, headphones or a stereo system. Other equipment includes a presentation will be presented Conference information or movies and television image projector or projection equipment. Another example is the use of the touch Board, or sensitive devices, voice recognition input devices, security scanners, and others can be Calls from the device or system user is passing a lot of information, in which the device or system users with From the user's touch and sound in addition to less than the actual "input." Furthermore, the calculation Machines and accessories vehicle accessories or desktop docking station (docking station) and wireless phones Holders can also be used as the end user or other equipment and devices interface devices, and Clients can use (such as a mouse to the output or input device) or a host to help transfer data, Particularly in relation to the case of high-speed networks. ...
The present invention can be MDD Interface and communication signal protocol to simplify the equipment (inside The external mode) by the host processor, controller, or circuit component (for example) and external devices or equipment Shell or structure of the interconnection between the monitor (called internal model) to reduce these connections The cost or complexity and associated power and control requirements or constraints of these connections, and And improve reliability, rather than connected to or to external components, equipment or devices (external Mode).
Using this interface structure for each signal the total data rate serial link Changed in several orders of magnitude, which allows the system designer to easily for cost or equipment, power Rate, implementation complexity and optimize the display update rate. MDDI property does not Dependent display or other presentation devices (target client) technology. Can be easily adjusted A data packet transmitted via the interface timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client, the client Machine such as a display device, sound system, memory and control elements, or to adapt the audio - visual Audio system features a combination of timing requirements. Although this allows the system to consume as little as possible Power, but it does not require a frame buffer to each client, so that at least a certain level Agreement with MDDI. ...
Using this interface structure for each signal the total data rate serial link Changed in several orders of magnitude, which allows the system designer to easily for cost or equipment, power Rate, implementation complexity and optimize the display update rate. MDDI property does not Dependent display or other presentation devices (target client) technology. Can be easily adjusted A data packet transmitted via the interface timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client, the client Machine such as a display device, sound system, memory and control elements, or to adapt the audio - visual Audio system features a combination of timing requirements. Although this allows the system to consume as little as possible Power, but it does not require a frame buffer to each client, so that at least a certain level Agreement with MDDI. ...
The MDD interface is conceived to be able to handle the communications and computer industry can find Somewhat different to at least four or more types of physical interfaces. These classes Type interface is simple labeled Type 1, Type 2, Type 3 Type 4, and of course the art technology Surgical staff can also according to the specific application for or relating to the industry and the application of other Mark or name. For example, simple audio systems use less sophisticated multimedia system connection, And can be variously cited as "channel" features and so on.
The Type 1 interface is configured as a 6-wire (6-wire) or other type of conductor or conductive Component interfaces that make it suitable for mobile or wireless phone, PDA, electronic Games such as a CD player or MP3 player, portable media players, as well as Similar device, or a similar type of technology used in consumer electronic equipment. In one embodiment, Example, a line is configured as 8 (wire) of the interface may be more suitable for a laptop count Computer, laptop or desktop personal computers and similar devices or applications, these devices do not Require fast data update, nor embedded MDDI link controller. This interface Type also through the use of additional wire Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface to distinguish this Interface type, which supports USB is ideal for most personal computers in common Existing operating system or software. ...
The Type 1 interface is configured as a 6-wire (6-wire) or other type of conductor or conductive Component interfaces that make it suitable for mobile or wireless phone, PDA, electronic Games such as a CD player or MP3 player, portable media players, as well as Similar device, or a similar type of technology used in consumer electronic equipment. In one embodiment, Example, a line is configured as 8 (wire) of the interface may be more suitable for a laptop count Computer, laptop or desktop personal computers and similar devices or applications, these devices do not Require fast data update, nor embedded MDDI link controller. This interface Type also through the use of additional wire Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface to distinguish this Interface type, which supports USB is ideal for most personal computers in common Existing operating system or software. ...
Type 1 passes an interface including a display, audio, control, and limited signaling information signals, And are used by the mobile client, or do not require high-resolution full-rate video data Client devices. 30fps plus 5.1 channel audio in the case of Type 1 interface can Easily support SVGA resolution, and in the minimum configuration, a total of only three lines Pair, two pairs for data transmission, one pair for power transmission. This type of interface is mainly used In a device such as a mobile wireless device, this device is not normally connected USB host-side Received and transmitted signals. In this configuration, the mobile wireless device is a MDDI host device Equipment, and serves as a host computer for controlling said communication link from the "master", which In the host typically sends data to the client (forward traffic or a link) for presentation, Displayed or played. ...
In this interface, sent to the client via a special command or packet type, the main The host machine to receive communication data from the client (reverse traffic or link), This allows a client account for a specified period of time continuing bus (link), and the number of According to a reverse packet sent to the host. These are shown in Figure 4, which is called encapsulation Packet packet type (to be discussed below) to support the transmission of the reverse link packet Transmission, to create the reverse link. Assigned to the host to poll the client when the data Interval determined in advance by the host, and the time interval is to be based on the application of each designated Requirements. In the absence of a USB port is used to send information from the client or the data, this Type of half-duplex bi-directional data transmission is particularly beneficial. ...
In this interface, sent to the client via a special command or packet type, the main The host machine to receive communication data from the client (reverse traffic or link), This allows a client account for a specified period of time continuing bus (link), and the number of According to a reverse packet sent to the host. These are shown in Figure 4, which is called encapsulation Packet packet type (to be discussed below) to support the transmission of the reverse link packet Transmission, to create the reverse link. Assigned to the host to poll the client when the data Interval determined in advance by the host, and the time interval is to be based on the application of each designated Requirements. In the absence of a USB port is used to send information from the client or the data, this Type of half-duplex bi-directional data transmission is particularly beneficial. ...
Typically, agreed through consultation maximum data rate that can be used by the MDDI use The protocol allows the type 3 and 4 of the host and type of each of 2, 3 and 4 Client in any one to communicate. Will be called the least capable device capabilities or Were available features are used to set the link performance. Typically, if the host and client can Enough to use the type 2, type 3 or type 4 interface system, both also with Type 1 Interface to work. Then, the host's ability to determine the target client, and negotiated and agreed cut Change to or reconfigure operations to a type 2, type 3 or type 4 in a pattern, as long as It can be suitable for a particular application. ...
Typically, agreed through consultation maximum data rate that can be used by the MDDI use The protocol allows the type 3 and 4 of the host and type of each of 2, 3 and 4 Client in any one to communicate. Will be called the least capable device capabilities or Were available features are used to set the link performance. Typically, if the host and client can Enough to use the type 2, type 3 or type 4 interface system, both also with Type 1 Interface to work. Then, the host's ability to determine the target client, and negotiated and agreed cut Change to or reconfigure operations to a type 2, type 3 or type 4 in a pattern, as long as It can be suitable for a particular application. ...
The system also can be used in one direction, a pattern used in the other direction Another mode is to transfer data. For example, you can type four interface mode is used at a high rate transmission Sending data to the monitor, keyboard, or from a pointing device such as a peripheral device to a host device When transferring data using the Type 1 mode. Ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the host and Clients are able to pass the output data at different rates.
MDDI protocol users often can be "external" mode and the "internal" mode distinction Open. External mode describes the use of the protocols and interfaces to a host device connected External to the device and the distance of the device up to 2 meters clients. In this case, , The host can also send power to external clients, so that the two devices are easy in the mobile ring Work environment. Internal model describes a device contained within the same host and a client with Even, for example, in public housing or bracket or some structure. An example may be a non- Line telephone or other wireless equipment, or a portable computer or game equipment should be With, where the client is a display or display driver, or an input such as a keyboard or touch pad Equipment, or stereo system, and the host is the central controller, the graphics engine or CPU components. In contrast with the external mode applications, due to the internal model application client located very close to the main Place machine, so in this configuration is not usually required to connect the power supply to the client. ...
MDDI protocol users often can be "external" mode and the "internal" mode distinction Open. External mode describes the use of the protocols and interfaces to a host device connected External to the device and the distance of the device up to 2 meters clients. In this case, , The host can also send power to external clients, so that the two devices are easy in the mobile ring Work environment. Internal model describes a device contained within the same host and a client with Even, for example, in public housing or bracket or some structure. An example may be a non- Line telephone or other wireless equipment, or a portable computer or game equipment should be With, where the client is a display or display driver, or an input such as a keyboard or touch pad Equipment, or stereo system, and the host is the central controller, the graphics engine or CPU components. In contrast with the external mode applications, due to the internal model application client located very close to the main Place machine, so in this configuration is not usually required to connect the power supply to the client. ...
Figures 5 and 6 are shown for the host and client devices to establish communication between devices Or the general configuration of the link controller. In Figures 5 and 6, the MDDI link shown Controllers 402 and 502 installed in the host device 202, and the MDDI link shown Way controller 404 and 504 installed on the client device 204. As mentioned above, the host 202 Includes a series of wires with a bidirectional communication channel 406 is connected to the client 204. Follows Above, the host and client link controller can be used both to set a single circuit design Into a circuit, the design can be set, adjusted or programmed as a host controller (driver Actuator) or a client controller (receiver) to respond. Due to the need larger Single circuit apparatus was manufactured, a lower cost of doing so. ...
Figures 5 and 6 are shown for the host and client devices to establish communication between devices Or the general configuration of the link controller. In Figures 5 and 6, the MDDI link shown Controllers 402 and 502 installed in the host device 202, and the MDDI link shown Way controller 404 and 504 installed on the client device 204. As mentioned above, the host 202 Includes a series of wires with a bidirectional communication channel 406 is connected to the client 204. Follows Above, the host and client link controller can be used both to set a single circuit design Into a circuit, the design can be set, adjusted or programmed as a host controller (driver Actuator) or a client controller (receiver) to respond. Due to the need larger Single circuit apparatus was manufactured, a lower cost of doing so. ...
In Figures 5 and 6 are also described in the host and the display device, such as between clients via MDDI link or the physical conductors used to transmit signals. Figures 5 and 6 Shows for transferring data via MDDI main path or mechanism uses labeled MDDI_Data0 + / - and MDDI_Stb + / - of the data signal. Each of these signals are Via a wire pair in the cable to transmit a differential data signal voltage. For through said interface Send each one, MDDI_Data0 right or MDDI_Stb right exists only a transition. This is based on the voltage rather than on the current transmission mechanism, the quiescent current consumption is near zero. MDDI_Stb signal drives the host to the client monitor. ...
In Figures 5 and 6 are also described in the host and the display device, such as between clients via MDDI link or the physical conductors used to transmit signals. Figures 5 and 6 Shows for transferring data via MDDI main path or mechanism uses labeled MDDI_Data0 + / - and MDDI_Stb + / - of the data signal. Each of these signals are Via a wire pair in the cable to transmit a differential data signal voltage. For through said interface Send each one, MDDI_Data0 right or MDDI_Stb right exists only a transition. This is based on the voltage rather than on the current transmission mechanism, the quiescent current consumption is near zero. MDDI_Stb signal drives the host to the client monitor. ...
In addition to the data type of an interface, or a path other than type 2 interface also includes an attached Plus data or wires or paths, called MDDI_Data1 + / -. In addition to type 2 connection Those data port or path outside the Type 3 interface contains two additional data or letter Signal path, known as MDDI_Data2 + / -, and MDDI_Data3 + / -. In addition to Type 3 Interface Data or path outside the Type 4 interface contains four additional data or signal path, Are called: MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -, MDDI_Data6 + / -, and MDDI_Data7 + / -. In each of the above-mentioned interface configuration, the host can use pairs or Were designated as HOST_Pwr (host power supply) and HOST_Gnd (host ground) signal to Display to the client or to provide electricity. As will be discussed further, if necessary, When the interface is being used, "type" is used in wire than in other modes or store available In the wires, in some configurations MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -, MDDI_Data6 + / -, or MDDI_Data7 + / - conductors, can also be used for power transmission. While some applications are different, but the power transmission mode is usually used for the external and internal mold Type usually do not require power transmission. ...
In addition to the data type of an interface, or a path other than type 2 interface also includes an attached Plus data or wires or paths, called MDDI_Data1 + / -. In addition to type 2 connection Those data port or path outside the Type 3 interface contains two additional data or letter Signal path, known as MDDI_Data2 + / -, and MDDI_Data3 + / -. In addition to Type 3 Interface Data or path outside the Type 4 interface contains four additional data or signal path, Are called: MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -, MDDI_Data6 + / -, and MDDI_Data7 + / -. In each of the above-mentioned interface configuration, the host can use pairs or Were designated as HOST_Pwr (host power supply) and HOST_Gnd (host ground) signal to Display to the client or to provide electricity. As will be discussed further, if necessary, When the interface is being used, "type" is used in wire than in other modes or store available In the wires, in some configurations MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -, MDDI_Data6 + / -, or MDDI_Data7 + / - conductors, can also be used for power transmission. While some applications are different, but the power transmission mode is usually used for the external and internal mold Type usually do not require power transmission. ...
Table I
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
HOST_Pwr / Gnd MDDI_Stb + / - MDDI_Data0 + / - Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr HOST_Pwr / Gnd MDDI_Stb + / - MDDI_Data0 + / - MDDI_Data1 + / - Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr HOST_Pwr / Gnd MDDI_Stb + / - MDDI_Data0 + / - MDDI_Data1 + / - MDDI_Data2 + / - MDDI_Data3 + / - Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr   HOST_Pwr/Gnd   MDDI_Stb+/-   MDDI_Data0+/-   MDDI_Data1+/-   MDDI_Data2+/-   MDDI_Data3+/-   MDDI-Data4+/-   MDDI_Data5+/-   MDDI_Data6+/-   MDDI_Data7+/-
It should also be noted that the transfer from the host HOST_Pwr / Gnd connection is usually Provided for the external mode. Internal applications or operating mode is usually directly from the client to the other Internal resources to take power, instead of using MDDI to control the power distribution, as for skills Of ordinary skill as apparent therefore not described in further detail here This distribution. However, as one of ordinary skill will appreciate, of course, be Via MDDI interface to allocate a certain power supply to facilitate such control, synchronization or mutual Even.
Typically used to implement the above structure and operation of the cable is of the order of a nominal length of about 1.5 meters Degree, generally 2 m or less, and includes three pairs of twisted conductors, each conductor or multi- Share 30AWG wire. The cover wrap or foil shield is formed on top of three pairs of twisted-pair for For another ground (drain wire). The ground wire shielded twisted pair and connect the monitor Terminated connector, the shield layer and the shield connecting the client, there is an insulating layer covering the The cables, which are known in the technical field as that. Side of the wire according to the following Type pairing: Host_Gnd with Host_Pwr; MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-; MDDI_Data0 + with MDDI_Data0-; MDDI_Data1 + and MDDI_Data1-; etc. And so on. However, as known in the art that, according to the particular application, using a variety of derivative Wire and cable to an embodiment of the present invention. For example, in some applications, the weight of the outer cover Cover or metal layer may be used including cable, and thin, flat structure of the conduction band may not Often suitable for other applications. ...
Typically used to implement the above structure and operation of the cable is of the order of a nominal length of about 1.5 meters Degree, generally 2 m or less, and includes three pairs of twisted conductors, each conductor or multi- Share 30AWG wire. The cover wrap or foil shield is formed on top of three pairs of twisted-pair for For another ground (drain wire). The ground wire shielded twisted pair and connect the monitor Terminated connector, the shield layer and the shield connecting the client, there is an insulating layer covering the The cables, which are known in the technical field as that. Side of the wire according to the following Type pairing: Host_Gnd with Host_Pwr; MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-; MDDI_Data0 + with MDDI_Data0-; MDDI_Data1 + and MDDI_Data1-; etc. And so on. However, as known in the art that, according to the particular application, using a variety of derivative Wire and cable to an embodiment of the present invention. For example, in some applications, the weight of the outer cover Cover or metal layer may be used including cable, and thin, flat structure of the conduction band may not Often suitable for other applications. ...
In order to achieve for the user experiences and applications useful for the interface, the mobile digital data interface (MDDI, Mobile Digital Data Interface) supports a variety of clients and display information, Audio converter, keyboard, pointing device, and can be integrated into mobile communications, computing or display Device or to work with a variety of other input / output devices, and control information, and Combinations thereof. The MDD interface is designed to accommodate a variety of potential types of data Stream, the data streams using the minimum number of cables or wires in the forward or reverse link side To the transfer between host and client. Synchronous and asynchronous stream flow (updated) are able to support. As long as the total data rate is less than or equal to the maximum expected MDDI link rate, many digital The data type combinations are possible. The MDDI link rate by the maximum serial rate And the number of data used for the restrictions. The data rate may include, but are not limited to, the Tables II and III face those listed items. ...
In order to achieve for the user experiences and applications useful for the interface, the mobile digital data interface (MDDI, Mobile Digital Data Interface) supports a variety of clients and display information, Audio converter, keyboard, pointing device, and can be integrated into mobile communications, computing or display Device or to work with a variety of other input / output devices, and control information, and Combinations thereof. The MDD interface is designed to accommodate a variety of potential types of data Stream, the data streams using the minimum number of cables or wires in the forward or reverse link side To the transfer between host and client. Synchronous and asynchronous stream flow (updated) are able to support. As long as the total data rate is less than or equal to the maximum expected MDDI link rate, many digital The data type combinations are possible. The MDDI link rate by the maximum serial rate And the number of data used for the restrictions. The data rate may include, but are not limited to, the Tables II and III face those listed items. ...
Sent from the host to the client
Synchronized video data 720 × 480,12-bit, 30f / s   ~124.5Mbps
Simultaneous stereo audio data 44.1kHz, 16-bit stereo   ~1.4Mbps
Asynchronous graphics data 800 × 600,12 bits, 10f / s, stereo   ~115.2Mbps
Asynchronous control Min   <<1.0Mbps
Table III
Sent from the client to the host
Simultaneous voice data In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .........................................   <<1.0Mbps
Synchronized video data 640 × 480,12-bit, 24f / s   ~88.5Mbps
Asynchronous status, user input, and so Min   <<1.0Mbps
To meet the flexibility requirements of future systems, the interface is not fixed, but may Extensible, so that it can support user-defined data includes various kinds of information "types" of Transmission. The specific examples of supported data are: full-motion video, full screen or part of a Bitmap field screen in the form of a video or compressed video format; in low speed in order to save Power and reduce implementation costs static bitmap; in various resolution or the rate of the PCM Or compressed audio data; pointing device positioning and selection, as well as the ability to be defined for use User-definable data. This data can also be together with the transfer of control or status information to check Measurement equipment capability or set operating parameters. ...
Embodiments of the present invention is given for the data transmission techniques, the techniques including, but not Limited to: watching movies (video display and audio); Use a watch with a limited personal Personal computer (graphics display, sometimes combined with video and audio); on PC, console or a People play video games on the device (or synthetic motion graphics video and audio); Use Video phones, digital still image camera, or to capture a digital video image recording Body aircraft in the form of equipment on the Internet "surfing" (low speed two-way video and audio); Use Extended with a projector phone or PDA to render or video monitor connected to the keys Plate and a mouse connected to a desktop docking expansion; and the use of cellular phones, smart phones, or By PDA, including wireless pointing device and keyboard data, to enhance productivity or for entertainment Music. ...
Embodiments of the present invention is given for the data transmission techniques, the techniques including, but not Limited to: watching movies (video display and audio); Use a watch with a limited personal Personal computer (graphics display, sometimes combined with video and audio); on PC, console or a People play video games on the device (or synthetic motion graphics video and audio); Use Video phones, digital still image camera, or to capture a digital video image recording Body aircraft in the form of equipment on the Internet "surfing" (low speed two-way video and audio); Use Extended with a projector phone or PDA to render or video monitor connected to the keys Plate and a mouse connected to a desktop docking expansion; and the use of cellular phones, smart phones, or By PDA, including wireless pointing device and keyboard data, to enhance productivity or for entertainment Music. ...
MDDI signal frame rate of the named public (CFR) concept for basic signaling protocol Or structure. Supports the idea that the common frame rate can be used to obtain a plurality of through Flow rate of the frame timing clock or sub-frame header packet sent to the same synchronous data stream Provides synchronization pulses. Sub-frame header packet transmission rate of the common frame rate. Client Device You can use this common frame rate as a time reference. By reducing the transmission sub-frame header for Overhead, lower CFR improved channel efficiency. On the other hand, a high CFR can reduce the waiting Time, and allows a smaller elastic data buffer for audio samples. The connection of the present invention The CFR is the mouth of dynamic programming, and can be set to suit the particular application manipulation The multiple simultaneous streams with multiple values. In other words, according to need, select the CF Values ​​optimally adapted to a given client and the host structure. ...
MDDI signal frame rate of the named public (CFR) concept for basic signaling protocol Or structure. Supports the idea that the common frame rate can be used to obtain a plurality of through Flow rate of the frame timing clock or sub-frame header packet sent to the same synchronous data stream Provides synchronization pulses. Sub-frame header packet transmission rate of the common frame rate. Client Device You can use this common frame rate as a time reference. By reducing the transmission sub-frame header for Overhead, lower CFR improved channel efficiency. On the other hand, a high CFR can reduce the waiting Time, and allows a smaller elastic data buffer for audio samples. The connection of the present invention The CFR is the mouth of dynamic programming, and can be set to suit the particular application manipulation The multiple simultaneous streams with multiple values. In other words, according to need, select the CF Values ​​optimally adapted to a given client and the host structure. ...
Table IV
Common frame rate (CFR) = 300Hz
  X   Y Position Frame rate Passage Rate (Mbps) Bytes / sub-frame
Computer Games   720   480   24   30   1   248.832   103680
Computer Graphics   800   600   24   10   1   115.200   48000
Video   640   480   12 29.97, or 30   1   221.184   92160
CD audio   1   1   16   44100   2   1.4112   588
Voice   1   1   8   8000   1   0.064   26-2/3
Using a simple programmable M / N counter structure can easily be calculated for each sub-frame Scores bytes. For example, two 27-byte by sending a sub-frame, each followed by a A sub-frame of 26 bytes, and thus can achieve 26-2/3 bytes per sub-frame count. Can Choose smaller CF rate to generate integer number of bytes of each subframe. However, in general, The larger audio sample FIFO buffer required compared to a region used to implement the present invention. Some or all of the embodiments of the integrated circuit chip or electronic module using hardware Brief One of the M / N counter needs a smaller area.
Description of different types of data transfer rate and data of an exemplary application of a karaoke OK system. For Kara OK system, the end user or multiple end users and sound Music video singing together. The song's lyrics displayed on the screen somewhere, usually on the screen At the bottom, so the user knows to sing words, and generally know the timing of the song. This application does not need to frequently update the graphics video display, and the one or more User voice and stereo audio stream mixing.
If a common frame rate 300Hz, then each sub-frame comprises: via The forward link to the client 92,160 bytes of video content and 588 bytes of audio content (Based on 147 16 stereo - bit sampling), and sent back from the mobile karaoke microphone OK machine average of 26.67 (26-2/3) bytes of voice. The host and client (with Probably headband display) asynchronous packet sent between. This includes being the lyrics text to Second interval or time period of 1/30 of the bottom quarter of the screen height update, and when Lyrics not in being updated subframe transmitted a variety of other control and status Commands. ...
If a common frame rate 300Hz, then each sub-frame comprises: via The forward link to the client 92,160 bytes of video content and 588 bytes of audio content (Based on 147 16 stereo - bit sampling), and sent back from the mobile karaoke microphone OK machine average of 26.67 (26-2/3) bytes of voice. The host and client (with Probably headband display) asynchronous packet sent between. This includes being the lyrics text to Second interval or time period of 1/30 of the bottom quarter of the screen height update, and when Lyrics not in being updated subframe transmitted a variety of other control and status Commands. ...
Table V
Elements rate Each sub-frame Overhead bytes Each sub-frame Media Bytes
640 × 480 pixels, 30fps music videos   2*28=56   92160
640 × 120 pixels, 1fps lyrics text 10 subframes updated, 1/30 sec   28   23040
44,100 sps, stereo, 16-bit CD audio   2*16=32   588
8,000 sps, mono, 8 voice   28+8+8+(4*16)+   (3*27)=125   26.67   (27max)
Sub-frame header   22
Total Bytes / CF   263   115815
Total Rate (Mbps)   (263+115815)*8*300=278.5872
III. High-speed digital data interface system architecture (continued)
E. Link Layer
Using high-speed serial data signals MDD Interface transmitted data including time multiplexed packet Flow, wherein the packets one after another link. Even if the transmission equipment is not to be sent Data, MDDI link controller automatically sends usually filler packets, thus maintaining stars Groups stream. Therefore, the use of a simple packet structure to ensure that the video and audio signals or data Flow reliable synchronization timing.
Multiple packet includes a signal called the sub-frame elements (signal element) or structures that Within the sub-frame group is included in the signal frame, called the media element or structure. According to the sub-frame The respective size and data transfer purposes, the sub-frame includes one or more packets, and the media frame is Contains one or more subframes. Here are the embodiment of the protocol used to provide the maximum sub- Frame is about 232-1 or 4,294,967,295 bytes of magnitude, the largest frame size media About 216-1 or 65,535 sub-frames of the order.
A special sub-frame header packet contains a unique identifier in each sub- Start of a frame occurs, as will be discussed below. When you start between the host and client Communication, the identifier is also used to get the client device at the frame timing. In more detail below Discussion of timing to get the link.
Typically, the show full-motion video, updated once every medium frame display screen. Show Frame rate and frame rate the same medium. Depending on the required application, link protocol supports the entire display Shown on the full motion video or still images only supported by a full-motion video within around Capacity of a small area. In some low-power mobile applications, such as viewing pages or electric E-mail, just occasionally update the display. In these cases, a single sub-frame transmission, and Close links or revoked in order to minimize power consumption link is very useful. The interface also support Holders such as stereoscopic effect, and processing graphics primitives. ...
Typically, the show full-motion video, updated once every medium frame display screen. Show Frame rate and frame rate the same medium. Depending on the required application, link protocol supports the entire display Shown on the full motion video or still images only supported by a full-motion video within around Capacity of a small area. In some low-power mobile applications, such as viewing pages or electric E-mail, just occasionally update the display. In these cases, a single sub-frame transmission, and Close links or revoked in order to minimize power consumption link is very useful. The interface also support Holders such as stereoscopic effect, and processing graphics primitives. ...
F. Link Controller
Figures 5 and 6 shown in MDDI link controller side in a completely digital implementation Type to manufacture or assembly, which does not include to receive MDDI data and strobe Differential line receiver. However, for example, when making CMOS type IC, the differential line driver And the receiver can even be the link controllers in the same digital integrated circuit implementation. No analog functions or phase-locked loop (PLL) for restore or achieve link control bit The hardware. In addition to incorporating state machine for the link synchronization client interfaces, host and Client link controllers contain very similar functions. Accordingly, the present embodiment of the invention allows the Create a single controller design or circuit, and it can be configured as a host or client, which Conducive to the application, and in general, this can reduce the manufacturing link controller Costs. ...
Figures 5 and 6 shown in MDDI link controller side in a completely digital implementation Type to manufacture or assembly, which does not include to receive MDDI data and strobe Differential line receiver. However, for example, when making CMOS type IC, the differential line driver And the receiver can even be the link controllers in the same digital integrated circuit implementation. No analog functions or phase-locked loop (PLL) for restore or achieve link control bit The hardware. In addition to incorporating state machine for the link synchronization client interfaces, host and Client link controllers contain very similar functions. Accordingly, the present embodiment of the invention allows the Create a single controller design or circuit, and it can be configured as a host or client, which Conducive to the application, and in general, this can reduce the manufacturing link controller Costs. ...
A. Frame structure
Figure 7 illustrates a method for implementing the packet transmission in the forward link communication signal protocol or By the frame structure. Shown in Figure 7, the information or a combination of digital data packet known as a meta- Element (element). Then, a plurality of packets and are combined together to form a so-called "sub-frames", And a plurality of sub-frames and are combined together to form a "media" frame. In order to control the formation of frames And a transmission sub-frame, each sub-frame from a dedicated packet having a predetermined, the packet is called a sub-frame message Header packet (SHP).
Selection of the host device to transmit for a given data rate. The host device may group The maximum transmission capacity of the host, the host back from the information source (retrieve) data to And either the client or the data will be transmitted to the maximum capacity of the other devices, and dynamically change Change this rate.
Or can be designed with the MDDI or signaling protocol of the present invention the access to work Debit client device can be queried by the host to determine that the client can use Max or the current maximum data transmission rate, or can use the default slower minimum speed Rates and available data types and supported features. You can use this information to monitor energy Force Packet (DCP) to send, as will be further discussed. The client was Illustrates the interface device can be used with preselected minimum data rates, or at a minimum data rate Frequency range transmitted data or communicate with other devices, and the host will use this range Data rate within the query is executed in order to determine the full capabilities of the client device. ...
Or can be designed with the MDDI or signaling protocol of the present invention the access to work Debit client device can be queried by the host to determine that the client can use Max or the current maximum data transmission rate, or can use the default slower minimum speed Rates and available data types and supported features. You can use this information to monitor energy Force Packet (DCP) to send, as will be further discussed. The client was Illustrates the interface device can be used with preselected minimum data rates, or at a minimum data rate Frequency range transmitted data or communicate with other devices, and the host will use this range Data rate within the query is executed in order to determine the full capabilities of the client device. ...
When the frame is not in the book (more) packet to be transmitted, or when the host can not Sufficient to keep (keep pace) forward link transmission rate of the selected data transmission rate When the host sends a packet padding. Since each sub-frame header packet from the sub-frame start So at the end of the previous sub-frame includes a sub-frame just before filling the grouping (probably padding Grouping). Carrying data packets in the lack of space in the case, padding packet is available Could be the last packet in a sub-frame, or in the immediately previous (next previous) subframe End and in the sub-frame header packet before. In the host device, the task is to control operation To ensure that the sub-frame for each packet to be transmitted in a subframe are retained there is enough space. Also, once the host device starts sending the data packet, the host must be able to successfully make the frame The size of the group within the full, and can not cause data underrun (under-run) case. ...
An aspect of the embodiment, the sub-frame transmission has two modes. One mode is week Period of sub-frame mode, or when the cyclical element (periodic timing epochs), for Transmitted live broadcast video and audio streams. In this mode, the handle frame length is defined as Nonzero. The second mode is asynchronous or aperiodic mode in which when there is new information, Only use frames to the bitmap data to the client. This mode is achieved by sub-sub-frame header Group handle frame length is set to zero to define. Using periodic mode, when the client and Forward link frame structure synchronization, you can start sub-frame packet reception. This corresponds as hereinafter The discussion of Figure 49 or Figure 63 a state diagram definition of "synchronization (in sync)" state. In asynchronous aperiodic sub-frame mode, the receipt of the first sub-frame header packet received after the start Close. ...
An aspect of the embodiment, the sub-frame transmission has two modes. One mode is week Period of sub-frame mode, or when the cyclical element (periodic timing epochs), for Transmitted live broadcast video and audio streams. In this mode, the handle frame length is defined as Nonzero. The second mode is asynchronous or aperiodic mode in which when there is new information, Only use frames to the bitmap data to the client. This mode is achieved by sub-sub-frame header Group handle frame length is set to zero to define. Using periodic mode, when the client and Forward link frame structure synchronization, you can start sub-frame packet reception. This corresponds as hereinafter The discussion of Figure 49 or Figure 63 a state diagram definition of "synchronization (in sync)" state. In asynchronous aperiodic sub-frame mode, the receipt of the first sub-frame header packet received after the start Close. ...
The embodiment described below to achieve the required communication for transmission or signaling protocol, or Ways and means of data packet format or structure should remember is that the interface is Extensible, may be added according to need additional packet structure. The interface of the packet in its Function, ie they send or related commands, information, values, or data concerned, is Marked or divided into different "packet type." Therefore, to be transmitted for operating the Grouping and data given packet, each packet type represents a predefined grouping structure. Obviously, the packet can have a preselected length, or according to their respective functions with variable Or dynamically variable length. The group can also have different names, although implementation Remains the same function as in the protocol process of the received standard protocol occurs go The case when changing. For a variety of packet byte or multi-byte value is configured Bits (8 or 16) unsigned integer. Summary packets used and their "type" of Specifies the type according to the order listed in Table VI-1 to VI-4 shows the results. ...
The embodiment described below to achieve the required communication for transmission or signaling protocol, or Ways and means of data packet format or structure should remember is that the interface is Extensible, may be added according to need additional packet structure. The interface of the packet in its Function, ie they send or related commands, information, values, or data concerned, is Marked or divided into different "packet type." Therefore, to be transmitted for operating the Grouping and data given packet, each packet type represents a predefined grouping structure. Obviously, the packet can have a preselected length, or according to their respective functions with variable Or dynamically variable length. The group can also have different names, although implementation Remains the same function as in the protocol process of the received standard protocol occurs go The case when changing. For a variety of packet byte or multi-byte value is configured Bits (8 or 16) unsigned integer. Summary packets used and their "type" of Specifies the type according to the order listed in Table VI-1 to VI-4 shows the results. ...
Table VI-1
Link Control Packet
Group Name Packet type Forward effective Reverse effective
Sub-frame header packet   15359   x
Padding packet   0   x   x
Reverse link encapsulation packet   65   x
Link down grouping   69   x
Monitor power status grouping   75   x
Forward audio channel to enable packet   78   x
Packet switching execution type   77   x
Round trip delay measurement packet   82   x
Deviation from calibration forward link packet   83   x
Table VI-2
Basic media stream packets
Group Name Packet type Forward effective Reverse effective
Video stream packets   16   x   x
Audio stream packet   32   x   x
Stream packets reserved   1-15,18-31,33-35   x   x
User-defined stream packets   56-63   x   x
Color mapping grouping   64   x   x
Reverse audio sampling rate packet   79   x
Enable transparent color grouping   81   x
Table VI-3
Client Status and Control Packet
Group Name Packet type Forward effective Reverse effective
Clients ability grouping   66   x
Keyboard data packet   67   x   x
Pointing device data packet   68   x   x
Grouping client requests and status   70   x
Digital Content Protection Packet overhead   80   x   x
VCP feature request packet   128   x
VCP characteristic reply packet   129   x
Set VCP feature grouping   130   x
Request valid parameter grouping   131   x
Effective parameter response packet   132   x
Specific status request packet   138   x
Acknowledge active list grouping   139   x
Packet processing delay parameter grouping   140   x
Personal display ability grouping   141   x
Error Reporting client group   142   x
Scalable video streaming ability grouping   143   x
Client Identification grouping   144   x
Optional Display ability grouping   145   x
Register Access Packet   146   x   x
Table VI-4
Advanced graphics and display grouping
Group Name Packet type Forward effective Reverse effective
Bit block transfer packet   71   x
Padding packet bitmap area   72   x
Bitmap pattern fills grouping   73   x
Read the frame buffer packet   74   x
Scalable video streaming ability grouping   143   x
Scalable video streaming to establish a packet   136   x
Scalable video streaming confirmation packet   137   x
Scalable video stream packets   18   x
According to this article the other discussions can be clearly understood that, although the external mode operation For, the sub-frame header, filler, reverse packaging, link down, the clients ability to And the client request and the status of each of the packets is considered very important, even in Many embodiments communication interface is needed. However, for the internal mode operation, the Reverse encapsulated packet, link down, the clients capabilities and client request and status packet Will or is likely to be regarded as optional. Doing so creates yet another type of MDD Interface Protocol, which allows the use of a reduced set of communication packets at very high speed to pass several Data, and accordingly to simplify the control and timing. ...
Grouping or at least have a common basic structure of the overall set of fields, the minimum field Including the packet length field, a packet type field, a data field and a CRC byte field, which These contents shown in Figure 8. Shown in Figure 8, the packet length field contains a number or Byte value in the form of information, the total number of bits used to specify the grouping, or specify the packet length field And the length between the CRC field. In one embodiment, the packet length field contains the 16 or 2-byte unsigned integer width, it shows the packet length. Packet Type field Is another number field, which indicates the information contained within the packet type. In an exemplary Embodiment, the packet type field is a 16-bit or 2-byte wide, with a 16-bit unsigned Integer value, and description of these data types for the display capabilities, switching, video Or the audio streams, status, etc. ...
The third field is the data byte field that contains the host and client devices for As part of the packet bit transmitted, or transmitted, or data. Data to be transmitted in accordance with the specific Type, for each packet type specific definition of the data format, and the packet format of Cut into a series of additional fields, each with its own format requirements. That is, each A packet type will have this part or fields defined format. The last field is the CRC field, which is included in the data byte, the packet type and packet length calculated fields To a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check results, the results are used to confirm the integrity of information packets Sex. In other words, this result is in addition to other than the CRC field itself calculated on the entire packet Come. Clients are often stored detects the total number of CRC errors, and the client This request and status packet count reported to the host (see below). ...
The third field is the data byte field that contains the host and client devices for As part of the packet bit transmitted, or transmitted, or data. Data to be transmitted in accordance with the specific Type, for each packet type specific definition of the data format, and the packet format of Cut into a series of additional fields, each with its own format requirements. That is, each A packet type will have this part or fields defined format. The last field is the CRC field, which is included in the data byte, the packet type and packet length calculated fields To a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check results, the results are used to confirm the integrity of information packets Sex. In other words, this result is in addition to other than the CRC field itself calculated on the entire packet Come. Clients are often stored detects the total number of CRC errors, and the client This request and status packet count reported to the host (see below). ...
During the transmission of the packet, the first field is the least significant bit (LSB) start transmission, And finally to transmit the most significant bit (MSB) ends. One or more parameter bytes The least significant byte is transmitted first, so that the length obtained for the transmission of a parameter greater than 8 bits Bit transfer mode, and the LSB is transmitted first parameter uses a shorter bit transfer mode. Each data field usually grouped below according to the order defined in subsequent paragraphs to transmit, the Listed in the first field is transmitted first, and the last field of the last transfer is described. In Type 1, Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 mode, any one of these mode, MDDI_Data0 signal path data transmission on the interface byte '0 'bit aligned. ...
When manipulating data to display, the pixel array data first by row and then by column To transmit, as the field of electronic technology, performed as normal. In other words, the bit map of the same Line appearing in the order transmitted all the pixels, with the leftmost pixel transmitted first, the right Pixel last transmission. Rightmost pixel in a row after completing the transfer, and then follow the order under One pixel is the next line of the leftmost pixel. For most monitors, the pixels of the line pass Often to transmit the order from top to bottom, but can be configured to use other party Style. Further, in the process of working with bitmaps, the conventional method is the method followed here Through the upper left corner of the bitmap is marked as position or offset "0,0" to define the reference point. When the Are close to the right and bottom of the bitmap, the bitmap is used to define or determine a position in X and Y coordinates increase in value. The first row and first column (top left corner of the image) from the index value zero Begins. From the user's point of view the display when viewing the image on the right toward the X coordinate value increases Increase toward the bottom of the image value of the Y coordinate increases. ...
When manipulating data to display, the pixel array data first by row and then by column To transmit, as the field of electronic technology, performed as normal. In other words, the bit map of the same Line appearing in the order transmitted all the pixels, with the leftmost pixel transmitted first, the right Pixel last transmission. Rightmost pixel in a row after completing the transfer, and then follow the order under One pixel is the next line of the leftmost pixel. For most monitors, the pixels of the line pass Often to transmit the order from top to bottom, but can be configured to use other party Style. Further, in the process of working with bitmaps, the conventional method is the method followed here Through the upper left corner of the bitmap is marked as position or offset "0,0" to define the reference point. When the Are close to the right and bottom of the bitmap, the bitmap is used to define or determine a position in X and Y coordinates increase in value. The first row and first column (top left corner of the image) from the index value zero Begins. From the user's point of view the display when viewing the image on the right toward the X coordinate value increases Increase toward the bottom of the image value of the Y coordinate increases. ...
Bitmap and the relationship between the display window in the computer and electronic fields, the Internet and other communication His e-known in related fields. Therefore, these principles are not given here, further discussion or Instructions.
C. Group Definition
1 sub-frame header packet
Sub-frame header packet is a first subframe of each packet, as shown in Figure 9 and having The basic structure. Sub-frame header packet for host - client synchronization, each host should be able to Generate this grouping, while each client should be able to receive and interpret the packet. Positive As can be seen in Figure 9, as this type of packet typically constructed as a sequence There packet length, packet type, the only word to retain a sub-frame length, protocol version, sub- Frame count and medium frame count fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually Identified as type 15359 (hexadecimal 0x3bff) packet, and a 20-byte pre- Fixed length, not including the packet length field. ...
Sub-frame header packet is a first subframe of each packet, as shown in Figure 9 and having The basic structure. Sub-frame header packet for host - client synchronization, each host should be able to Generate this grouping, while each client should be able to receive and interpret the packet. Positive As can be seen in Figure 9, as this type of packet typically constructed as a sequence There packet length, packet type, the only word to retain a sub-frame length, protocol version, sub- Frame count and medium frame count fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually Identified as type 15359 (hexadecimal 0x3bff) packet, and a 20-byte pre- Fixed length, not including the packet length field. ...
Retained a 2-byte field contains the space reserved for future use, and where a Generally be configured as all bits are set to zero. This field is intended to make a follow-up to two-byte 16-bit word address field is aligned, so that 4-byte field is aligned with the 32-bit word address. Retain the most Low byte to indicate whether the host can access multiple client devices. The word Section reserved to zero this value to indicate that the host can only be associated with a single client devices work together Made.
Sub-frame length field contains 4 bytes of information, or values, for explaining the word of each subframe Section number. In one embodiment, the length of this field may be set to zero, so Indicates that the link is closed and enters an idle state, the host will transmit only one sub-frame. From A sub-frame transitions to the next sub-frame, the value of this field "in the course of (On-the-fly) "dynamically changed, in order for the sync pulse timing adjusted to the smaller Will support simultaneous data streams, this capability is useful. If the sub-frame header packet CRC is invalid, then the link controller should use a known good previous sub-frame header The subframe length packet to estimate the length of the current sub-frame. ...
Sub-frame length field contains 4 bytes of information, or values, for explaining the word of each subframe Section number. In one embodiment, the length of this field may be set to zero, so Indicates that the link is closed and enters an idle state, the host will transmit only one sub-frame. From A sub-frame transitions to the next sub-frame, the value of this field "in the course of (On-the-fly) "dynamically changed, in order for the sync pulse timing adjusted to the smaller Will support simultaneous data streams, this capability is useful. If the sub-frame header packet CRC is invalid, then the link controller should use a known good previous sub-frame header The subframe length packet to estimate the length of the current sub-frame. ...
Sub-frame count field contains two bytes specify a number, the serial number indicates the frame from the media Has been transmitted at the beginning of the number of sub-frames number. The first media frame subframes frame counter Zero. Media last frame n-1 sub-frame has a value, where n is a subframe of each frame the number of media. Sub-frame Count field value is equal to the previous sub-frame transmitted in the packet count plus one subframe. Should Note that, if the subframe length is set equal to zero (indicating a non-periodic sub-frame), Then the sub-frame count must also be set equal to zero.
Sub-frame count field contains two bytes specify a number, the serial number indicates the frame from the media Has been transmitted at the beginning of the number of sub-frames number. The first media frame subframes frame counter Zero. Media last frame n-1 sub-frame has a value, where n is a subframe of each frame the number of media. Sub-frame Count field value is equal to the previous sub-frame transmitted in the packet count plus one subframe. Should Note that, if the subframe length is set equal to zero (indicating a non-periodic sub-frame), Then the sub-frame count must also be set equal to zero....
Sub-frame count field contains two bytes specify a number, the serial number indicates the frame from the media Has been transmitted at the beginning of the number of sub-frames number. The first media frame subframes frame counter Zero. Media last frame n-1 sub-frame has a value, where n is a subframe of each frame the number of media. Sub-frame Count field value is equal to the previous sub-frame transmitted in the packet count plus one subframe. Should Note that, if the subframe length is set equal to zero (indicating a non-periodic sub-frame), Then the sub-frame count must also be set equal to zero....
Padding packet is no other information can be used in the forward or reverse link hair When delivery is transmitted to the client device from the client device, or a packet transmitted. Recommended filler Packet has a minimum length, so that when necessary, in the process of sending another packet with the most Great flexibility. The sub-frame or a reverse link encapsulation packet (see below) at the end of the chain Road controller settings padding packet size to fill the remaining space, thereby maintaining packet Integrity. When the host or the client does not want to send or exchange information, said filler points Set the timing for maintaining the link is very useful. Each host and client should be able to send Send and receives this packet to make effective use of the interface. ...
Figure 10 shows the format of the packet and the filler content of an exemplary embodiment Case. Shown in Figure 10, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type Type, filler bytes and CRC fields. In one embodiment, generally this type of Grouping identified as Type 0, which indicates that 2-byte type field. Padding byte field The bits or bytes contain a variable number of all zero bit values ​​to allow the filler packet has The desired length. Minimum padding grouping in this field does not contain bytes. That is, Said packet includes only the packet length, packet type, and CRC, and in one embodiment, Using a 6-byte packet length or fixed length preselected value 4. All bytes in the packet Determining said CRC value including the packet length, but in other types of packets, the Packet length is excluded. ...
Figure 10 shows the format of the packet and the filler content of an exemplary embodiment Case. Shown in Figure 10, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type Type, filler bytes and CRC fields. In one embodiment, generally this type of Grouping identified as Type 0, which indicates that 2-byte type field. Padding byte field The bits or bytes contain a variable number of all zero bit values ​​to allow the filler packet has The desired length. Minimum padding grouping in this field does not contain bytes. That is, Said packet includes only the packet length, packet type, and CRC, and in one embodiment, Using a 6-byte packet length or fixed length preselected value 4. All bytes in the packet Determining said CRC value including the packet length, but in other types of packets, the Packet length is excluded. ...
Video stream packets carry video data to update typically display device, a generally rectangular Areas. The size of this area can be as small as a single pixel, or the like that the entire display What big. There can be almost unlimited number of streams be simultaneously displayed, but by the system resources, This is because the video stream packet contains a stream displays all the necessary context. Figure 11 Is shown in the video stream packet (Video Data Format Descriptor) format to an embodiment. Shown in Figure 11, in one embodiment, the structure of this type of packet has a packet Length (2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID, Video Data Descriptor, Pixel Display Property, X left edge, Y top edge, X Right along, Y along the bottom, X and Y start, pixel count, Parameter CRC, Pixel Data, and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification for the class Type 16, and its two-byte type field indicates. In one embodiment, the client uses Clients ability grouping in RGB, monochrome and Y Cr Cb receive video capability field to indicate The ability to stream packet. ...
Video stream packets carry video data to update typically display device, a generally rectangular Areas. The size of this area can be as small as a single pixel, or the like that the entire display What big. There can be almost unlimited number of streams be simultaneously displayed, but by the system resources, This is because the video stream packet contains a stream displays all the necessary context. Figure 11 Is shown in the video stream packet (Video Data Format Descriptor) format to an embodiment. Shown in Figure 11, in one embodiment, the structure of this type of packet has a packet Length (2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID, Video Data Descriptor, Pixel Display Property, X left edge, Y top edge, X Right along, Y along the bottom, X and Y start, pixel count, Parameter CRC, Pixel Data, and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification for the class Type 16, and its two-byte type field indicates. In one embodiment, the client uses Clients ability grouping in RGB, monochrome and Y Cr Cb receive video capability field to indicate The ability to stream packet. ...
12A-12E are shown in the above example for the realization of the video data description Character field operation the format and content. In Figure 12A-12E, the video data format Type descriptor field contains a 16-bit unsigned integer 2 bytes, for explaining when Before the current packet within the data stream for each pixel the pixel format. Grouping different video streams Can use different pixel data formats, ie, video data format different descriptor Value is the same, the flow (display region) in the work process (on-the-fly) to change its number According to the format. Pixel data format should conform ability grouping defined by the client at least one Client grouping valid format. Only in this group of pixel format implicit in the particular video stream Period of use, no longer continue to use the same format when the video data format descriptor Only define the current packet pixel format. ...
12A to 12D illustrate Video Data Format Descriptor was coded. As this Used in these figures, as, and in this embodiment, when the bit [15:13] is equal to '000 ' When, as shown in Figure 12A, the color of the video packet includes a pixel array, wherein each The median pixel video data format descriptor word bits 3 to 0 is defined. Usually reserved bits 11-4 for future use or for other applications, and is provided in this case Zero. When bit [15:13] is equal to the value into '001 ', as shown in 12B, then the Video packet includes a color pixel array in which each pixel by the color map (tone Swatch) to specify a color. In this case, the Video Data Format Descriptor word bits 5-0 defines the number of bits per pixel, and bits 11-6 are usually retained for the To the use or application, and these bits are set to zero. When bit [15:13] replaced by equal value '010 ', As shown in 12C, then the video packet including the color pixel array, The number of bits of each pixel in the red bits 11-8 from the definition of the number of bits per pixel green 7 To 4 bits, and each median pixel of blue is defined bits 3-0. In this case Case, the total number of bits for each pixel in the red, green and blue and the number of bits used. ...
However, when the bit [15:13], or equal to the value into the string '011 ', as shown in 12D, Then the video packet includes a 4:2:2 YCbCr format with luminance and chrominance information A video data array, wherein each pixel luminance (Y) the number of bits specified by the bit 11-8 Righteousness, Cb component digits defined by bit 7-4, Cr component digits defined by bit 3-0. The median is the total number of each pixel red, green and blue and the number of bits used. Cb and Cr Component is transmitted at a rate half of the Y component. In addition, the pixel data portion of the packet The video samples are organized as: Cbn, Yn, Crn, Yn +1, Cbn +2, Yn +2, Crn +2, Yn +3, ..., where Cbn and Crn with Yn and Yn +1 are associated, and Cbn +2 and Crn +2 And Yn +2 and Yn +3 associated more. ...
Yn, Yn +1, Yn +2 and Yn +3 is a single row of four consecutive pixels from left to right Brightness value. If the packet in the stream line of the positioning of the window in the presence of an odd number as the Hormone (X-X along the left edge R +1), then each row corresponds to the Y value of the pixel after the last Will be followed by a next line Cb value of the first pixel, and does not send the last pixel in the row Cr Values. Recommend using Y Cb Cr format window has an even number of pixels wide. Grouping of Pixel data should contain an even number of pixels. The last pixel in the pixel data corresponding to the video stream Packet header row in the window specified in the case of the last pixel, i.e., when the pixel data X position of the last pixel in the right edge equal to X, the pixel data may contain an odd or even number A number of pixels. ...
When bit [15:13] replaced by equal '100 ', then the video packet includes an interval (Bayer) Pixel array, wherein the number of bits per pixel by the video data format descriptor word bits 3-0 Definition. Pixel Photos bits 5 and 4 define the cause of action, as shown in Figure 12E. Pixel data sequence Can be horizontal or vertical, in the row or column of pixels can follow the forward or backward In order to send, and the bits 8-6 are defined. Bit 11-9 should be set to zero. Interval (Bayer) format pixel group of four pixels within a group similar to the ones display technology Intraoperative pixels are often referred to as delay. However, the interval (Bayer) in a format Pixel is the pixel group mosaic (mosaic) in the pattern of a four color pixels. ...
Shown in the drawings, for all five formats, designated as "P" of the bit 12 as described Packed pixel data is sampled pixel data or byte-aligned pixel data. This field The value '0 'indicates the pixel data field associated with each pixel edge MDD interface byte Sector byte aligned. A value of '1 'indicates that each pixel in the pixel data of each pixel and each of the A color package, which relative to the previous pixel pixel or color no unused bits. Chart 13 illustrates more specifically the alignment byte packed pixel format and pixel data format The difference between where you can clearly see the data byte aligned left unused data sub-frame Section packed pixel format which is not left unused portion corresponds to the case. ...
Shown in the drawings, for all five formats, designated as "P" of the bit 12 as described Packed pixel data is sampled pixel data or byte-aligned pixel data. This field The value '0 'indicates the pixel data field associated with each pixel edge MDD interface byte Sector byte aligned. A value of '1 'indicates that each pixel in the pixel data of each pixel and each of the A color package, which relative to the previous pixel pixel or color no unused bits. Chart 13 illustrates more specifically the alignment byte packed pixel format and pixel data format The difference between where you can clearly see the data byte aligned left unused data sub-frame Section packed pixel format which is not left unused portion corresponds to the case. ...
Audio stream packets will carry the audio system to play through the client, or for independent The audio rendering device audio data. Can assign different audio streams to the sound system In separate audio channels, such as: front left, front right, center, left rear and right rear, depending In the positive use of the audio system type. Contains the enhanced spatial sound signal processing Earphone For all audio channels. Clients use the client the ability ability grouping audio channels and audio Sampling rate field to indicate the ability to receive the audio stream packet. Described in Figure 14 of the audio stream Group format.
Audio stream packets will carry the audio system to play through the client, or for independent The audio rendering device audio data. Can assign different audio streams to the sound system In separate audio channels, such as: front left, front right, center, left rear and right rear, depending In the positive use of the audio system type. Contains the enhanced spatial sound signal processing Earphone For all audio channels. Clients use the client the ability ability grouping audio channels and audio Sampling rate field to indicate the ability to receive the audio stream packet. Described in Figure 14 of the audio stream Group format....
bClient ID field contains the client ID reserved two bytes of information, such as the previously used To be. Reserved 1 field contains is retained for future use 2 bytes, and in the Here is configured to all bits set to zero.
Bits per sample and packed field contains an 8-bit unsigned integer in the form of a Byte, for explaining the format of the audio data pack. Format is commonly used to using bit 4 0 to define the number of bits per PCM audio samples. Then, the digital audio data Bit 5 Description Sampling is being packaged. Figure 15 shows a packaged audio samples and byte alignment of audio mining The difference between samples, here using a 10 - bit sample. The value '0 'indicates that the digital audio data field Each of the PCM audio sample and MDDI interface byte boundary aligned byte, and the value '1 ' Indicates that each successive PCM audio samples are compared to the previous audio sample and packaging. Usually only There When bit 4-0 (the number of bits per PCM audio sample) is not defined by the value of a multiple of 8 , This one is valid. Bit 7-6 are reserved for future use, and are usually located Set to zero. ...
Bits per sample and packed field contains an 8-bit unsigned integer in the form of a Byte, for explaining the format of the audio data pack. Format is commonly used to using bit 4 0 to define the number of bits per PCM audio samples. Then, the digital audio data Bit 5 Description Sampling is being packaged. Figure 15 shows a packaged audio samples and byte alignment of audio mining The difference between samples, here using a 10 - bit sample. The value '0 'indicates that the digital audio data field Each of the PCM audio sample and MDDI interface byte boundary aligned byte, and the value '1 ' Indicates that each successive PCM audio samples are compared to the previous audio sample and packaging. Usually only There When bit 4-0 (the number of bits per PCM audio sample) is not defined by the value of a multiple of 8 , This one is valid. Bit 7-6 are reserved for future use, and are usually located Set to zero. ...
In one embodiment, according to the requirements of various applications encountered, packet types 1 to 15, 18 to 31 and 33 to 55 for the reservation to be defined stream packets for future versions or Packet protocol by changing purposes. Compared with other technologies, which is to make the interface more flexible MDD And the face of changing technology and system design is still very useful part.
6 the user-defined stream packets
56-63 Reserved known as a Type 8 data stream types, for use in proprietary applications, These data stream types can be defined by the device manufacturer to make together with the MDDI link Purposes. These packets are called user-defined stream packets. This grouping can be used for any purpose But the host and client to understand or know only in extraordinary circumstances such use results only This grouping should be used. These packets will flow parameters and data types of the specific definition of stay This grouping to achieve its purpose type, or explore the specific equipment manufacturers. User-defined Stream packets transmitted certain exemplary uses of test parameters and test results, the factory calibration data Special and proprietary data. Figure 16 shows an embodiment for a user defined stream Packet format. Shown in Figure 16, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length (2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID number, Stream Parameters, Parameter CRC, streaming data, and Stream data CRC field. ...
56-63 Reserved known as a Type 8 data stream types, for use in proprietary applications, These data stream types can be defined by the device manufacturer to make together with the MDDI link Purposes. These packets are called user-defined stream packets. This grouping can be used for any purpose But the host and client to understand or know only in extraordinary circumstances such use results only This grouping should be used. These packets will flow parameters and data types of the specific definition of stay This grouping to achieve its purpose type, or explore the specific equipment manufacturers. User-defined Stream packets transmitted certain exemplary uses of test parameters and test results, the factory calibration data Special and proprietary data. Figure 16 shows an embodiment for a user defined stream Packet format. Shown in Figure 16, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length (2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID number, Stream Parameters, Parameter CRC, streaming data, and Stream data CRC field. ...
Color mapping packet instructions presented to the client for the color lookup table color mapping Content. Certain applications may require more than a single data packet can be transmitted greater color mapping Shot. In this case, as described below by using the offset and length fields, can be transmitted Grouping a plurality of color maps, color maps, each packet has a color map are different subsets. Figure 17 shows an embodiment of the color mapping format of the packet. Shown in Figure 17, the This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Color Mapping item count, color mapping offset parameter CRC, color mapping and data CRC Fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually identified as Type 64 packet (Video Data Format and Color Map Packet), if the packet type field (2 bytes) in the Explained. Clients use the client ability grouping in size and color mapping color mapping Shot Width field to indicate the ability to group receiving color mapping. ...
Color mapping packet instructions presented to the client for the color lookup table color mapping Content. Certain applications may require more than a single data packet can be transmitted greater color mapping Shot. In this case, as described below by using the offset and length fields, can be transmitted Grouping a plurality of color maps, color maps, each packet has a color map are different subsets. Figure 17 shows an embodiment of the color mapping format of the packet. Shown in Figure 17, the This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Color Mapping item count, color mapping offset parameter CRC, color mapping and data CRC Fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually identified as Type 64 packet (Video Data Format and Color Map Packet), if the packet type field (2 bytes) in the Explained. Clients use the client ability grouping in size and color mapping color mapping Shot Width field to indicate the ability to group receiving color mapping. ...
In an exemplary embodiment, a reverse link encapsulation packet number sent in the reverse direction Data. Sending a forward link packets, and about changes in the middle of this packet MDDI Link operation or turn it (transfer direction), which can transmit packets in the reverse direction. Chart 18 shows an embodiment of a reverse link encapsulation packet format. Shown in Figure 18, the This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hCLient ID, Reverse Link logo, reverse rate divisor, steering (Turn-Around) 1 length, turning two lengths, Parameter CRC, all zero one, turning 1, reverse data packet, steering 2 and Zero 2. In a Embodiment, generally this type of packet identification as Type 65 packet. For external Mode for each host must be able to generate this packet and receive data, and each client Machine must be able to receive and send data to the host. Implementation of this packet to the internal Mode is optional, but the reverse link encapsulation packet received from the client for the host Data. ...
In an exemplary embodiment, a reverse link encapsulation packet number sent in the reverse direction Data. Sending a forward link packets, and about changes in the middle of this packet MDDI Link operation or turn it (transfer direction), which can transmit packets in the reverse direction. Chart 18 shows an embodiment of a reverse link encapsulation packet format. Shown in Figure 18, the This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hCLient ID, Reverse Link logo, reverse rate divisor, steering (Turn-Around) 1 length, turning two lengths, Parameter CRC, all zero one, turning 1, reverse data packet, steering 2 and Zero 2. In a Embodiment, generally this type of packet identification as Type 65 packet. For external Mode for each host must be able to generate this packet and receive data, and each client Machine must be able to receive and send data to the host. Implementation of this packet to the internal Mode is optional, but the reverse link encapsulation packet received from the client for the host Data. ...
The host disable its MDDI data signal line driver, and usually ensures 1 Field of the last turn before they are completely disabled, then the steering 2 fields During the re-opening of its line driver, and often turn to two fields to ensure that the last one Before they are completely enabled. The client reads turning length parameter, and in turn 1 after the last bit field, the host drives the data signal immediately. That is, as And elsewhere in the text description of the contents of the packet described above, in the MDDI strobe Some of the rising edge, the client of the new data according to the clock input (clock into) chain Path. Client uses the length of the packet length and steering parameters can be used to understand the host Transmission packet length of time. When there is no data to send to the host, the client can send Filler grouping or data line drive to the zero state. If the data lines are driven to zero, then It will be interpreted by the host as a zero length (not a valid length) of the packet, and And the current reverse link encapsulation packet, the host does not receive from the client to any of Groups. ...
The host disable its MDDI data signal line driver, and usually ensures 1 Field of the last turn before they are completely disabled, then the steering 2 fields During the re-opening of its line driver, and often turn to two fields to ensure that the last one Before they are completely enabled. The client reads turning length parameter, and in turn 1 after the last bit field, the host drives the data signal immediately. That is, as And elsewhere in the text description of the contents of the packet described above, in the MDDI strobe Some of the rising edge, the client of the new data according to the clock input (clock into) chain Path. Client uses the length of the packet length and steering parameters can be used to understand the host Transmission packet length of time. When there is no data to send to the host, the client can send Filler grouping or data line drive to the zero state. If the data lines are driven to zero, then It will be interpreted by the host as a zero length (not a valid length) of the packet, and And the current reverse link encapsulation packet, the host does not receive from the client to any of Groups. ...
9 client ability grouping
The host must know to communicate with the client (display) the ability to follow through Often the best way, or need to configure the host to the client's link. Recommended to obtain a positive The uplink synchronization, the display capabilities of the client packet to the host. When the host makes Reverse link encapsulation packet with a reverse link flag to request, you should consider this grouping Transfer. Client capability packet to the client the ability to inform the host. For external mode Speaking, each host must be able to receive this packet, and every client must be able to send The packet to fully utilize this interface and protocol. For the implementation of this packet Are optional internal model, which is due in this case, as the monitor, keyboard, or Other input / output devices and the like of the client the ability to be fitted at the time of manufacture or to Some types of single component or element, it should have been clearly defined and the host Knowledge. ...
Figure 19 shows an embodiment of a client capability packet format. Figure 19 Shows, for the present embodiment, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type Type, retention cClient ID, protocol version, the minimum protocol version, the data rate capability, then Ability to interface type, an optional number of monitors, Reserved 1, Bitmap Width, Bitmap Height, Display Window width, the display height, color map size, color map RGB Width, RGB can Force, monochrome ability to retain 2, Y Cr Cb ability interval (Bayer) ability to retain three, Client characteristics, maximum video frame rate, video frame rate, the smallest, the minimal frame rate, Audio buffer depth, audio channel capability, audio capability using rate, audio sample resolution Rate, microphone audio sampling rate, the sampling rate capability of a microphone, keyboard data format, means Shows device data format, content protection type, manufacturer's name, product code, retention 4, Serial number, manufacture week, year of manufacture, and the CRC field. In an exemplary embodiment Example, this type of packet is usually identified as Type 66 packet. ...
Figure 19 shows an embodiment of a client capability packet format. Figure 19 Shows, for the present embodiment, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type Type, retention cClient ID, protocol version, the minimum protocol version, the data rate capability, then Ability to interface type, an optional number of monitors, Reserved 1, Bitmap Width, Bitmap Height, Display Window width, the display height, color map size, color map RGB Width, RGB can Force, monochrome ability to retain 2, Y Cr Cb ability interval (Bayer) ability to retain three, Client characteristics, maximum video frame rate, video frame rate, the smallest, the minimal frame rate, Audio buffer depth, audio channel capability, audio capability using rate, audio sample resolution Rate, microphone audio sampling rate, the sampling rate capability of a microphone, keyboard data format, means Shows device data format, content protection type, manufacturer's name, product code, retention 4, Serial number, manufacture week, year of manufacture, and the CRC field. In an exemplary embodiment Example, this type of packet is usually identified as Type 66 packet. ...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ................................
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet, and contains information from or to key A variable number of bytes of the disk information. Shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of grouping With packet length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data format, keyboard data and CRC field. Here, normally this type of packet identification as Type 67 packet.
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet, and contains information from or to key A variable number of bytes of the disk information. Shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of grouping With packet length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data format, keyboard data and CRC field. Here, normally this type of packet identification as Type 67 packet....
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet, and contains information from or to key A variable number of bytes of the disk information. Shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of grouping With packet length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data format, keyboard data and CRC field. Here, normally this type of packet identification as Type 67 packet....
Used as a pointing device for a data packet from a wireless mouse or other pointing Device location information sent from the client to the host methods, structures or means. You can also make The forward link with the packet data will be sent to the pointing device. Figure 21 shows a means Display device exemplary format of a data packet, and the packet format contains information from or to means The variable display device information on the number of bytes. Shown in Figure 21, this type of grouping construct Having a packet length, packet type, bClient ID, pointing device format, indicating the device Data and CRC fields. In an exemplary embodiment, typically 1 byte in the class Field type, this type of packet identification as Type 68 packet. ...
Used as a pointing device for a data packet from a wireless mouse or other pointing Device location information sent from the client to the host methods, structures or means. You can also make The forward link with the packet data will be sent to the pointing device. Figure 21 shows a means Display device exemplary format of a data packet, and the packet format contains information from or to means The variable display device information on the number of bytes. Shown in Figure 21, this type of grouping construct Having a packet length, packet type, bClient ID, pointing device format, indicating the device Data and CRC fields. In an exemplary embodiment, typically 1 byte in the class Field type, this type of packet identification as Type 68 packet. ...
The close link packet sent from the host to the client as an MDDI used to indicate Data and strobe will be closed, and enter a low-power "sleep" state approach and hands Segments. In the static bitmap from the mobile communication device sends to the monitor after, or when temporarily not There is need for further information sent from the host to the client, this packet on the link down, and And the power saving is very useful. When the host sends packet again and resume normal operation. Dormancy The first packet sent after the sub-frame header packet. Figure 22 shows the state of the client Group format. Shown in Figure 22, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, Packet type and CRC and full of zeros. In one embodiment, usually in 1 byte Type field of this type of packet is identified as Type 69 packet, and uses a 3-byte The pre-fixed length. ...
The close link packet sent from the host to the client as an MDDI used to indicate Data and strobe will be closed, and enter a low-power "sleep" state approach and hands Segments. In the static bitmap from the mobile communication device sends to the monitor after, or when temporarily not There is need for further information sent from the host to the client, this packet on the link down, and And the power saving is very useful. When the host sends packet again and resume normal operation. Dormancy The first packet sent after the sub-frame header packet. Figure 22 shows the state of the client Group format. Shown in Figure 22, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, Packet type and CRC and full of zeros. In one embodiment, usually in 1 byte Type field of this type of packet is identified as Type 69 packet, and uses a 3-byte The pre-fixed length. ...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .............................
Use 2-byte CRC field, which contains the length of the packet from the packet type byte 16-bit CRC.
In low-power sleep mode, all-zero field in the last one after 16 to 48 MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse start, the drive will disable the high MDDI_Data0 Impedance state. For Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 link, in the disabled MDDI_Data0 Time the drive, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7 signals are also placed in a high-impedance Anti-state. As discussed elsewhere, the host or client can make MDDI Link from hibernation "wake up", which is critical of the invention advances and advantages.
In the definition of all-zero field already described, MDDI_Stb close grouping of the link MSB of the CRC field after 64 cycles flip, in order to close the client control Controller. A cycle is a transition from low to high, followed by a transition from high to low or from High-to-low transition, followed by a transition from low to high. After sending all zeros in the field, ban With hosts MDDI_Stb drive.
13 client request and status packet
Host needs a small amount of information from the client so that it can follow the general Excellent way to configure the host to the client's link. Recommended that clients send to the host for each sub-frame Send a client state groupings. Clients should not take this as a reverse link encapsulation of the packet Group of the first packet to send, in order to ensure the packet sent reliably to the host. When the By the host in reverse link encapsulation packet flag to request the reverse link packet, but also The packet forwarding can be achieved. Client request and status packet can be used to report an error to the host And status. For external mode operation, each host should be able to receive the packet, And each client should be able to send the packet to the appropriate and optimal use of MDD interface protocol. Also recommends: For internal operations, namely internal hosts and internal clients, Should support the packet, but this is not necessary. ...
Host needs a small amount of information from the client so that it can follow the general Excellent way to configure the host to the client's link. Recommended that clients send to the host for each sub-frame Send a client state groupings. Clients should not take this as a reverse link encapsulation of the packet Group of the first packet to send, in order to ensure the packet sent reliably to the host. When the By the host in reverse link encapsulation packet flag to request the reverse link packet, but also The packet forwarding can be achieved. Client request and status packet can be used to report an error to the host And status. For external mode operation, each host should be able to receive the packet, And each client should be able to send the packet to the appropriate and optimal use of MDD interface protocol. Also recommends: For internal operations, namely internal hosts and internal clients, Should support the packet, but this is not necessary. ...
Said reverse link request field can be used to notify the host of the client in a reverse chain Road encapsulated packet in the number of bytes required, so that it sends the data back to the host. The host should Tried the reverse link encapsulation packet at least this number of bytes allocated to allow the Above requests. The host can send a sub-frame in a reverse link encapsulation packet over to pick Admittance data. The client can send at any time and status of the client request packet, and the The reverse link above host can be interpreted as a request parameter subframe total number of bytes requested. The following shows how the reverse link data back to the host Additional details and specific examples. ...
Said reverse link request field can be used to notify the host of the client in a reverse chain Road encapsulated packet in the number of bytes required, so that it sends the data back to the host. The host should Tried the reverse link encapsulation packet at least this number of bytes allocated to allow the Above requests. The host can send a sub-frame in a reverse link encapsulation packet over to pick Admittance data. The client can send at any time and status of the client request packet, and the The reverse link above host can be interpreted as a request parameter subframe total number of bytes requested. The following shows how the reverse link data back to the host Additional details and specific examples. ...
Bit block transfer packet is provided for the display area scroll in any direction along the way. Tool The monitor will have this capability in the client display characteristics ability grouping capability indicator Bit 0 of the field in the reporting capability. Figure 24 illustrates an embodiment of the bit block transfer Packet format. Shown in Figure 24, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, Packet type, hClient ID, left X value, Y value left, the window width and height of the window, Window X Mobile, windows mobile and Y CRC field. Usually this type of packet identification As Type 71 packet, and uses a 15-byte pre-selected fixed length.
% E8% BF% 99% E4% BA% 9B% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E7% 94% A8% E6% 9D% A5% E8% AF% B4% E6% 98% 8E% E5 % BE% 85% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E7% 9A% 84% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E5% B7% A6% E4% B8% 8A% E8% A7 % 92% E7% 9A% 84% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E7% 9A% 84X% E5% 92% 8CY% E5% 80% BC% EF% BC% 8C% E5% BE% 85 % 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E7% 9A% 84% E7% AA% 97 % E5% 8F% A3% E7% 9A% 84% E5% AE% BD% E5% BA% A6% E5% 92% 8C% E9% AB% 98% E5% BA% A6% EF% BC% 8C% E4 % BB% A5% E5% 8F% 8A% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E5% B0% 86% E8% A6% 81% E5% 88% 86% E5% 88% AB% E6% B0 % B4% E5% B9% B3% E5% B9% B6% E4% B8% 94% E5% 9E% 82% E7% 9B% B4% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E7% 9A% 84 % E5% 83% 8F% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% B4% A0% E6% 95% B0% E7% 9B% AE % E3% 80% 82% E5% 90% 8E% E4% B8% A4% E4% B8% AA% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E7% 9A% 84% E6% AD% A3% E5 % 80% BC% E4% BD% BF% E5% BE% 97% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E5% B0% 86% E5% 90% 91% E4% B8% 8B% E5% 90 % 91% E5% 8F% B3% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% EF% BC% 8C% E8% 80% 8C% E8% B4% 9F% E5% 80% BC% E8% AE% A9 % E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E5% 90% 91% E4% B8% 8A % E5% 90% 91% E5% B7% A6% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E3% 80% 82
15 packets filled bitmap area
Padding packet bitmap area of ​​the display area to easily initialize a monochrome Means, structure, or method. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping passenger Characterized client capability indicator field in bit 1 of the reporting capability. Figure 25 shows the bit Padding packet format of FIG region an embodiment. Shown in Figure 25, in this case, The structure of this type of packet has a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, left The X value, Y value left, window width, the height of the window, the data format descriptors, the pixel Area fill values ​​and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually these types of The packet type is identified as type 72 packet, and uses 17 bytes of pre-fixed length. ...
Padding packet bitmap area of ​​the display area to easily initialize a monochrome Means, structure, or method. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping passenger Characterized client capability indicator field in bit 1 of the reporting capability. Figure 25 shows the bit Padding packet format of FIG region an embodiment. Shown in Figure 25, in this case, The structure of this type of packet has a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, left The X value, Y value left, window width, the height of the window, the data format descriptors, the pixel Area fill values ​​and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually these types of The packet type is identified as type 72 packet, and uses 17 bytes of pre-fixed length. ...
Bitmap pattern fills grouping provides easily put the display area is initialized to preselect Figure Case of instruments and structures. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping customers Machine feature capability indicator field in bit 2 of the reporting capability. The upper left corner and fill patterns The upper left corner of the window to be filled is aligned unless the horizontal or vertical pattern offset is non-zero. If To be filled window wider or higher than the fill pattern, you can repeatedly horizontally or vertically Repeated the pattern in order to fill the window. According to the last repeating pattern on the right or Bottom cut off. If the window is smaller than the fill pattern, you can cut off the right or fill pattern Those at the bottom to accommodate the window. ...
Bitmap pattern fills grouping provides easily put the display area is initialized to preselect Figure Case of instruments and structures. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping customers Machine feature capability indicator field in bit 2 of the reporting capability. The upper left corner and fill patterns The upper left corner of the window to be filled is aligned unless the horizontal or vertical pattern offset is non-zero. If To be filled window wider or higher than the fill pattern, you can repeatedly horizontally or vertically Repeated the pattern in order to fill the window. According to the last repeating pattern on the right or Bottom cut off. If the window is smaller than the fill pattern, you can cut off the right or fill pattern Those at the bottom to accommodate the window. ...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
17-channel packet data communications link
Packet data channel communication link is provided for the PDA such as having a high total The client and the computing power such as cellular phones or wireless devices such wireless data port closing Hair communication structure means or methods. In this case, the MDDI link charge When the communication device and a mobile computing devices monitor the convenience of high speed interface, This grouping of the device in the operating system's data link layer to transmit data. For example, if the network Page browser, email client, or is embedded throughout the PDA mobile display, The packet can be used. The monitor will have this capability in the client capability packet Client feature capability indicator field in bit 3 of the report of the capability. ...
Packet data channel communication link is provided for the PDA such as having a high total The client and the computing power such as cellular phones or wireless devices such wireless data port closing Hair communication structure means or methods. In this case, the MDDI link charge When the communication device and a mobile computing devices monitor the convenience of high speed interface, This grouping of the device in the operating system's data link layer to transmit data. For example, if the network Page browser, email client, or is embedded throughout the PDA mobile display, The packet can be used. The monitor will have this capability in the client capability packet Client feature capability indicator field in bit 3 of the report of the capability. ...
18 The monitor power status grouping
Display Power State Packet provides a structure, device or method for, when such Monitor this client is not being used or is not in the active use, the specific Client control or client-related, connected to the hardware or controller hardware is set to Low-power state, in order to make the system power on or system resource consumption is minimized. This category Type packet to the external mode for configuration or operation of the interface or interface structures and protocols Most useful applications. In such applications, the most likely are: the external device is limited The power source (such as batteries) to run the case, or if the external device has other power Constraints and considerations such as overheating in limited spaces, etc., so as not activated or not used Period of time requires a minimum operating conditions. In one embodiment, the client using the client Ability grouping machine features the ability of the client identifier field to indicate the response shows bit 9 Power status grouping capability. ...
Display Power State Packet provides a structure, device or method for, when such Monitor this client is not being used or is not in the active use, the specific Client control or client-related, connected to the hardware or controller hardware is set to Low-power state, in order to make the system power on or system resource consumption is minimized. This category Type packet to the external mode for configuration or operation of the interface or interface structures and protocols Most useful applications. In such applications, the most likely are: the external device is limited The power source (such as batteries) to run the case, or if the external device has other power Constraints and considerations such as overheating in limited spaces, etc., so as not activated or not used Period of time requires a minimum operating conditions. In one embodiment, the client using the client Ability grouping machine features the ability of the client identifier field to indicate the response shows bit 9 Power status grouping capability. ...
This two-byte field power state, earmarked for a specific device, hardware Or with clients such as the display device settings related to the specified power states Information. When used in the display, this field specifies the packet bit 0 is used for the main display also Is for optional monitor. If bit 0 is equal to 1, then the packet is applied to the main display. If bit 0 is equal to 0, then the packet applies to bits 11-8 from the specified optional Display Makers. Bit 1 is reserved for future use and is usually set to zero.
Power status field is specified by bits 3-2 bits 11 to 8 and bit 0 of the selected display The power state. When bit [3:2] with the "00" values, the selected display is not illuminated Bright, and should consume a minimum amount of power, and in this state does not ensure that the frame buffer during Content will be retained. When bit [3:2] with the "01" value of the selected display and Not be lit, and the minimum amount of power being consumed, and in this state during the frame buffer to ensure Chong's content will be preserved. In this state, the monitor consumes more than 00 states Power. Client capability packet by the client a client identifier field characteristic ability Bit 10 to indicate the ability to support state 01. When the power status field bits [3:2] with "10" values, the selected display is lit, and the display frame buffer from its associated The image. Bit [3:2] value "11" is reserved for future use values ​​or states, and now is not Be used. ...
Power status field is specified by bits 3-2 bits 11 to 8 and bit 0 of the selected display The power state. When bit [3:2] with the "00" values, the selected display is not illuminated Bright, and should consume a minimum amount of power, and in this state does not ensure that the frame buffer during Content will be retained. When bit [3:2] with the "01" value of the selected display and Not be lit, and the minimum amount of power being consumed, and in this state during the frame buffer to ensure Chong's content will be preserved. In this state, the monitor consumes more than 00 states Power. Client capability packet by the client a client identifier field characteristic ability Bit 10 to indicate the ability to support state 01. When the power status field bits [3:2] with "10" values, the selected display is lit, and the display frame buffer from its associated The image. Bit [3:2] value "11" is reserved for future use values ​​or states, and now is not Be used. ...
Power status field bits 11-8 to form a 4-bit unsigned integer, the four unsigned Integer used to specify the application of the power state of the optional monitor. Bit 0 is set to logic zero Value so that the client will be interpreted as bits 11-8 optional display number. If bit 0 is equal to 1, the bit 11-8 is zero. ...
Power status field bits 11-8 to form a 4-bit unsigned integer, the four unsigned Integer used to specify the application of the power state of the optional monitor. Bit 0 is set to logic zero Value so that the client will be interpreted as bits 11-8 optional display number. If bit 0 is equal to 1, the bit 11-8 is zero. ...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
Execution type switching packet is used to host commands the client to switch to this grouping A means specified pattern, structure, or methods. This is the ability grouping as described in the client The interfaces supported by the client type settings in one. Just sending this grouping , The host and the client should switch to specify the forward and reverse link interface type. Chart 29 to perform the type shown in one embodiment of the packet switching format. Support in addition to Type 1 Outside the host interface type and client should provide support for the grouping. A typical proposal is Host sends the packet switched immediately before execution type reads the client request and status packet, To confirm the client and host synchronization. ...
Execution type switching packet is used to host commands the client to switch to this grouping A means specified pattern, structure, or methods. This is the ability grouping as described in the client The interfaces supported by the client type settings in one. Just sending this grouping , The host and the client should switch to specify the forward and reverse link interface type. Chart 29 to perform the type shown in one embodiment of the packet switching format. Support in addition to Type 1 Outside the host interface type and client should provide support for the grouping. A typical proposal is Host sends the packet switched immediately before execution type reads the client request and status packet, To confirm the client and host synchronization. ...
In one embodiment, the Interface Type field uses 1 byte value to confirm that will be used, or The link with the new interface type. The value in this field in the following manner specified or indicated The interface type. Bit 2-0 defines the forward link that will be used for the type of interface, where the value A representation or specify the type of a mode switch to; value of 2 indicates switching to type 2 mode; value 3 Switch to indicate or specify the type 3 pattern; value of 4 indicates switching to a type 4 mode. Bit 5 to 3 defines the interface to be used for the reverse link types, or specify a value of 1 represents switched to class Type 1 mode; value of 2 indicates the type 2 mode switch to; value of 3 means or switch to specify the type 3 mode; switching to a value of 4 indicates the type 4 mode. Bits 0,6 and 7, this is retained For future use, and as such are typically, but not necessarily, be set to a logic zero level. ...
Delay padding field has been created for use in making the client part of the system has Sufficient time to prepare or be configured to switch to the use or to use the established state In the group at the beginning of a new interface type, then be followed by the interface type switching packet. That Field contains a byte or 8-bit values, these values ​​are set to logic zero or equal to the level of Or value. Select in this field the number of bytes used in this field has a value equal to that 64 MDDI_Stb cycle length. The length of the delay is based filler of the forward link The interface type setting of the field for the Type 1 forward link interface type 16 words Section, for Type 2 interface type is 32 bytes, for Type 3 interface type 64 words Section, as well as when specifying or using the type 4 forward link interface type is 128 bytes. ...
Delay padding field has been created for use in making the client part of the system has Sufficient time to prepare or be configured to switch to the use or to use the established state In the group at the beginning of a new interface type, then be followed by the interface type switching packet. That Field contains a byte or 8-bit values, these values ​​are set to logic zero or equal to the level of Or value. Select in this field the number of bytes used in this field has a value equal to that 64 MDDI_Stb cycle length. The length of the delay is based filler of the forward link The interface type setting of the field for the Type 1 forward link interface type 16 words Section, for Type 2 interface type is 32 bytes, for Type 3 interface type 64 words Section, as well as when specifying or using the type 4 forward link interface type is 128 bytes. ...
20 - Forward audio channel to enable packet
This grouping allows the host to provide the ability to enable or disable client audio channels Structures, methods or means. This capability is useful because the host does not have the audio output When a client (such as monitors) can make audio amplifier or similar circuit elements powered down to Will conserve power. Using only the presence or absence of audio streams as an indicator is clearly difficult to achieve. Client system power-up default state is enabled for all audio channels. 30 is shown in FIG. Forward Audio Channel Enable packet format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 30, this kind of Type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Audio Channel Enable mask and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually this type The packet is identified as type 78 packet, and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 4 bytes. ...
This grouping allows the host to provide the ability to enable or disable client audio channels Structures, methods or means. This capability is useful because the host does not have the audio output When a client (such as monitors) can make audio amplifier or similar circuit elements powered down to Will conserve power. Using only the presence or absence of audio streams as an indicator is clearly difficult to achieve. Client system power-up default state is enabled for all audio channels. 30 is shown in FIG. Forward Audio Channel Enable packet format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 30, this kind of Type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Audio Channel Enable mask and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually this type The packet is identified as type 78 packet, and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 4 bytes. ...
This allows the host group type provides the ability to enable or disable the reverse link audio Channel structures, methods and means. This capability is useful so that when there is no audio The output from the host, the client is able to turn off the audio amplifier to conserve power. Implicitly Using the audio stream to the presence or absence of clearly more difficult to achieve this. When a client system System power-up or connect to the host, the default state is all audio channels are enabled. Connected to Host and client's audio system should be ready or able to receive positive tone in the client After grouping the frequency channel is enabled about 100 milliseconds or less time, with the hope or the The audio signal to be outputted in a manner, wherein the packet of the audio channel is enabled in the audio channel is enabled mask Code field has at least a plurality of bit 1, the mask field of the audio channel is enabled has been completed Became from 0 to 1 transition of states or values. The client using the client capability packet to Audio channel capability field value of bit 15 is set to indicate the ability of audio channels in response to the forward Grouping capability. ...
This grouping allows the host to enable or disable the reverse link audio channel, and set this class The audio data sampling rate. Said host selection in the client capability packet is defined to have Effective sampling rate. If you select an invalid host sampling rates, then the client will not be to the Lord Machine to send the audio stream, and error reporting packets the client can send the appropriate error to the host Error, the error value, or the error signal. Host can set the sample rate to 255 Disable reverse link audio stream. When the client system is initially assumed power on or connect the default Status is disable reverse link audio stream. Figure 31 shows a reverse packet audio sample rate The format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 31, this type of packet constructed with Packet length, packet type, hClient ID, audio sample rate, and keep a CRC word Segments. Usually this type of packet is identified as Type 79 packet, and uses 4 bytes Preselected fixed length. ...
This grouping allows the host to enable or disable the reverse link audio channel, and set this class The audio data sampling rate. Said host selection in the client capability packet is defined to have Effective sampling rate. If you select an invalid host sampling rates, then the client will not be to the Lord Machine to send the audio stream, and error reporting packets the client can send the appropriate error to the host Error, the error value, or the error signal. Host can set the sample rate to 255 Disable reverse link audio stream. When the client system is initially assumed power on or connect the default Status is disable reverse link audio stream. Figure 31 shows a reverse packet audio sample rate The format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 31, this type of packet constructed with Packet length, packet type, hClient ID, audio sample rate, and keep a CRC word Segments. Usually this type of packet is identified as Type 79 packet, and uses 4 bytes Preselected fixed length. ...
This grouping provides a host and allows clients to exchange with the number being used Digital content protection method messages related structures, methods or means. It is envisaged that the two types Type of content protection, Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), or High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System (HDCP), and for the future alternative protection scheme name reserved space. The method used by the contents of the packet type of protection parameter descriptions. 32 is shown in FIG. The digital content protection overhead to an embodiment of the packet format. Shown in Figure 32, this kind of Type of packet constructed with packet length, packet type, bClient ID, Content Protection Type, content protection overhead message and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification As Type 80 packet. ...
This grouping provides a host and allows clients to exchange with the number being used Digital content protection method messages related structures, methods or means. It is envisaged that the two types Type of content protection, Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), or High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System (HDCP), and for the future alternative protection scheme name reserved space. The method used by the contents of the packet type of protection parameter descriptions. 32 is shown in FIG. The digital content protection overhead to an embodiment of the packet format. Shown in Figure 32, this kind of Type of packet constructed with packet length, packet type, bClient ID, Content Protection Type, content protection overhead message and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification As Type 80 packet. ...
Transparent Color Enable Packet is used to describe color in the display which is transparent , And enable or disable the use of a transparent color to display an image structures, methods or means. With this capability the client capability packet monitor client capability indicator characteristics Bit 4 of the field reports the capability. When a transparent pixel color value is written to the bitmap, Color will not change from the previous value. Figure 33 illustrates the format of Transparent Color Enable Grouping Style. Shown in Figure 33, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type Type, hClient ID, transparent color is enabled, keep a, alpha cursor identifier, the data grid Type descriptors, transparent pixel value, and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, through Often this type of packet is identified as Type 81 packet, and uses the 10-byte pre- Fixed length.
24. The round trip delay measurement packet
The round trip delay measurement packet to provide a means for measuring from the host to the client (display Monitor) propagation delay plus from the client (display) back to the host structure of a delay, Methods or means. This measurement is inherently include line drivers and receivers, and Internet child There is a delay in the system. This measurement is used to set the above general description of the reverse link encapsulation of The steering group and the reverse link rate divisor delay parameters. When MDDI link for special The maximum speed given application, this packet is a most useful. You can type a pattern The lower data rate transmission packet, thereby increasing the range of round trip delay measurement is formed. The MDDI_Stb signal behavior is described as in the following fields to send all zero data: two protection Time, all zeros and measurement cycle. This is done so MDDI_Stb at half the data rate of turn Turn, so you can measure the cycle where the client will be used periodically when MDDI_Stb Minutes.
In one embodiment, the client through the client capability packet is usually a client characteristics Capability indicator field bits 18 to indicate support for the round trip delay measurement packet can Force. Recommends that all clients support round-trip delay measurements, but the host may also be based on the most Large cable delay and maximum delay of drivers and receivers to learn the worst-case round trip Schedule delay. Hosts can also advance in the internal mode for MDDI link round trip delay, This is because it is using the interface device known design elements (wire length, the circuit class Type and characteristics, etc.) of the one aspect.
Figure 34 shows a round trip delay measurement packet format. Shown in Figure 34, the One embodiment, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, parameter CRC, guard time a measurement cycle, all zeros and protect time 2 Fields. Usually this type of packet is identified as Type 82 packet, and uses 159 The pre-fixed length.
Figure 35 shows the round trip delay measurement packet when the event occurred during Sequence . In Figure 35 , the host sends the packet round trip delay measurements , which followed through There are all zero and the guard time a field parameter CRC and strobe appear to align fields is shown . In the packet reaches the client before the display device or processing circuit , the delay 3502 hair Health . When the client receives the packet , the client as accurately as possible to the actual measurement cycle The start time of transmission of the 0xff, 0xff, and 30 bytes of 0x0 pattern (pattern), Wherein the measurement cycle is started is determined by the client . Client begins sending this sequence The actual time from the point of view from the host of a delay measurement cycle begins . The base amount of delay This is used to pass the packet line drivers and receivers, and network subsystems ( electric Cables , wires ) the time it takes for transmission . For this mode from the client to send back Host, the amount of delay experienced a similar 3504 .
In order to accurately determine the signal to and from the client's round trip delay time, host Occurring after the commencement of the measurement cycle the forward link bit count the number of time periods, straight To detect 0xff, 0xff, 0x0, and 30 bytes at the beginning of the sequence is reached. This Information used to determine the round-trip signal is transmitted from the host to the client and the amount of time and then return. However After about half of this amount will be attributed to the arriving to the client generated unidirectional signal path Delay.
In the two guard time period, the host and client are driven to a logic zero line Level, in order to maintain MDDI_DATA line is defined by the state. In the two guard time During the host and the client makes MDDI_Data enable and disable time signal for any He effectively round trip delay time is active low.
25. The forward link packet calibration deviation
Deviation from calibration forward link packet allows the client or the display according to the MDDI_Stb signal calibration MDDI_Data own signal propagation delay differences . In the absence A delay deviation compensation , the maximum data rate is often constrained to address these extension Late the potential worst-case changes. Usually only when the forward link data rate is configured To around 50Mbps or lower rate, before sending the packet . In sending this sub- Group in order to calibrate the display , the data rate can be progressively increased to 50Mbps or more. As If during the course of the deviation from the calibration data rate is set too high , then the monitor may be the same Step to a bit period of the false signal (alias) , this can be set so that the delay deviation compensation Is set to deviate more than one bit time , resulting in data clock error. In the forward link transmission Road out of calibration before grouping , select the interface type of the highest data rate or the maximum likelihood Interface type , so all existing calibration data bits .
Figure 56 illustrates a forward link packet format of a deviation from the calibrated embodiments. Figure 56, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length (2 bytes), packet type Type, hClient ID, parameter CRC, Zero 1, calibration data sequence and all zero two fields. In the Type field, generally this type of packet is identified as Type 83 packet, and in the 519 in one embodiment having a preselected length.
Virtual control panel
Virtual control panel (VCP) allows the host to set the use of certain client user Control. By allowing the host to adjust these parameters, the client simplification of the user interface Of, this is because the host software rather than by the client through one or more micro- Allow the user to adjust the processor to generate the display brightness, such as the volume or the like of the screen parameters Screen. Client host has read the parameter settings, and determine the effective control of each Value range capability. Client has to return to the host can adjust the control parameters of the report Capacity.
Typically specified control code (VCP Code) and the associated data value is used that Ming client controls and settings. VCP code MDDI specification are expanded to 16 bits, In order to maintain the correct definition of the packet data field aligned, and the future support of supplementary value The complement value for this interface or future enhancements are unique.
26 Request VCP feature grouping
Request VCP grouping feature provides a specific control parameters of the host or the request A valid control parameters of the current setting means, mechanism, or method. Typically, the client machine using VCP feature reply packet in response to the information on the appropriate VCP packet. In one embodiment, Clients use the client in the client ability grouping feature capability indicator field Bit 20 To show support request VCP feature grouping capabilities.
Figure 69 illustrates an embodiment VCP feature request packet format. Figure 69, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, MCCS VCP code and CRC fields. In one embodiment, these species generally The packet type is identified as type 128, which is in the 2-byte type field indicated. Grouping Length Description packet does not include the number of bytes in the packet length field, and for this type A packet, the packet length which is usually fixed at 8 bytes in length.
The hClient ID field is reserved for future implementations use the client ID and pass Often set to zero. The MCCS VCP Code field, including two bytes of information, used to say Ming MCCS VCP control code parameters. 0-255 value within the range of features should make VCP A return packet to a single item, which is a single table entry corresponding to the specified MCCS code VCP feature response list entries. To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP Code Feature is used to request a reply with a list of VCP VCP characteristic reply packet, the VCP characteristic response list contains supported by the client response characteristics of each control list items. For the purposes of this field, 256-65534 values ​​are reserved for future use and is currently Not used. ...
The hClient ID field is reserved for future implementations use the client ID and pass Often set to zero. The MCCS VCP Code field, including two bytes of information, used to say Ming MCCS VCP control code parameters. 0-255 value within the range of features should make VCP A return packet to a single item, which is a single table entry corresponding to the specified MCCS code VCP feature response list entries. To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP Code Feature is used to request a reply with a list of VCP VCP characteristic reply packet, the VCP characteristic response list contains supported by the client response characteristics of each control list items. For the purposes of this field, 256-65534 values ​​are reserved for future use and is currently Not used. ...
VCP reply packet provides a feature for the client or the use of specific control parameters All control parameters of the current setting means in response to the host request, mechanisms or methods. Overall, the client response to the request packet and sends the VCP VCP characteristic feature shall A grouping. The packet to determine the specific parameters for the current settings for the effective identification of specific control Range, to determine whether the client supports specific control or supported by the client to determine the control Set very useful. If the client is not involved in the transmission to achieve a specific control request VCP characteristics, then use the appropriate error code that contains unrealized control corresponding single A characteristic response VCP VCP feature list items to return the reply packet. In one embodiment, The client using the client a client characteristic ability grouping capability indicator field in bits 20 to show support for VCP's ability to answer packet characteristics. ...
VCP reply packet provides a feature for the client or the use of specific control parameters All control parameters of the current setting means in response to the host request, mechanisms or methods. Overall, the client response to the request packet and sends the VCP VCP characteristic feature shall A grouping. The packet to determine the specific parameters for the current settings for the effective identification of specific control Range, to determine whether the client supports specific control or supported by the client to determine the control Set very useful. If the client is not involved in the transmission to achieve a specific control request VCP characteristics, then use the appropriate error code that contains unrealized control corresponding single A characteristic response VCP VCP feature list items to return the reply packet. In one embodiment, The client using the client a client characteristic ability grouping capability indicator field in bits 20 to show support for VCP's ability to answer packet characteristics. ...
The cClient ID field contains the reserved client ID. This field is Reserved for future use and is usually set to zero. MCCS version field contains two bytes Information to be used by the client to achieve illustrate VESAMCCS version of the specification.
2-byte field contains the description of response number returned by the client acknowledge VCP characteristics Packet number information, or data. The client, in response to having a value of 65535 MCCS VCP control code request feature grouping, returns one or more VCP characteristics should A grouping. Said client via a plurality of extensions or VCP answer packet transmission characteristics Typical Levy answer list. In this case, the client should assign each successive packet number or standard Identifier, and the response to a single request packet and transmitted VCP VCP characteristic feature answer packet The serial number is usually zero and increments by one. The last characteristic response packet VCP The last characteristic response VCP list item should contain the MCCS VCP is equal to 0xffff Control code value to determine the packet is the last packet and the group containing the returned Highest number. Characterized in response to the request if VCP VCP packet to send only a characteristic to be A packet, then the response to a single packet sequence number is zero, and the characteristic response VCP List contains the MCCS VCP with equal 0xffff control code records. When MCCS VCP control code is equal to 0xffff, the characteristic response of the VCP largest grouping list items And the current value field (Figure 71) is set to zero. ...
2-byte field contains the description of response number returned by the client acknowledge VCP characteristics Packet number information, or data. The client, in response to having a value of 65535 MCCS VCP control code request feature grouping, returns one or more VCP characteristics should A grouping. Said client via a plurality of extensions or VCP answer packet transmission characteristics Typical Levy answer list. In this case, the client should assign each successive packet number or standard Identifier, and the response to a single request packet and transmitted VCP VCP characteristic feature answer packet The serial number is usually zero and increments by one. The last characteristic response packet VCP The last characteristic response VCP list item should contain the MCCS VCP is equal to 0xffff Control code value to determine the packet is the last packet and the group containing the returned Highest number. Characterized in response to the request if VCP VCP packet to send only a characteristic to be A packet, then the response to a single packet sequence number is zero, and the characteristic response VCP List contains the MCCS VCP with equal 0xffff control code records. When MCCS VCP control code is equal to 0xffff, the characteristic response of the VCP largest grouping list items And the current value field (Figure 71) is set to zero. ...
Shown in Figure 71, each list item VCP characteristic response is 12 bytes in length, and And includes MCCS VCP Code, Result Code, the maximum and the current value field. 2 bytes The MCCS VCP Code field contains instructions and a list of items that are associated MCCS VCP Control code parameter data or information. With the present embodiment, only in the VESA MCCS Specification version 2 and later versions of the control code defined values ​​are considered valid. 2 bytes The result code field contains the error code for describing information about the error code and The specified MCCS VCP control information request related. The value in this field to '0 'means Means that no error and the value '1 'means that the specified control is not implemented in the client. Other values ​​of this field 2-65535 are reserved for future use at present and for the realization of Other applications of the field of vision, but now not used. ...
4-byte field specifies the maximum value can be set to control the specified maximum MCCS Emergy. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, this value will be set to zero. If the return value is less than 32 bits in length (4 bytes), put the value translated into 32 Integer, the most significant (unused) byte set to zero. 4-byte value field of the current packet Included for explaining the specified MCCS VCP Continuous (C) or non-continuous (NC) control Information on the current value. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, or to achieve a Said control but is a table (T) data type, this value will be set to zero. If for every A VESA MCCS specification, the return value is the length of less than 32 bits (4 bytes), the The value is converted to a 32-bit integer, the maximum effective (unused) byte set to zero. If the specified MCCS VCP code corresponds to non-continuous control or table data type, then Maximum field is set or selected to zero. ...
4-byte field specifies the maximum value can be set to control the specified maximum MCCS Emergy. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, this value will be set to zero. If the return value is less than 32 bits in length (4 bytes), put the value translated into 32 Integer, the most significant (unused) byte set to zero. 4-byte value field of the current packet Included for explaining the specified MCCS VCP Continuous (C) or non-continuous (NC) control Information on the current value. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, or to achieve a Said control but is a table (T) data type, this value will be set to zero. If for every A VESA MCCS specification, the return value is the length of less than 32 bits (4 bytes), the The value is converted to a 32-bit integer, the maximum effective (unused) byte set to zero. If the specified MCCS VCP code corresponds to non-continuous control or table data type, then Maximum field is set or selected to zero. ...
Set VCP provides for grouping feature allows the host to the client continuous and discontinuous VCP control value control setting means, mechanisms or methods. In one embodiment, the Referred clients to use client client characteristics ability grouping capability indicator field bit 13 To show support for setting VCP feature grouping capabilities.
Set VCP provides for grouping feature allows the host to the client continuous and discontinuous VCP control value control setting means, mechanisms or methods. In one embodiment, the Referred clients to use client client characteristics ability grouping capability indicator field bit 13 To show support for setting VCP feature grouping capabilities....
The hClient ID field again using 2-byte value to illustrate or act as a client ID. This field will be retained for future use and is currently set to zero. The MCCS VCP code fields use two bytes of information, or to illustrate the value to be adjusted MCCS VCP control code parameters. The list of 2-byte field contains the number of values For explaining the existence of the control value list the number of 16-bit value or the value of the information. Said controller System usually includes a list of values, unless MCCS control code involved in the client table. Do not involve the table under the control of said control value list contains a value that a The instructions to be written by the MCCS VCP Code field specifies the new value of the control parameter. To The control tables involved, the control data in the format of the list of values ​​is specified by the MCCS VCP code description of the parameters to the specified. If the list contains more than one byte of the Value, then the least significant byte is transmitted first, which is defined elsewhere consistent way. Finally, the 2-byte CRC of all bytes in the packet field contains a 16-bit CRC, among Including the packet length included. ...
The hClient ID field again using 2-byte value to illustrate or act as a client ID. This field will be retained for future use and is currently set to zero. The MCCS VCP code fields use two bytes of information, or to illustrate the value to be adjusted MCCS VCP control code parameters. The list of 2-byte field contains the number of values For explaining the existence of the control value list the number of 16-bit value or the value of the information. Said controller System usually includes a list of values, unless MCCS control code involved in the client table. Do not involve the table under the control of said control value list contains a value that a The instructions to be written by the MCCS VCP Code field specifies the new value of the control parameter. To The control tables involved, the control data in the format of the list of values ​​is specified by the MCCS VCP code description of the parameters to the specified. If the list contains more than one byte of the Value, then the least significant byte is transmitted first, which is defined elsewhere consistent way. Finally, the 2-byte CRC of all bytes in the packet field contains a 16-bit CRC, among Including the packet length included. ...
Request packet as a valid parameter requests the client returns a valid parameter response packet Means or mechanism, the response packet contains valid parameters specified by the non-continuous (NC) Or table (T) control supports a parameter list. This group should only be specified noncontiguous Control, or related to the table in the client control, without specifying the values ​​of all controls for the specified To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP code value. If you specify an unsupported or non- Effective MCCS VCP code valid parameter in the response packet returns the appropriate error value. In one embodiment, the client uses the client capability features a client capability packet Indicator field bits 20 to indicate support request valid parameter grouping capabilities. ...
Request packet as a valid parameter requests the client returns a valid parameter response packet Means or mechanism, the response packet contains valid parameters specified by the non-continuous (NC) Or table (T) control supports a parameter list. This group should only be specified noncontiguous Control, or related to the table in the client control, without specifying the values ​​of all controls for the specified To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP code value. If you specify an unsupported or non- Effective MCCS VCP code valid parameter in the response packet returns the appropriate error value. In one embodiment, the client uses the client capability features a client capability packet Indicator field bits 20 to indicate support request valid parameter grouping capabilities. ...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
Reply packet is a valid argument in response to a request packet and sends valid arguments. It is used Identifying discontinuous MCCS VCP control or a table of contents for the return control of the effective Setting means, method or mechanism. If the client involved in the control of the table, then VCP parameter response list contains only the order they are requested specific list of table values. If the Not just the table of contents above into a single effective parameter response packet sent by the client can be Sending a sequence number of a plurality of response packets. In one embodiment, the client uses off Ability grouping client capability characteristics of clients Indicator field to show support for 20-bit effective The ability of the parameter response packet. ...
Reply packet is a valid argument in response to a request packet and sends valid arguments. It is used Identifying discontinuous MCCS VCP control or a table of contents for the return control of the effective Setting means, method or mechanism. If the client involved in the control of the table, then VCP parameter response list contains only the order they are requested specific list of table values. If the Not just the table of contents above into a single effective parameter response packet sent by the client can be Sending a sequence number of a plurality of response packets. In one embodiment, the client uses off Ability grouping client capability characteristics of clients Indicator field to show support for 20-bit effective The ability of the parameter response packet. ...
If the client does not support the client specific parameters, in one embodiment, this A grouping of the corresponding field will contain the value 255. For the parameters used in the client, the phase The field should be included in the client parameter values.
If the client does not support the client specific parameters, in one embodiment, this A grouping of the corresponding field will contain the value 255. For the parameters used in the client, the phase The field should be included in the client parameter values....
The cClient ID field is reserved for future client ID, as discussed above under Can be informed of it, while the 3-byte packet contains MCCS VCP code for said Clear from the description of the packet is not continuous MCCS VCP Control Code parameter. If you please Seeking effective parameter specifies an invalid packet MCCS VCP control code, then use the response on behalf of Code field to specify the appropriate value in this field the same invalid parameter values. If the MCCS control code is not valid, then the parameter response VCP list has zero length.
The response code field contains two bytes of information, or the value associated with the request it shows The properties of the response, the request is on the specified MCCS VCP control information Requests. If this field is equal to 0, then that is not the purpose for the data type There is an error, and sends the sequence of the last valid parameter response packet with the packet Have the highest response number. If this field is equal to 1, then do not think there is an error, But that will be sent with a higher number of other valid parameter response packet. If this field The value is equal to 2, then the specified control that the client is not implemented. If this A field value is equal to 3, then the specified control is not without continuous control (it is a Continuous control and always have from zero to its maximum value of all the active set). Is equal to 4 65535 The value of this field is retained for future use and are usually not used. ...
The response code field contains two bytes of information, or the value associated with the request it shows The properties of the response, the request is on the specified MCCS VCP control information Requests. If this field is equal to 0, then that is not the purpose for the data type There is an error, and sends the sequence of the last valid parameter response packet with the packet Have the highest response number. If this field is equal to 1, then do not think there is an error, But that will be sent with a higher number of other valid parameter response packet. If this field The value is equal to 2, then the specified control that the client is not implemented. If this A field value is equal to 3, then the specified control is not without continuous control (it is a Continuous control and always have from zero to its maximum value of all the active set). Is equal to 4 65535 The value of this field is retained for future use and are usually not used. ...
2-byte number of values ​​in the list parameter response Field Description of the VCP saved list In the number of 16-bit values​​. If the response code is not equal to zero, then the values ​​in the list Number of parameters is zero. The VCP parameter response field contains a list of 0-32760 2-byte value used to indicate the MCCS control code field specifies the discontinuous control RMS collections. In the VESA MCCS specification is given in the definition of discrete control codes. Finally, in this embodiment, the CRC of all bytes in the packet field contains a 16-bit CRC, which includes a packet length included.
Scalable video stream image
The MDD interface or protocol mechanisms, structures, means or method for scalable visual Image streams to provide support, which allows the host to send to the client when compared with the original image proportionally Enlarged or reduced image, and the image can be scaled (the scaled image) to be copied To the main image buffer. For scalable video streaming (scaled video stream) functionality and Associated protocol support is given an overview elsewhere. Support for scalable video streaming capabilities Are defined in a particular state response to the request packet and sending the packet scalable video streaming capability Or within its definition.
The following discussion scalable video stream packet header and a simplified video stream packets slightly Slightly different, wherein the video stream a simplified header of a packet must contain the complete image is displayed Whole context. Scalable video stream packets used to establish a packet to define the source and destination of a large window Size and position parameters and the use of a single video stream can be scaled to send packets of pixels Data. Clients are assigned to each stream associated internal memory to store data from a packet stream parameters Each stream number and the relevant part of the pixel data. Amount of storage required for each stream will depend on the source And destination image size and in establishing the value assigned in the group is changed. In this Reason, the protocol is designed so that for each client to be the scaled video stream Dynamic memory allocation and memory allocation. ...
The following discussion scalable video stream packet header and a simplified video stream packets slightly Slightly different, wherein the video stream a simplified header of a packet must contain the complete image is displayed Whole context. Scalable video stream packets used to establish a packet to define the source and destination of a large window Size and position parameters and the use of a single video stream can be scaled to send packets of pixels Data. Clients are assigned to each stream associated internal memory to store data from a packet stream parameters Each stream number and the relevant part of the pixel data. Amount of storage required for each stream will depend on the source And destination image size and in establishing the value assigned in the group is changed. In this Reason, the protocol is designed so that for each client to be the scaled video stream Dynamic memory allocation and memory allocation. ...
31. Scalable video streaming ability grouping
Scalable video streaming ability grouping defines the client, or can be reduced by using Discharge characteristics of the video stream source image. Figure 75 illustrates the overall scalable video streaming capabilities of Group format. Shown in Figure 75, in one embodiment, the ability to scale the video stream packet Is configured to have a packet length, packet type, cClient ID, the maximum number of streams, the source maximum X Size, the size of the source maximum Y, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain 1, Y Cr Cb capabilities, Reserved 2 and CRC fields. In one embodiment, the packet length is selected as a fixed 20 Byte, as shown in the length field, which includes a 2-byte cClient ID field, and CRC Field, which cClient ID field is reserved for client ID purposes, otherwise it is set Zero. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active group in response Efficiency parameter response list of parameter values ​​143 to indicate their support for scalable video streaming capabilities of Group capabilities. ...
Scalable video streaming ability grouping defines the client, or can be reduced by using Discharge characteristics of the video stream source image. Figure 75 illustrates the overall scalable video streaming capabilities of Group format. Shown in Figure 75, in one embodiment, the ability to scale the video stream packet Is configured to have a packet length, packet type, cClient ID, the maximum number of streams, the source maximum X Size, the size of the source maximum Y, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain 1, Y Cr Cb capabilities, Reserved 2 and CRC fields. In one embodiment, the packet length is selected as a fixed 20 Byte, as shown in the length field, which includes a 2-byte cClient ID field, and CRC Field, which cClient ID field is reserved for client ID purposes, otherwise it is set Zero. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active group in response Efficiency parameter response list of parameter values ​​143 to indicate their support for scalable video streaming capabilities of Group capabilities. ...
Maximum X and Y size of the source size field (2 bytes) Specifies the number of pixels, respectively, For scalable video stream source image the maximum width and height values.
Maximum X and Y size of the source size field (2 bytes) Specifies the number of pixels, respectively, For scalable video stream source image the maximum width and height values....
1-byte field contains the color capabilities for instructions can be displayed in a format in accordance with the color of The value of the number of bits resolution. If scalable video stream can not be used monochrome format, then this value Is zero. Bit 7-4 are reserved for future use, and therefore the current applications should This is set to zero ('0 '), of course, the value can change over time, as the skilled person As will be understood. Bit 3-0 defines each of the pixels may be present in the maximum gray level Digits. This four able to explain each pixel comprises 1-15. If the value is zero, Then scalable video stream does not support the monochrome format.
Reserved 1 field (here 1 byte) is reserved for future use can be reduced to provide Or, put the video stream packet data-related value. Therefore, at present, the field of There are bits are set to logic '0 '. This field is an object so that all subsequent two words Section 16-bit word address field is aligned so that 4-byte field is aligned with the 32-bit word address.
2 bytes of Y Cb Cr capability field contains instructions can follow Y Cb Cr format Display the values ​​of bits of resolution. If scalable video stream can not be used Y Cb Cr format Then this value is zero. The Y Cb Cr capacity figures include three separate unsigned value: Bit 3-0 for the description defines the maximum number Cr sample; Bits 7 to 4 defines for said The maximum number of bits specified Cb sample; bits 11-8 are used to describe Y defines the maximum bit sampling Digital; Bit 15-12 are reserved for future use and is generally set to zero.
An ability to bit byte field contains 8-bit unsigned integer that contains a set of instructions Scalable video stream with the ability to associate a symbol. The flags are defined as follows: Bit 0 coverage The video stream can be scaled pixel data packet to the packet format of the situation. In the previous figure 12 shows a packed and byte-aligned pixel data instance. Bit 1 is reserved for For future use and are set to zero; Bit 2 is also reserved for future use and set to zero; Bit 3 covers scalable video streaming data format in accordance with the specified color mapping situation. Use For scalable video streaming with color mapping table for the primary image buffer and said Alpha Cursor image plane the same color map table. Using color mapping described elsewhere packet The color map can be configured; and bits 7-4 are reserved for future use and is usually located Set to zero. ...
An ability to bit byte field contains 8-bit unsigned integer that contains a set of instructions Scalable video stream with the ability to associate a symbol. The flags are defined as follows: Bit 0 coverage The video stream can be scaled pixel data packet to the packet format of the situation. In the previous figure 12 shows a packed and byte-aligned pixel data instance. Bit 1 is reserved for For future use and are set to zero; Bit 2 is also reserved for future use and set to zero; Bit 3 covers scalable video streaming data format in accordance with the specified color mapping situation. Use For scalable video streaming with color mapping table for the primary image buffer and said Alpha Cursor image plane the same color map table. Using color mapping described elsewhere packet The color map can be configured; and bits 7-4 are reserved for future use and is usually located Set to zero. ...
32 scalable video streaming to establish a packet
Scalable video streaming to establish a packet provides a scalable video stream is used to define the parameters and And the client to use the information in order to allocate internal memory cache and zoom the map As a means, structure, or method. By using the transmission wherein X and Y image is larger image size Small grouping field is zero, the distribution of convection can be lifted. Deallocated scalable video streaming Later can use the same or different flow parameters to reallocate. In one embodiment, , The client list with a valid state response packet valid parameter response parameter in the list Value of 143, and by using scalable video streaming ability grouping largest segment of the non-streaming digital Zero value to indicate its support for scalable video streaming to establish a packet capabilities. ...
Scalable video streaming to establish a packet provides a scalable video stream is used to define the parameters and And the client to use the information in order to allocate internal memory cache and zoom the map As a means, structure, or method. By using the transmission wherein X and Y image is larger image size Small grouping field is zero, the distribution of convection can be lifted. Deallocated scalable video streaming Later can use the same or different flow parameters to reallocate. In one embodiment, , The client list with a valid state response packet valid parameter response parameter in the list Value of 143, and by using scalable video streaming ability grouping largest segment of the non-streaming digital Zero value to indicate its support for scalable video streaming to establish a packet capabilities. ...
2-byte packet length field shows the packet length field is not included in the packet bytes Total. In one embodiment, the packet length of this packet is fixed at 24.2 points bytes Group Type field, use the value 136 identifies the packet as a scalable video streaming settings groupings. 2 Byte hClient ID field is reserved for future use, and temporarily usually a logic zero Value is set all bits, or know the protocol that will be used to determine the user ID value, as will Will understand the situation.
2-byte packet length field shows the packet length field is not included in the packet bytes Total. In one embodiment, the packet length of this packet is fixed at 24.2 points bytes Group Type field, use the value 136 identifies the packet as a scalable video streaming settings groupings. 2 Byte hClient ID field is reserved for future use, and temporarily usually a logic zero Value is set all bits, or know the protocol that will be used to determine the user ID value, as will Will understand the situation....
In one embodiment, the Video Data Format Descriptor of use 2 bytes Description Current The current set of pixel data stream format of each pixel. Pixel data format must match the Alpha-cursor image ability grouping as defined in the alpha cursor image plane, or if, in its He said group will define the overall image of the other predefined grid pattern at least one valid Style. The Video Data Format Descriptor defines only the pixel format of the current packet, rather than implicit In particular video stream during use will continue to use the same format. Figure 11 shows a visual Descriptor format audio data is encoded to an embodiment, and above for the other packet Discussion. ...
In one embodiment, the Video Data Format Descriptor of use 2 bytes Description Current The current set of pixel data stream format of each pixel. Pixel data format must match the Alpha-cursor image ability grouping as defined in the alpha cursor image plane, or if, in its He said group will define the overall image of the other predefined grid pattern at least one valid Style. The Video Data Format Descriptor defines only the pixel format of the current packet, rather than implicit In particular video stream during use will continue to use the same format. Figure 11 shows a visual Descriptor format audio data is encoded to an embodiment, and above for the other packet Discussion. ...
Bit 3 indicates that the pixel data in alternate pixel format. This allows the standard interlaced bit 2 Mode, but where the interlacing is vertical instead of horizontal. When bit 3 is zero - when Pixel data in the standard progressive pixel format. Upon receiving each successive pixels, the column number (like Su X coordinate) plus 1. Bit 3 is the 1 -, the pixel data in alternate pixel format. When connected Receipt of each pixel, the column number (pixel X coordinate) plus 2.
Bits 4-15 are also reserved for future use, and usually for the current application or design Set to a logic zero level or value.
33 scalable video streaming confirmation packet
Scalable video streaming confirmation packet allows the client to acknowledge receipt of scalable video streaming settings Set groupings. The client list through active response packet list of valid parameter response The parameter values ​​143 and scalable video streaming capability via the maximum packet stream digital section Non-zero value to indicate its support for scalable video streaming confirmation packet capabilities.
Figure 77 shows the scaled video stream can be recognized format of the packet. Shown in Figure 77, a Embodiment, the scalable video stream confirmation packet constructed with a packet length by group, Group type, cClient ID, flow ID, ACK code and CRC fields. 2-byte packet length Degree illustrates packet length field does not include the number of bytes in the packet, the packet class and for Type, the packet length value is 10, and the packet type 137 identifies the packet as a scalable Video streaming confirmation packet.
2-byte cClient ID field - been reserved for future use, and is usually set to Zero. 2-byte stream ID field shows a unique identifier of the stream ID. This scalable video Set packet stream the same value assigned by the host.
2-byte validation code field provides values ​​containing a code, the code used to describe Said trying to update the specified scalable video streaming results. In one embodiment, said code Defined as follows:
0 - Flow Assignment attempt is successful.
1 - Flow deallocate the attempt is successful.
2 - has been assigned to a distribution of a stream ID is invalid attempts.
3 - on an already deallocated Stream ID deallocation attempt invalid.
4 - client does not support scalable video streaming
5 - stream parameters are inconsistent with the client capabilities.
6 - Stream ID value is greater than the maximum allowed by the client.
7 - Clients do not have sufficient resources to be used to allocate the specified stream.
2-byte CRC field contains the length of the packet includes a packet including all the words Section of the CRC.
34 scalable video stream packets
Scalable video stream packet to be transmitted with a specific scaled video stream associated with the image Pixel data. This packet size of the area involved is scalable video streaming settings defined grouping The. The client list through active response packet in the list of valid parameter response Parameter value 143, and scalable video streaming via the confirmation packet confirmation code field into Scalable video streaming functionality allocation response, to show their support for scalable video stream packets can Force.
Figure 78 shows the scaled video stream can be an embodiment of a packet format. Figure 78 Show, the scalable video stream packet constructed with packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Stream ID, the pixel data attributes, pixel count, parameter CRC, pixel data and pixel data CRC field. 2-byte packet type field identifies the packet with the value 18 as a scalable Video stream packets. hClient ID field is reserved for the client ID, and generally set Zero. As described above, 2-byte stream ID field shows a unique identifier of the stream ID. This A value is set in a scalable video stream packets specified by the host, and scalable video Flow confirmation packet is confirmed. In one embodiment, the 2-byte attribute field pixel data With the specified pixel data routing and display updating or buffer value of the position. In one embodiment, These values ​​are: ...
Figure 78 shows the scaled video stream can be an embodiment of a packet format. Figure 78 Show, the scalable video stream packet constructed with packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Stream ID, the pixel data attributes, pixel count, parameter CRC, pixel data and pixel data CRC field. 2-byte packet type field identifies the packet with the value 18 as a scalable Video stream packets. hClient ID field is reserved for the client ID, and generally set Zero. As described above, 2-byte stream ID field shows a unique identifier of the stream ID. This A value is set in a scalable video stream packets specified by the host, and scalable video Flow confirmation packet is confirmed. In one embodiment, the 2-byte attribute field pixel data With the specified pixel data routing and display updating or buffer value of the position. In one embodiment, These values ​​are: ...
Bits 7 and 6 is a display update bit, used to specify the data to be written to the pixel frame buffer Makers. Elsewhere described in greater detail the bit frame update utility. When bit [7:6] is "01" , The pixel data is written to the image buffer line. When bit [7:6] is "00", the number of pixels It is written to be used to refresh the display image buffer. If bit [7:6] is "10", which is Deemed invalid value. These bits are reserved for future use. In some cases, the pixel data is Ignore does not write any image buffer. Bit 2-5 and 8-15 are reserved for future Use, and is usually set logic zero level or value. ...
Bits 7 and 6 is a display update bit, used to specify the data to be written to the pixel frame buffer Makers. Elsewhere described in greater detail the bit frame update utility. When bit [7:6] is "01" , The pixel data is written to the image buffer line. When bit [7:6] is "00", the number of pixels It is written to be used to refresh the display image buffer. If bit [7:6] is "10", which is Deemed invalid value. These bits are reserved for future use. In some cases, the pixel data is Ignore does not write any image buffer. Bit 2-5 and 8-15 are reserved for future Use, and is usually set logic zero level or value. ...
2-byte CRC field contains only the pixel data of the pixel data of the CRC. If this A CRC fails the check, then the pixel data to be used, but the CRC error Error count increases.
35. Request packet specific state
Request Packet provides the host with a specific status for the requesting client machine in accordance with the packet In the manner specified by the ability to send the packet back to the host state or the means, mechanisms or methods. Clients in the next reverse link encapsulation packet returns the specified type of packet. If the In response to the client has the ability to request specific status packet, the client sets the grouping Client capability packet characteristics of the client capability field in bit 17. One kind of host for Determine if the client can return or transmitted packet type all states convenient way is to Used in the active state as described elsewhere, grouped responses. Clients can use the packet client can Force characteristics of clients ability grouping field bit 21 to indicate a specific state of its support request Group capabilities. ...
79 shows the state of the request packet to a specific embodiment of the format. Grouped as 79 shows, the request packet is configured to have a particular status packet length, packet type, hClient ID, status packet ID and CRC fields. Illustrates the packet length field of the packet does not include Total number of bytes of length field, and for this packet type, the packet length is usually Is fixed to the value 10. Packet type 138 packet to the packet identifies the specific status of the request Groups. hClient ID (2 bytes) field is reserved for future use client ID, and is now Set to zero, and a 2-byte ID field shows the status of the packet to be transmitted to the client Capability of the host or the type of the packet status. A typical packet type is: ...
79 shows the state of the request packet to a specific embodiment of the format. Grouped as 79 shows, the request packet is configured to have a particular status packet length, packet type, hClient ID, status packet ID and CRC fields. Illustrates the packet length field of the packet does not include Total number of bytes of length field, and for this packet type, the packet length is usually Is fixed to the value 10. Packet type 138 packet to the packet identifies the specific status of the request Groups. hClient ID (2 bytes) field is reserved for future use client ID, and is now Set to zero, and a 2-byte ID field shows the status of the packet to be transmitted to the client Capability of the host or the type of the packet status. A typical packet type is: ...
133 - Alfa sent by the client cursor image ability grouping.
139 - Send a list of valid state response packet is used to identify the client can send Capacity and state the exact type of the packet.
140 - sent by the client packet processing delay parameter groupings.
141 - Individual packets sent by the client client ability grouping.
142 - by the client sends a client error reporting packets.
143 - sent by the client scalable video streaming ability grouping.
144 - sent by the client client identity groupings.
56-63 packet type can be used for manufacturer-specific capability and status identifiers.
CRC field contains a packet includes a packet length of all bytes in the inner of the CRC.
36 list of valid state response packet
Acknowledge active list grouping provides a host with the client the ability to return The sequence of states and the ability grouping structure, means or methods. Client can use packet Client capability packet characteristics of the client capability field bit 21 to indicate their support effective Status response capability, grouped.
Figure 80 shows a list of active state response to an embodiment of the packet format. Figure 80, the list of active state response packet has a packet length is configured, the packet type, cClient ID, the number of values ​​in the list, a list of valid parameter response and CRC fields. This Type of packet packet length is usually fixed at a value of 10, and the sub-type value 139 Group identification reply packet to the active state. cClient ID field is reserved for future as a client Machine ID, and generally set to zero. 2-byte values ​​in the list shows the number of fields in the subsequent Acknowledge valid parameter number of items in the list.
A list of valid parameters response field contains two-byte parameter list, which indicates if the customer Machines can be sent to the host state of the capacity or type of the packet. If a client has been shown that It can respond to requests specific state packet (packet client use client capability packet Features capability field bit 21), then it can send a client capability packet least packet (stars Group Type = 66) and a list of valid state response packet (packet type = 139). By customer Sends and can be included in the list of the packet type, and this embodiment of their respective With objectives are:
66 - Grouping client ability grouping.
133 - alpha cursor image ability grouping.
139 - a list of valid state response packet is used to identify the client's ability to be able to send The exact type and status of the packet.
140 - packet processing delay parameter groupings.
141 - personal display ability grouping.
142 - Error Reporting client group.
143 - scalable video streaming ability grouping.
144 - Client Identification groupings.
145 - Other monitors ability grouping.
Packet type 56-63 for manufacturer-specific capabilities and status identifiers.
CRC field contains the length of the packet includes a packet of all bytes in the packet including the CRC.
37 packet processing delay parameter grouping
Packet processing delay parameter grouping provides a set of parameters to allow calculation is done with a particular host Reception given packet type associated processing time required. Some commands sent by the host Not by the client at zero time to complete. The host can poll the client request and status packet The status bits to determine whether certain features completed by the client, or the host can Use by the client packet in the packet processing delay parameters to calculate the parameters returned completed Time. The client can use a list of valid state response packet valid parameter response column The parameter values ​​in the table 140 to indicate that the packet processing delay parameters it supports the ability to group. ...
Packet processing delay parameter grouping provides a set of parameters to allow calculation is done with a particular host Reception given packet type associated processing time required. Some commands sent by the host Not by the client at zero time to complete. The host can poll the client request and status packet The status bits to determine whether certain features completed by the client, or the host can Use by the client packet in the packet processing delay parameters to calculate the parameters returned completed Time. The client can use a list of valid state response packet valid parameter response column The parameter values ​​in the table 140 to indicate that the packet processing delay parameters it supports the ability to group. ...
Answer List delay parameter field is one or more delay parameter selection list. Chart 81B shows a single delay parameter list item format one embodiment, there is shown a delay Chi packet type, pixel delay, horizontal pixel delay, and a fixed vertical pixel delay delay word Segments.
Each Delay Parameters List Item is usually limited to the length of 6 bytes, and are given by Righteousness. 2-byte latency packet type field descriptions of the subsequent application packet delay parameter type. Pixel delay field (1 byte), including delay value index (index). Read from the table Multiplied by the destination field of the packet of the total number of pixels. The total number of pixels is determined by the packet positioning Bitmap width times height of the destination area. 1-byte field contains the horizontal pixel delay for The delay value table (the same table with DPVL) index value. Read from this table Value multiplied by the packet destination field width (in pixels). The vertical image 1 byte Su Delay field contains the delay value table (usually the same table with DPVL) index Value. Read from the table is multiplied by the value of the destination field of the packet height (in pixels Bit). ...
Each Delay Parameters List Item is usually limited to the length of 6 bytes, and are given by Righteousness. 2-byte latency packet type field descriptions of the subsequent application packet delay parameter type. Pixel delay field (1 byte), including delay value index (index). Read from the table Multiplied by the destination field of the packet of the total number of pixels. The total number of pixels is determined by the packet positioning Bitmap width times height of the destination area. 1-byte field contains the horizontal pixel delay for The delay value table (the same table with DPVL) index value. Read from this table Value multiplied by the packet destination field width (in pixels). The vertical image 1 byte Su Delay field contains the delay value table (usually the same table with DPVL) index Value. Read from the table is multiplied by the value of the destination field of the packet height (in pixels Bit). ...
Delay = (packet processing delay (pixel delay) number of dots)
(Packet processing delay (horizontal pixel delay) * width) +
(Packet processing delay (vertical pixel delay) · height) +
Packet processing delay (fixed delay)
For some groups, the total number of pixels is not used, the width or the height, because the In the corresponding group has no reference to these parameters. In these cases, the corresponding pixel delay Parameter is typically set to zero.
38 Personal Monitor ability grouping
Personal display ability grouping provides a set of parameters, such as a head mounted display or used to describe Individuals who display glasses display device's capabilities. This allows the host to the client in accordance with Ability to customize the display detailed information. On the other hand, the client through the use of effective state List of valid response parameter response packet corresponding parameter list to indicate its ability to send Personal display ability grouping capabilities.
Figure 82 shows the ability of the individual display an embodiment of a packet format. Figure 82 Shows, the personal display ability grouping constructed with packet length, packet type, cClient ID, said sub-pixel layout, pixel shape, horizontal field, vertical field, the visual axis crosses, Left / right image, transparency (see through), the maximum brightness, optical power, minimum IPD, Maximum IPD, field curvature point list and CRC fields. In one embodiment, the packet Length is fixed at 68. Packet type value 141 identifies the packet as a personal display ability grouping. cClient ID field is reserved for future use, and is now usually set to zero.
Subpixel layout fields use the following values ​​for seed pixels from top to bottom and from left to The physical layout of the right, where: 0 indicates that using sub-pixel layout is not defined; using a show Red, green, blue stripes; using 2 shows blue, green, red stripes; using three Showed a 2 × 2 sub-pixel arrangement of four pixels, which are arranged in a red top left, Blue at the bottom right, and two green sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel which is on the bottom The left part, the other in the top right; with 4 to indicate a 2 × 2 sub-pixel of row Column of four pixels, which are arranged in the bottom left include red, blue at the top to the right to And two green sub-pixels, one in left-hand side item and the other at the bottom right; Using 5 to indicate Δ (Delta) (triplet); with 6 to indicate that the red, green and blue Color overlap (eg, using field sequential color LCOS display) mosaics; and the value 7 To 255 is generally reserved for future use. ...
Subpixel layout fields use the following values ​​for seed pixels from top to bottom and from left to The physical layout of the right, where: 0 indicates that using sub-pixel layout is not defined; using a show Red, green, blue stripes; using 2 shows blue, green, red stripes; using three Showed a 2 × 2 sub-pixel arrangement of four pixels, which are arranged in a red top left, Blue at the bottom right, and two green sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel which is on the bottom The left part, the other in the top right; with 4 to indicate a 2 × 2 sub-pixel of row Column of four pixels, which are arranged in the bottom left include red, blue at the top to the right to And two green sub-pixels, one in left-hand side item and the other at the bottom right; Using 5 to indicate Δ (Delta) (triplet); with 6 to indicate that the red, green and blue Color overlap (eg, using field sequential color LCOS display) mosaics; and the value 7 To 255 is generally reserved for future use. ...
1 byte horizontal field (HFOV) field shows the level of 0.5 degree increments depending Field (for example, if the HFOV is 30 degrees, then its value is 60). If its value is zero, So you do not specify HFOV.
1 byte vertical field (VFOV) field shows in 0.5 degree increments depending on the vertical Field (for example, if the VFOV is 30 degrees, then its value is 60). If its value is zero, So you do not specify VFOV.
1-byte field shows the visual axis crossing in 0.01 diopter (1 / m) increments the visual axis Cross (for example, if the visual axis crossing is 2.22 meters, then the value is 45). If the value is Zero, depending on the shaft cross unspecified.
1 byte left / right image shows the left and right images overlapping fields overlap percentage. Image reconstruction Stack of the allowable range is 1 to 100 percent. 101-255 is an invalid value and usually Not used. If its value is zero, then do not specify the image overlap.
1 byte transparency (see through) the image field shows the percentage of transparency. Transparency percentage of the allowable range from 0 to 100. Values ​​101-254 are invalid and Will not be used. If the value is 255, then the percentage of transparency on unspecified. 1 byte Maximum Brightness field shows increments of 20 nits maximum brightness (for example, if the maximum 100 nits brightness, then its value is 5). If the value is zero, then the maximum brightness Not specified.
2-byte flag field optical capabilities - optical capabilities include a description of the various characters display Segments. Typically these bits allocated according to the following values:
Bit 15-5 are reserved for future use, generally set to zero.
Bit 4 select glasses focus adjustment, and a value of 0 means that the monitor does not have glasses Focus Adjustment. A value of 1 means the display has adjustable focus glasses.
Bit 3-2 to choose binocular functions as follows: A value of 0 means the monitor is Eyes, and can only display two-dimensional (2D) images; Value 1 means the monitor is Binocular and can display 3-dimensional (3D) image; Value 2 - means the display Is a single object, and the value 3 is reserved for future use.
Bit 1-0 Select curvature symmetry around the field, a value of 0 - value means that the curvature of the field of view Not defined. If this field is zero, then in addition to point A1 to C3 E5 from outside the All field values ​​to zero curvature, focal point C3 at the designated monitor, or it is provided Zero to indicate that focal length is not specified. A value of 1 - about monitors have the same meaning Symmetry. Value 2 - means so monitors the vertical axis (column C), mirror each other. Value 3 is reserved for future use.
1-byte minimum interpupillary distance (IPD) field is used in millimeters (mm) is in units of Specifies the minimum pupil spacing. If the value is zero, then the minimum pupil distance is not specified. 1 byte maximum pupillary distance (IPD) is used in millimeters (mm) as a unit to specify the maximum Interpupillary distance. If the value is zero, then the maximum pupil distance is not specified.
Field curvature point field contains a list of 25 two-byte parameters to be used in a 65535 in thousandths of refraction (1 / m) in units of the focal length (for example, 1 is 0.001 diopters, and 65535 is 65.535 diopters). Field curvature point list The 25 elements are labeled A1 to E5, as shown in Figure 83. The point should be in the display The uniform distribution on the activation area. Column C corresponds to the longitudinal axis of the display, line 3 corresponds to display The horizontal axis shows. Columns A and E correspond to the left and right edge of the display. And rows 1 and 5 Corresponding to the display along the top and bottom. List of 25 points in the order: A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, A3, B3, C3, D3, E3, A4, B4, C4, D4, E4, A5, B5, C5, D5, E5. ...
Field curvature point field contains a list of 25 two-byte parameters to be used in a 65535 in thousandths of refraction (1 / m) in units of the focal length (for example, 1 is 0.001 diopters, and 65535 is 65.535 diopters). Field curvature point list The 25 elements are labeled A1 to E5, as shown in Figure 83. The point should be in the display The uniform distribution on the activation area. Column C corresponds to the longitudinal axis of the display, line 3 corresponds to display The horizontal axis shows. Columns A and E correspond to the left and right edge of the display. And rows 1 and 5 Corresponding to the display along the top and bottom. List of 25 points in the order: A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, A3, B3, C3, D3, E3, A4, B4, C4, D4, E4, A5, B5, C5, D5, E5. ...
39 Error Reporting client group
Error Reporting group acts as a client to allow the client to provide a host operating Error mechanism or tool. As some of the commands received from the host to the results, the client can In order to detect the normal operating conditions of a variety of errors. These errors include: The client has received orders in its operation mode is not supported; the client may have been Receives a packet that contains some parameters, and these parameters exceed client capability or range; The client may get an incorrect command sequence by entering a pattern. Said client Printer error reporting packets may be used to detect errors during normal operation, but the system design Members and integrators the most useful is the host and client systems development and integration process of consultation Off the problem. The client uses a list of valid state response packet list of valid parameter response Parameter values ​​in the display 142 to indicate the transmission packet error reporting capabilities. ...
Figure 84A shows the error reporting data of the client to an embodiment of the format. Figure 84A shows, the client is configured to have an error report data packet length, packet type, cClient ID, number of items in the list, a list of error codes and CRC fields. Packet type value 142 A group identifier for the client error reporting packets. cClient ID field is reserved for the To use, and are generally set to zero. List item number (2 bytes) Field Descriptions of the subsequent The error code number of items in the list. Error code list field (here 8 bytes) Is an error report contains one or more list items list. 87B shows a single Error Reporting list item format. ...
In one embodiment, as shown in FIG 87B, each Error Report List Item in the longitudinal Is 4 bytes on the right, and in one embodiment, which has such a structure, comprising: For the description of the types of errors reported a 2-byte Display Error Code field for indicating And grouped by the client error codes defined in more detail about the error details of the two words Stanza error subcode field. Each client error codes are defined by the client's manufacturing Business definition. Do not display an error code definitions for each error sub-code, and in the wrong sub- In case the code is not defined, the value is set to zero. Each error subcode specific Defined by the client's manufacturer. ...
In one embodiment, as shown in FIG 87B, each Error Report List Item in the longitudinal Is 4 bytes on the right, and in one embodiment, which has such a structure, comprising: For the description of the types of errors reported a 2-byte Display Error Code field for indicating And grouped by the client error codes defined in more detail about the error details of the two words Stanza error subcode field. Each client error codes are defined by the client's manufacturing Business definition. Do not display an error code definitions for each error sub-code, and in the wrong sub- In case the code is not defined, the value is set to zero. Each error subcode specific Defined by the client's manufacturer. ...
Client Identification grouping allows the client to a particular state in response to a request to return the marked packet Identification data. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active packet effective response Parameter response parameter value list 144 to indicate that the client identity packet transmission capacity. Can Enough by reading the data from the client, and the client device to determine the name of the manufacturer of And models, in terms of the host is very useful. The information can be used to determine the client Whether the client grouping ability grouping can not be described in a special ability. Probably there are two Possible methods, means or mechanism for reading the identification information from the client. One is through the Grouping client with ability grouping to achieve, the packet contains a client field class ability grouping In the base EDID structure similar to those fields. Another way is by using a score containing Group of clients ability grouping similar fields richer client identity information collection points Groups. It allows the host to identify the character has not been assigned three EISA manufacturer code and allow Xu number contain alphanumeric characters. ...
Client Identification grouping allows the client to a particular state in response to a request to return the marked packet Identification data. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active packet effective response Parameter response parameter value list 144 to indicate that the client identity packet transmission capacity. Can Enough by reading the data from the client, and the client device to determine the name of the manufacturer of And models, in terms of the host is very useful. The information can be used to determine the client Whether the client grouping ability grouping can not be described in a special ability. Probably there are two Possible methods, means or mechanism for reading the identification information from the client. One is through the Grouping client with ability grouping to achieve, the packet contains a client field class ability grouping In the base EDID structure similar to those fields. Another way is by using a score containing Group of clients ability grouping similar fields richer client identity information collection points Groups. It allows the host to identify the character has not been assigned three EISA manufacturer code and allow Xu number contain alphanumeric characters. ...
2-byte packet type field contains the identifier for the packet identifies the packet as a client Values. In one embodiment, the selection of the value to 144. The cClient ID field (2 Byte) has also been reserved for future use for client ID, and is usually set to zero. CRC Field (2 bytes) contains a packet, including the packet length including all bytes in the 16-bit CRC.
Producing Week 1 byte to define the field contains the value of the week display manufacturing. In At least one embodiment, if the client supports this field, then this value is from 1 to Within the range of 53. If the client does not support this field, it is usually set it to Zero. 1-byte field contains the year of manufacture is used to define a client (display) Manufacturing year Parts of the value. This value is used as the starting point in 1990 from the outliers, of course, can also be used Other base year. This field can be expressed within the 1991-2245 year. For example, 2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the client does not support this field, then pass Often it is set to zero. ...
Producing Week 1 byte to define the field contains the value of the week display manufacturing. In At least one embodiment, if the client supports this field, then this value is from 1 to Within the range of 53. If the client does not support this field, it is usually set it to Zero. 1-byte field contains the year of manufacture is used to define a client (display) Manufacturing year Parts of the value. This value is used as the starting point in 1990 from the outliers, of course, can also be used Other base year. This field can be expressed within the 1991-2245 year. For example, 2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the client does not support this field, then pass Often it is set to zero. ...
Manufacturer name string, product name and serial number string string field contains Respectively, by the manufacturer's name, product name and the serial number of the variable length field specifies the number of bytes And contains an ASCII string, respectively, for explaining the manufacturer, product name, and display the word Alphanumeric serial number. Each of these strings by at least one null character to terminate.
41 Optional (alternate) Display ability grouping
Optional Display ability grouping showed MDDI client controller connected to an optional display Illustrates the ability of the. The packet is a response to the request packet is transmitted in a particular state. When prompted When the client device is supported by the optional monitor each of the optional capability of sending monitors Groups. If a client has more than an optional display, then the client should respond to a single Packet transmission requests a particular state, generating or providing a plurality of selectable display ability grouping, each A display offers a course, some configurations may need to use more than one request specific state Grouping, of course, this is not enough. The client can optionally display number field value Is called non-sequential order sent Optional Display ability grouping. The passenger capacity function Enough to answer a list of valid status by grouping the list of valid parameter response parameter values ​​145 Optional display to indicate its ability to send a packet capabilities. ...
For MDDI accordance with the internal mode operation system, has more than one connection To MDDI client controller display is very common. An exemplary application is the Inside the flip mobile phone with a large display and a smaller display on the outside. Internal Mode client does not return the optional display ability grouping, for two reasons. First, in Victoria Nursing period, the host may have been programmed or learned these abilities, because they are used in public Device or housing. Second, because one, the client can not be easily integrated with the host Is disconnected or separated from, the host may contain a hard-coded client copy capability, or At least know they do not change with changes in the client, or may be this happens Condition. ...
For MDDI accordance with the internal mode operation system, has more than one connection To MDDI client controller display is very common. An exemplary application is the Inside the flip mobile phone with a large display and a smaller display on the outside. Internal Mode client does not return the optional display ability grouping, for two reasons. First, in Victoria Nursing period, the host may have been programmed or learned these abilities, because they are used in public Device or housing. Second, because one, the client can not be easily integrated with the host Is disconnected or separated from, the host may contain a hard-coded client copy capability, or At least know they do not change with changes in the client, or may be this happens Condition. ...
Figure 89 illustrates an optional capability of the monitor to an embodiment of the packet format. Figure 86 As shown in the optional ability grouping is configured to have the monitor packet length, packet type, cClient ID, an optional monitor number, Reserved 1, width of the bitmap, bitmap height and width of the display window, Display window height, color mapping RGB width, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain 2, Y Cb Cr ability to monitor characteristic ability to retain 3, and CRC fields. Packet type Value of 145 will display a group identifier is optional ability grouping. cClient ID field is Paul Client ID reserved for future use, and is usually set to zero.
Figure 89 illustrates an optional capability of the monitor to an embodiment of the packet format. Figure 86 As shown in the optional ability grouping is configured to have the monitor packet length, packet type, cClient ID, an optional monitor number, Reserved 1, width of the bitmap, bitmap height and width of the display window, Display window height, color mapping RGB width, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain 2, Y Cb Cr ability to monitor characteristic ability to retain 3, and CRC fields. Packet type Value of 145 will display a group identifier is optional ability grouping. cClient ID field is Paul Client ID reserved for future use, and is usually set to zero....
Reserved 1 field (1 byte) is reserved for future use. All bits in this field Are set to zero. The purpose of this field is to allow all subsequent 2-byte field with 16 characters Addresses the alignment, so a 4-byte field is aligned with the 32-bit word address.
Width of the bitmap field description to use two bytes to represent the number of pixels bitmap width. Position Figure height field description to use two bytes to represent the number of pixels bitmap height. Display window width Use 2-byte length field to illustrate the number of pixels represented by the width of the display window. Display window height To illustrate the use of two-byte field to indicate the number of pixels of the display window height.
RGB color mapping to use two-byte field width can be explained according to a color map (adjust Palette) display mode the red, green and blue color components of the median. Each color Component (red, green, and blue) can use up to 8 bits. Even in the color mapping grouping Send 8 bits of each color component, it is only used in this field is defined for each color Color component of the least significant bit of the median. If the client can not use the display color maps (Palette) format then this value is zero. The width of characters, including RGB color mapping Three separate unsigned value:
Bit 3-0 defines each pixel maximum number of digits in blue, and the value of 0-8 is considered Is valid. Bit 7-4 defines each pixel maximum number of digits in the green, and the value 0-8 Is considered to be valid. Bit 11-8 defines each of the pixels in the red maximum number of bits, and a number Value from 0 to 8 are considered valid. When bits 14-12 are reserved for future use and are usually Set to zero. Bit 15 is used to indicate that the client accepts packed or unpacked format color mapping Pixel data. When bit 15 is set to logic 1 level, it indicates that the client can Enough to accept packed or unpacked format color mapping pixel data. If bit 15 is set to Logic 0 level, it indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format color mapping pixels Data. ...
RGB capability field to illustrate the use of two-byte RGB format can be displayed in accordance with the resolution Rate of digits. In one embodiment, if the client can not use the RGB format, This value is zero. The word consists of three separate RGB ability unsigned values: Bit 3-0 Define each pixel in the blue (blue color intensity) of the maximum number of digits. Bit 7-4 defines each pixel Elements in green (green strength) of the maximum number of digits. Bits 11-8 define each pixel in the red (Red color intensity) of the maximum number of digits. Bits 14-12 are reserved for future use and set to Zero. Bit 15 is used to indicate that the client accepts packed or unpacked format RGB pixel data Capability. When bit 15 is set to logic 1 level, it indicates that the client can accept packaged Or unpacked format RGB pixel data. If bit 15 is set to logic 0 level, it Indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format colormap pixel data. ...
1-byte field contains the ability to specify the color can be displayed in a format in accordance with the color of The number of bits resolution value, or information. If the client can not use monochrome format, then this value Is zero. Bit 6-4 are reserved for future use and is usually set to zero. Bits 3 to 0 is defined May be present in each pixel gray level maximum number of digits. This four each pixel can be specified Including 1-15. If the value is zero, then the client does not support the color format. When bit 7 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept monochrome image packed or unpacked Pixel data. If bit 7 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format Monochrome pixel data. ...
1-byte field contains the ability to specify the color can be displayed in a format in accordance with the color of The number of bits resolution value, or information. If the client can not use monochrome format, then this value Is zero. Bit 6-4 are reserved for future use and is usually set to zero. Bits 3 to 0 is defined May be present in each pixel gray level maximum number of digits. This four each pixel can be specified Including 1-15. If the value is zero, then the client does not support the color format. When bit 7 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept monochrome image packed or unpacked Pixel data. If bit 7 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format Monochrome pixel data. ...
2 bytes of Y Cb Cr capability field shows can follow Y Cb Cr format display Bits of resolution. If the client can not use Y Cb Cr format, then this value is zero. The Y Cb Cr capacity figures include three separate unsigned value: Bit 3-0 define said The maximum number of digits specified Cb sample. Bit 7-4 defines the sampling for describing Cr maximum number of digits. Bit 11-8 defines the sampling for explaining Y maximum number of digits. Bits 14-12 are reserved for the Use and set to zero. When bit 15 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can pick By packed or unpacked Y Cb Cr pixel data. If bit 15 is set to 0, it indicates that the Clients can only accept unpacked format Y Cb Cr pixel data. ...
Bayer capability field of 2 bytes described in Bayer format was sent to a resolution Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the interval format, then this Value is set to zero. Bayer capability field consists of the following values: bits 3-0 define each pixel The intensity of the maximum number exists; bits 5-4 define the required pixel pictorial; Bit 8 To 6 define the required sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and Set to zero. When bit 15 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept packed or Bayer pixel data packed. If bit 15 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can pick Unpacked format by Bayer pixel data. ...
Bayer capability field of 2 bytes described in Bayer format was sent to a resolution Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the interval format, then this Value is set to zero. Bayer capability field consists of the following values: bits 3-0 define each pixel The intensity of the maximum number exists; bits 5-4 define the required pixel pictorial; Bit 8 To 6 define the required sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and Set to zero. When bit 15 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept packed or Bayer pixel data packed. If bit 15 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can pick Unpacked format by Bayer pixel data. ...
42 Register Access Packet
Register access packet to the host or the client used to access the MDDI link provided on Side configuration and status registers means, mechanisms or methods. For each of these registers were Monitor or device controllers that are likely to be unique. These registers already exist in many significant Monitor, they are required to set configuration, operating mode and has other beneficial and necessary Setting. The register access packet allows MDDI host or client into the registers A write operation, and use MDDI link request to read register. When a host or client Machine requests to read registers, through the peer should send the same packet type the number of registers Data, and by using the read / write field to indicate that this information is read from a specific register number According to the response. Register access packet can be used to register by specifying more than one meter The number of read or write multiple registers. Client uses the client grouping ability grouping passenger Client feature capability field Bit 22 indicates support for register access packet capabilities. Client computer Encapsulated packet will be used to send register access packet will therefore present the content that appears as Grouping configuration or structure a group. ...
Register access packet to the host or the client used to access the MDDI link provided on Side configuration and status registers means, mechanisms or methods. For each of these registers were Monitor or device controllers that are likely to be unique. These registers already exist in many significant Monitor, they are required to set configuration, operating mode and has other beneficial and necessary Setting. The register access packet allows MDDI host or client into the registers A write operation, and use MDDI link request to read register. When a host or client Machine requests to read registers, through the peer should send the same packet type the number of registers Data, and by using the read / write field to indicate that this information is read from a specific register number According to the response. Register access packet can be used to register by specifying more than one meter The number of read or write multiple registers. Client uses the client grouping ability grouping passenger Client feature capability field Bit 22 indicates support for register access packet capabilities. Client computer Encapsulated packet will be used to send register access packet will therefore present the content that appears as Grouping configuration or structure a group. ...
2 byte read / write flag field description of this specific packet writing, reading or for reading Response, and provides a count of the data values​​.
Bits 15-14 for read / write flag. If bit [15:14] is 00, then the packet Written by the register that contains the address field addressable register. Be written to the specified storage The grouping of data contained in the register list field. If bit [15:14] is 10, then this Is addressed by the register address field of one or more registers request data. If bit [15:14] of 11 packets, then the packets with bits 15:14 in response to a read / write flag Is set to 10 and the register access packet containing the requested data. Register Address field The first register contains the data corresponding to the address of the register list item, and the Register Data List Field contains the one or more addresses from the data read. If bit [15:14] bits 01, then this value is reserved for future use and is not used in this case, the skilled Staff will understand how to use it for applications. ...
13:0 with 14 bit unsigned integer register data to show a list of fields to be The 32-bit register data transmission the number of items. If the packet bits 15:14 equal to "00", then Why specify the 32-bit 13:0 - bit register number of data items, the register data items included in the register Register data list field, Judai written from register address field specifies the starting register Register. If the packet bit 15:14 is "10", then bit 13:0 designated to receive equipment hair Sent a request to read the device registers a 32 - bit register number of data items. The grouping The register data field should not contain a list of items and the length is zero. Bit 15:14, etc. To "11", then the position has been specified 13:0 packets read from the registers contained in the register Data List field registers the number of data items. Currently, the bit will not be set 15:14 Equal to "01", which is considered an invalid value, otherwise it is designated or reserved for future use. ...
13:0 with 14 bit unsigned integer register data to show a list of fields to be The 32-bit register data transmission the number of items. If the packet bits 15:14 equal to "00", then Why specify the 32-bit 13:0 - bit register number of data items, the register data items included in the register Register data list field, Judai written from register address field specifies the starting register Register. If the packet bit 15:14 is "10", then bit 13:0 designated to receive equipment hair Sent a request to read the device registers a 32 - bit register number of data items. The grouping The register data field should not contain a list of items and the length is zero. Bit 15:14, etc. To "11", then the position has been specified 13:0 packets read from the registers contained in the register Data List field registers the number of data items. Currently, the bit will not be set 15:14 Equal to "01", which is considered an invalid value, otherwise it is designated or reserved for future use. ...
2-byte CRC field contains a parameter to the register address from the packet length of the packet There byte of the CRC. If the CRC fails the check, the entire packet is discarded.
Register data field contains a list of registers to be written to the client to send a 4-byte Data register value or from the client device registers have the value read.
2-byte CRC register data field contains data only for the register list of the CRC. If the CRC fails the check, then register data can still be used, but the CRC error Count is incremented.
D. Packet CRC
CRC fields appear at the end of the packet, the packet may appear in some of the more critical Parameters, these parameters have significantly larger data fields, thereby increasing the transmission period The possibility of errors. With two of the packet CRC field, a CRC is when only When used, CRC generation is the first CRC after being re-initialized, the number following a long According to the CRC calculation fields from the beginning of the parameters that affect the packet.
For packets containing multiple bit errors exist the possibility to generate the proper remote control of the CRC. There is a packet error is detected on the possibility of close to correct CRC contains large Is the error on very long packets case where 7.6 × 10-6. By design, MDDI link Will have a very low or zero error rate. CRC is intended to monitor the link for normal conditions, Instead intended to detect errors on a specific group in order to determine whether the packet should be retransmitted.
In an exemplary embodiment, the CRC polynomial is calculated CRC-16 Or X16 + X15 + X2 + X0. Figure 36 illustrates the present invention may be used raw CRC Generator and verifier exemplary implementation 3600. In Figure 36, CRC register 3602 Is input to the transmission just Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC (before sending the CRC The MDDI data) is a packet on the line before the first value is initialized to 0x0001, Then the first byte of the packet from the LSB is shifted into the register. It should be noted that this figure The register bits corresponding to the order of the polynomial used, rather than by the MDDI A bit position. CRC register is shifted along a more effective way, which makes the CRC bits 15 In MDDI CRC field bit position 0, CRC register bit 14 in MDDI CRC field bit position 1 and so on, until you reach the MDDI bit position 14. ...
In an exemplary embodiment, the CRC polynomial is calculated CRC-16 Or X16 + X15 + X2 + X0. Figure 36 illustrates the present invention may be used raw CRC Generator and verifier exemplary implementation 3600. In Figure 36, CRC register 3602 Is input to the transmission just Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC (before sending the CRC The MDDI data) is a packet on the line before the first value is initialized to 0x0001, Then the first byte of the packet from the LSB is shifted into the register. It should be noted that this figure The register bits corresponding to the order of the polynomial used, rather than by the MDDI A bit position. CRC register is shifted along a more effective way, which makes the CRC bits 15 In MDDI CRC field bit position 0, CRC register bit 14 in MDDI CRC field bit position 1 and so on, until you reach the MDDI bit position 14. ...
When the CRC generator and checker 3600 is configured as a CRC checker when the Rx_MDDI_Data (receiving MDDI data) line up to receive CRC is input Multiplexers 3604 and NAND gate 3608, and the use or non-(NOR) gate 3610, Exclusive OR (XOR) gate 3612 and with (AND) gate 3614-by-bit CRC register with the hair Present value for comparison. If there are any errors, such as the output of the AND gate 3614, Then for each packet contains a CRC error, the output is connected through the door to the register 3614 The input register 3602, CRC increased once. It should be noted that, shown in Figure 36 is shown Exemplary circuit can be output for a given CHECK_CRC_NOW (now checksum CRC) window Within one or more of the CRC error signal (see Figure 37B). Thus, the CRC error Counters usually only active in each interval CHECK_CRC_NOW first CRC error count of cases. If the CRC generator is configured, then end with the packet Align the moment, the CRC according to the clock output from the CRC register. ...
When the CRC generator and checker 3600 is configured as a CRC checker when the Rx_MDDI_Data (receiving MDDI data) line up to receive CRC is input Multiplexers 3604 and NAND gate 3608, and the use or non-(NOR) gate 3610, Exclusive OR (XOR) gate 3612 and with (AND) gate 3614-by-bit CRC register with the hair Present value for comparison. If there are any errors, such as the output of the AND gate 3614, Then for each packet contains a CRC error, the output is connected through the door to the register 3614 The input register 3602, CRC increased once. It should be noted that, shown in Figure 36 is shown Exemplary circuit can be output for a given CHECK_CRC_NOW (now checksum CRC) window Within one or more of the CRC error signal (see Figure 37B). Thus, the CRC error Counters usually only active in each interval CHECK_CRC_NOW first CRC error count of cases. If the CRC generator is configured, then end with the packet Align the moment, the CRC according to the clock output from the CRC register. ...
E. Packet CRC error code override (overload)
Whenever the host and transfer data between the client only when the packet and the CRC, which does not Accommodate the error code. The only error is a loss of synchronization. Otherwise, the link must wait for the lack of Good data transmission path or pipeline and overtime, and then reset the link and continue Proceed. However, doing so is time-consuming and inefficient.
For one embodiment of the use, and has developed such a new technology, which stars Part of the group CRC error code used to transmit information. This is generally shown in Figure 65. Also That is, the data transmitted by the processing device processor or generate one or more error codes, Which indicates that the communication processing or links may appear in a particular predetermined errors or defects. Encounter Error, the CRC bits used to generate the packet and sends the appropriate error code. Will Is to say, the use of error codes needed to override or rewrite the CRC value, the required The error code can be at the receiving end is used to monitor the value of the CRC field error monitor or Verifier detected. CRC value for the error code and for some reason love match Conditions, the transmission error codes complement in order to prevent confusion. ...
For one embodiment of the use, and has developed such a new technology, which stars Part of the group CRC error code used to transmit information. This is generally shown in Figure 65. Also That is, the data transmitted by the processing device processor or generate one or more error codes, Which indicates that the communication processing or links may appear in a particular predetermined errors or defects. Encounter Error, the CRC bits used to generate the packet and sends the appropriate error code. Will Is to say, the use of error codes needed to override or rewrite the CRC value, the required The error code can be at the receiving end is used to monitor the value of the CRC field error monitor or Verifier detected. CRC value for the error code and for some reason love match Conditions, the transmission error codes complement in order to prevent confusion. ...
This technique of overloading the CRC value provides a very fast system response error, while With a minimal amount of extra bits or fields.
Shown in Figure 66, using the error detector or detector module 6602 shows the CRC Rewrite mechanism or means 6600, which can be formed as previously described in other circuits or learn As part of the process for detecting errors within the communication link or the presence or appears. Can form A part or the use of other circuits such as a lookup table to store the pre-selected error messages Error code generator technology or module 6604 generates one or more error codes to Indicates that there has been detected a predetermined specific errors or defects. Easy to understand that, Device 6602 and 6604 may be formed according to a single circuit or device, or as a For other known processors and elements are programmed as part of the sequence of steps. ...
The CRC value comparison shows the control or comparison module 6606, for checking a selected one Whether one or more error codes to be transmitted with the same value of the CRC. If it is, the use of generations Complement code generator or generation module or device to provide the complement of the error code, in order to avoid errors Code is mistaken for the original CRC pattern (pattern) or the value, so that the detection side Confuse or complicate the case. Then, the error code selector or select the module components or equipment Select the desired device 6610 insert or overwrite error code, or their respective complement, As the case may be. Error code CRC rewriter or rewrite mechanism or module 6612 is A device for receiving the data stream, packets, and the desired codes to be inserted, and the rewriting Corresponding or appropriate CRC values, in order to transfer the desired error codes to a receiving device. ...
The CRC value comparison shows the control or comparison module 6606, for checking a selected one Whether one or more error codes to be transmitted with the same value of the CRC. If it is, the use of generations Complement code generator or generation module or device to provide the complement of the error code, in order to avoid errors Code is mistaken for the original CRC pattern (pattern) or the value, so that the detection side Confuse or complicate the case. Then, the error code selector or select the module components or equipment Select the desired device 6610 insert or overwrite error code, or their respective complement, As the case may be. Error code CRC rewriter or rewrite mechanism or module 6612 is A device for receiving the data stream, packets, and the desired codes to be inserted, and the rewriting Corresponding or appropriate CRC values, in order to transfer the desired error codes to a receiving device. ...
Figure 67A and 67B is shown in greater detail in Figure 66 of the override mechanism to achieve the overall Handling implementation. In 67A, in step 6702, the communication data is detected during or To one or more errors, and in step 6704, select the error code to indicate that a Pieces. At the same time, or at the appropriate point calibration in step 6706 the CRC value to be replaced, and In step 6708 an error and needs to compare the code. As discussed earlier, Result of this comparison is to determine the required code or other representative value with the current CRC values ​​are the same. If it is, then the process proceeds to step 6712, or the complement of said In some cases, according to the other representative values ​​selected code to be inserted. Once in step 6710 and 6714 will be inserted to determine what the error code or value, then choose this An appropriate code to insert. For clarity, these steps as a separate step Shown, but it usually presents an output based on the determination made in step 6708 a single selection. Finally, in step 6716, the CRC location override these appropriate values ​​to serving as the Said process for packet transmitted together. ...
The packet reception side, as shown in Figure 67B, in step 6722 the monitoring packet CRC Values. Generally, the CRC value is determined by the system of one or more process monitoring, in order to determine If errors in data transfer has occurred, and determines whether the request is to re-transmit one or Multiple groups, or prohibiting further operations, etc., some of which have already been discussed above. As part of this monitor, the information can also be used with known or preselected error Yard or on behalf of value, and detects errors occur. Alternatively, you can achieve independence The error detection process and monitor. If, as there is a code, in step 6724 extract it or mark it for further processing. Can be determined in step 6726 This is the actual code or complement, in this case, the additional step 6728 is used to the State value is converted to the desired code value. In either case, in step 6730 final mention Take the code, complement, or other values ​​can be used to recover from the transfer of the code has been detected What error occurs. ...
The packet reception side, as shown in Figure 67B, in step 6722 the monitoring packet CRC Values. Generally, the CRC value is determined by the system of one or more process monitoring, in order to determine If errors in data transfer has occurred, and determines whether the request is to re-transmit one or Multiple groups, or prohibiting further operations, etc., some of which have already been discussed above. As part of this monitor, the information can also be used with known or preselected error Yard or on behalf of value, and detects errors occur. Alternatively, you can achieve independence The error detection process and monitor. If, as there is a code, in step 6724 extract it or mark it for further processing. Can be determined in step 6726 This is the actual code or complement, in this case, the additional step 6728 is used to the State value is converted to the desired code value. In either case, in step 6730 final mention Take the code, complement, or other values ​​can be used to recover from the transfer of the code has been detected What error occurs. ...
MDDI link can quickly go to sleep and wake up from sleep quickly. By the In MDDI link can very quickly awake again to use, thus allowing this response Xu communications systems and equipment MDDI link is often forced to sleep in order to reduce power consumption. In a Embodiment, when the external mode client first awakening from hibernation, it's about data Rate and so the strobe timing operation, where the strobe timing and 1Mbps Same rate, ie, MDDI_Stb corresponds to a rate of 500kHz flip. A Once the characteristics of the client host has been discovered or its characteristics have been passed to the host, then the main XTC machine from 1Mbps to be able to run the client at any speed between the maximum rate Rate wake links. Internal models clients can host and client sides can run Any rate awakening. This usually applies to internal mode client first wake up. ...
MDDI link can quickly go to sleep and wake up from sleep quickly. By the In MDDI link can very quickly awake again to use, thus allowing this response Xu communications systems and equipment MDDI link is often forced to sleep in order to reduce power consumption. In a Embodiment, when the external mode client first awakening from hibernation, it's about data Rate and so the strobe timing operation, where the strobe timing and 1Mbps Same rate, ie, MDDI_Stb corresponds to a rate of 500kHz flip. A Once the characteristics of the client host has been discovered or its characteristics have been passed to the host, then the main XTC machine from 1Mbps to be able to run the client at any speed between the maximum rate Rate wake links. Internal models clients can host and client sides can run Any rate awakening. This usually applies to internal mode client first wake up. ...
During Sleep, MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb differential drive is a high Cross-resistance state disabled and all differential pairs in the differential voltage is zero voltage. In the Soviet Union from hibernation Awake during the pulse sequence used to detect the differential line receiver with intentional voltage offset. In One embodiment, the receiver logic 1 and logic 0 level threshold value is approximately between 125mV. This makes the undriven differential pair in the link will be considered during the wake sequence logic Zero level.
In order to enter the sleep state, the host at the link sent after the close grouping of the CRC 64 MDDI_Stb cycle. After disabling the host CRC in 15-56 MDDI_Stb week Period (including output disable propagation delay) within the scope of the host MDDI_Data0 output. Main Machine link down after packet CRC and in its wake-up sequence initiated before sending 64 MDDI_Stb cycle. In one embodiment, the host-initiated wake-up is defined as the host MDDI_Data0 reach a valid logic 1 level, and after the drive pulse on MDDI_Stb Must wait before 100 nanoseconds. In one embodiment, the client packet link closed After the CRC and in the waiting MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic one level in an attempt to wake up the main Machines need to wait until at least 60 MDDI_Stb cycles. ...
In order to enter the sleep state, the host at the link sent after the close grouping of the CRC 64 MDDI_Stb cycle. After disabling the host CRC in 15-56 MDDI_Stb week Period (including output disable propagation delay) within the scope of the host MDDI_Data0 output. Main Machine link down after packet CRC and in its wake-up sequence initiated before sending 64 MDDI_Stb cycle. In one embodiment, the host-initiated wake-up is defined as the host MDDI_Data0 reach a valid logic 1 level, and after the drive pulse on MDDI_Stb Must wait before 100 nanoseconds. In one embodiment, the client packet link closed After the CRC and in the waiting MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic one level in an attempt to wake up the main Machines need to wait until at least 60 MDDI_Stb cycles. ...
If MDDI_Stb active during sleep, although it is unlikely that What clients can only be driven to a logic 1 state MDDI_Data0 about 70 MDDI_Stb Period (60 to 80 range). This action allows the host to start and restart in the forward Link (208) the data on the client's business and asks the state.
The host must detect the request appeared and started pulse sequence, ie, first MDDI_Stb driven to a logic 0 level will be driven to a logic high up MDDI_Data0 At least 100nsec. Then, the flip MDDI_Stb while continuing the MDDI_Data0 Driven to a logic one level and sustained 150 MDDI_Stb cycles (in the range of 140-160 Surrounded) and MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 0 level and lasted 50 MDDI_Stb Period (in the range 40 to 60). If the client is detected MDDI_Data0 Logic 1 state more than 80 MDDI_Stb cycles, then the client should send the service request Requirements. When the client detects MDDI_Data0 at a logic 1 level reached 60-80 MDDI_Stb period, then the client will search for the host MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 0 level up to 50 MDDI_Stb cycle interval. The driver in the host MDDI_Data0 To a logic zero level and lasted 50 MDDI_Stb period of time, the host then began Sending packets on the link. The first packet is transmitted sub-frame header packet. In MDDI_Data0 at a logic 0 level up to 50 cycles of 40 MDDI_Stb cycle interval , The client began looking sub-frame header packet. The following further discussions with the sleep process and start Action sequences associated time interval selected properties and tolerances. (See the following Figure 68A- C) ...
Host can enable MDDI_Stb initiated by first wake up, and to simultaneously driven to Logic 0 level. Until pulses are output as described below, MDDI_Stb driver was only To a logic 1 level. In MDDI_Stb reach a valid logic 0 level, the host is enabled MDDI_Data0 and to simultaneously driven to a logic 1 level. As described until MDDI_Data0 is driven to a logic zero level and lasted 50 MDDI_Stb between pulses Every time, MDDI_Data0 it should be driven to a logic 0 level. Hosts should MDDI_Data0 reached a logic one level and then on the drive MDDI-Stb before the pulse, etc. Be at least 100 nanoseconds. When considering the worst-case output enable delay time and occurs when Order relation. This basically ensures that the client receives in its MDDI_Stb driven by a host-driven MDDI_Data0 logic one level on a sufficient wake-up time to fully enable the MDDI_Stb receiver. ...
Figure 38 shows a typical case of no competition service request event handling 3800 Examples of steps, which for convenience of description, letters A, B, C, D, E, F And G to mark the event. The process begins at point A, where the host to the client Device sends a link down packets in order to inform it of the link will be transformed into low-power sleep state State. In the next step, by disabling the drive and put MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 drive Is set to logic 0, the host computer enters a low-power sleep state, as indicated at point B. Through MDDI_Data0 high impedance bias network will be driven to logic 0 level. In certain time periods After the client by putting MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic one level to the host sends a service Request, as shown at point C. The host is still using a high-impedance bias network to Victoria Held (asserts) logic 0 level, but the client drive to force the line to enter the Logic 1 level. 50 microseconds, the host recognizes the service request pulse, and By enabling its drive to maintain a logic 1 in MDDI_Data0, such as point D in Fig. However After the client to stop trying to maintain the service request pulse of effort, and the client to Driver in a high-impedance state, such as point E in Fig. The drive to the host MDDI_Data0 And the logic 0 level for 50 microseconds, as shown at point F, and in accordance with MDDI_Data0 A logic 0 level consistent way to generate MDDI_Stb. Place in MDDI_Data0 At logic 0 level up to 40 MDDI_Stb cycles, the client started looking for sub-frame header Grouping. MDDI_Data0 placed in the logic 0 level and the micro-drive MDDI_Stb50 Seconds, the host begins by sending a sub-frame header packet transmission on the forward link number It is, as shown in point G. ...
Figure 39 described a similar example in which the link restart sequence has begun after the dimension Support (assert) the service request, and also uses the letters A, B, C, D, E, F and G to Mark said event. This represents a request from the client, or the signal is very close to the destruction of the pulse Sub-frame header packet worst case. The process begins at point A, then the host to the guest Client devices resend packets close the link, informing it that the link will transition to low-power off Sleep state. In the next step, said host by disabling the drive and put MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb drive is set to a logic 0 level, and enter a low-power sleep state, such as B Point below. As mentioned earlier, through a high impedance bias network will MDDI_Data0 driven logic Logic 0 level. After a time, the host drives the MDDI_Data0 to a logic 1 level and for 150 microseconds to start the link restart sequence, such as point C in Fig. In Link restart sequence after the start and after 50 microseconds before the display is maintained MDDI_Data0 is 1 to 70 microsecond duration, as shown at point D. When this Happens because the monitor needs to request services to the host and the host has not yet identified Start link restart sequence. Then, the client no longer trying to maintain the service request pulse, and The client to drive a high-impedance state, such as point E in Fig. Host continue to MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level. Host to MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 0 Level and for 50 microseconds, as shown in point F, and in accordance with the logic on MDDI_Data0 Logic 0 level consistent way to generate MDDI_Stb. In the MDDI_Data0 maintained until Logic 0 level and the drive MDDI_Stb up to 50 microseconds after the host sends Start sub-frame header packet data transmission on the forward link, as shown in point G. ...
Based on the above discussion, it can be seen that: a part of the wake-up sequence, previously Solution involves enabling the host through two states. For the first state, the host of the MDDI_Data0 signal is driven high and sustained 150 microseconds, and then put the letter MDDI_Data0 No. driven low and sustained 50 microseconds, while activation MDDI_Stb line, and then began to pass MDDI packet transmission. MDDI apparatus and methods for the use of the available data rate, the This process can be well used to enhance the level of the prior art. However, as described above, to reduce The condition faster response time or select the next step or process (i.e., simplified or Component capabilities), the always requires a faster speed. ...
Applicants have discovered a new and innovative ways to wake processing and timing, in which the main Machine clock cycle-based timing signal flip (toggle). According to this configuration, The host at the beginning of the wake-up sequence MDDI_Data0 signal is driven high after the main Machines from 0-10 microseconds start flipping MDDI_Stb, and until the signal is driven low before Wait. In the wake-up sequence, the host flip MDDI_Stb, as if MDDI_Data0 Signal is always at a logic 0 level. Doing so effectively the concept of time from the client side to In addition, and for these cycles, the host computer 150 from the first two states and 50 microseconds Microsecond time period was changed to 150 for those clock cycles and 50 clock cycles. Period. ...
Applicants have discovered a new and innovative ways to wake processing and timing, in which the main Machine clock cycle-based timing signal flip (toggle). According to this configuration, The host at the beginning of the wake-up sequence MDDI_Data0 signal is driven high after the main Machines from 0-10 microseconds start flipping MDDI_Stb, and until the signal is driven low before Wait. In the wake-up sequence, the host flip MDDI_Stb, as if MDDI_Data0 Signal is always at a logic 0 level. Doing so effectively the concept of time from the client side to In addition, and for these cycles, the host computer 150 from the first two states and 50 microseconds Microsecond time period was changed to 150 for those clock cycles and 50 clock cycles. Period. ...
On the client side, and now, the client implementations can be calculated using the generated clock First, the data line is high, then low for the number of clock cycles. The driving state of the high number of According to the present line number of clock cycles required is 150, the driving state of the data line low Number of clock cycles is 50. This means that for the proper wake-up sequence, the client Should be in a high state of the data line is at least 150 consecutive clock cycles, and followed by With the data line in a low state of at least 50 consecutive clock cycles are counted. Once this Both conditions are met, the client can begin to search for the first sub-frame unique word. This An interrupt mode, the counter returns to the initial state as the basis, where the client again Looks for the data line is in a high state of the first 150 continuous clock cycles. ...
As previously discussed, the host-based wake-up from Sleep customers the invention Machine implementation, in addition to the clock rate is not mandatory outside starting at 1Mbps, very similar In the case of initial startup. Instead, the clock rate is set to re-rate from any previous New beginning, the previous rate of communication links into hibernation when the rate is active. As If the host starts transmitting strobe signal as described above, then the client should be able to re-pair data Line is in a high state of at least 150 consecutive clock cycles, and the data line is followed by Low state of at least 50 consecutive clock cycles are counted. Once these two pieces have been met Pieces, the client can begin to search for a unique word. ...
Client-based wake-up from Sleep client implementations of the invention way, except that it By allowing the client to start driving the data line, the similarity with the host-based wake. Client Machines can be the case in the absence of asynchronous clock drives the data line to wake up the host device. Once Host identifies the client to the data line is driven to a high state, it can begin its wake Sequence. Clients can start or during the course of its wake a host generated clock Counts the number of cycles. Once the number of clients in a high state of the data line connecting the 70 Continued clock cycle, it can stop the data line is driven high state. At this moment, the host It should have the data line is driven high state. Thus the data line client can in high State another 80 continuous clock cycles are counted, so that the data line is in a high state The clock period to 150, and thus can find the data line 50 is in a low state Clock cycles. Once you meet these three conditions, the client can begin to look for a unique word. ...
This awakening process has the advantage of a new way to achieve it does not require time measuring devices. Whether it is an oscillator, the capacitor discharge circuit, or other such known devices, the client This external device is no longer required to determine the start condition. When implemented on the client device control panel System, counters, etc., when doing so save money and circuit area. Although the main Machine, the machine may not be as beneficial as the client, but on the core circuit for ultra-high density Degree of logic (VHDL) concerned, this technology should also be able to simplify the host. Use several Data and strobe lines as the wakeup notification and measurement source of power consumption is very low because no To run any external circuitry core components to make it wait for host-based wake. The so Cycle or a number of clock cycles are exemplary, but also can use other cycles, Ordinary skill in the art are evident. ...
This awakening process has the advantage of a new way to achieve it does not require time measuring devices. Whether it is an oscillator, the capacitor discharge circuit, or other such known devices, the client This external device is no longer required to determine the start condition. When implementing controllers, counters, etc. When doing so save money and circuit area, thus saving the client device panel surface Plot. Although the host, the client may not be as beneficial as for, but it used for the core Ultra-high-density logic circuitry (VHDL) concerned, this technology should also be able to simplify the Host. Using data and strobe lines as a wake-notification and measuring the power consumption when the source is also very Low, it is because the core element waits for host based wakeup not require any external circuitry. ...
This awakening process has the advantage of a new way to achieve it does not require time measuring devices. Whether it is an oscillator, the capacitor discharge circuit, or other such known devices, the client This external device is no longer required to determine the start condition. When implementing controllers, counters, etc. When doing so save money and circuit area, thus saving the client device panel surface Plot. Although the host, the client may not be as beneficial as for, but it used for the core Ultra-high-density logic circuitry (VHDL) concerned, this technology should also be able to simplify the Host. Using data and strobe lines as a wake-notification and measuring the power consumption when the source is also very Low, it is because the core element waits for host based wakeup not require any external circuitry. ...
FIG. 68A shows the case where there is no competition host initiated wake typical office Examples of processing steps, which for convenience of description, but also letters A, B, C, D, E, F and G to mark said event. The process begins at point A, where the host to the client Send link close grouping machine equipment in order to inform it of the link will be transformed into low-power sleep State. In the next step, B point, the master flip (toggle) MDDI_Stb and sustained turn Turn about 64 cycles (depending on system design needs), in order to stop flip MDDI_Stb Before completion of the processing allows the client, the client device which stops the recovered clock. Main Machine initially put MDDI_Data0 set to logic 0 level, and then after the CRC, in 16 to 48 cycles range (typically comprises an output disable propagation delays) Disabled MDDI_Data0 output. This may require the CRC after 48 cycles, and for the next A stage (C) some time before, the client's MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb The high-speed receiver placed in a low power state. Close grouping of the link after the first 48 of the CRC A MDDI_Stb cycles after the rising edge at any time, the client will be its MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 and the high-speed receiver in sleep. Suggested that, in Link down after the first packet CRC 64 MDDI_Stb cycles before the rising edge, Clients and their MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb the high-speed receiver in sleep. ...
FIG. 68A shows the case where there is no competition host initiated wake typical office Examples of processing steps, which for convenience of description, but also letters A, B, C, D, E, F and G to mark said event. The process begins at point A, where the host to the client Send link close grouping machine equipment in order to inform it of the link will be transformed into low-power sleep State. In the next step, B point, the master flip (toggle) MDDI_Stb and sustained turn Turn about 64 cycles (depending on system design needs), in order to stop flip MDDI_Stb Before completion of the processing allows the client, the client device which stops the recovered clock. Main Machine initially put MDDI_Data0 set to logic 0 level, and then after the CRC, in 16 to 48 cycles range (typically comprises an output disable propagation delays) Disabled MDDI_Data0 output. This may require the CRC after 48 cycles, and for the next A stage (C) some time before, the client's MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb The high-speed receiver placed in a low power state. Close grouping of the link after the first 48 of the CRC A MDDI_Stb cycles after the rising edge at any time, the client will be its MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 and the high-speed receiver in sleep. Suggested that, in Link down after the first packet CRC 64 MDDI_Stb cycles before the rising edge, Clients and their MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb the high-speed receiver in sleep. ...
After a certain period of time, and the host by enabling MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb driver output started at point D link restart sequence. The host of the MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level, and the MDDI_Stb driven to logic 0 Flat, and its duration with the driver fully enable their respective output that should be occupied by the time As long. These output reaches the desired level after the logic, and the drive MMDI_Stb on the pulse, the host usually wait about 200 nanoseconds. Thus, the client Machine has time to prepare to receive.
After a certain period of time, and the host by enabling MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb driver output started at point D link restart sequence. The host of the MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level, and the MDDI_Stb driven to logic 0 Flat, and its duration with the driver fully enable their respective output that should be occupied by the time As long. These output reaches the desired level after the logic, and the drive MMDI_Stb on the pulse, the host usually wait about 200 nanoseconds. Thus, the client Machine has time to prepare to receive....
Figure 68B illustrates there is no competition in the case of a typical client at the start of the wake Examples of processing steps, which for convenience of description, but also letters A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I to mark said event. As mentioned above, the process begins at point A, The host sends the client link close grouping, informing it that the link will be transformed into low-power Rate state.
At point B, the host and the last flip flip MDDI_Stb 64 cycles (depending on the system Design needs), in order to allow complete stop before flipping MDDI_Stb client processes, This signal is used to stop the client device in a recovered clock. Host initially put MDDI_Data0 set to logic 0 level, and then after the CRC at 16-48 Cycles (including output disable propagation delays typically) range, disabling MDDI-Data0 Output. 48 after the CRC cycle, and in the next stage (C) of a previous , You need to put in the client MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 and high-speed receivers placed Low-power state.
MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb by disabling the host controller driver and set The low power sleep state, the host at the point C, or step C into a low-power sleep state State. Can also need to set the MDDI_Stb driver to a logic 0 level (using a high Impedance of the bias network) or set to continue turning during sleep. Also in the client Low power levels hibernation.
After a certain period of time, the client and by enabling MDDI_Stb Receiver Enable MDDI_Stb receiver in an offset, starting at point D link restart sequence, to Will ensure that the host before the opening of its MDDI_Stb drive, in the client received MDDI_Stb version of the state is a logic 0 level. If necessary, the client may need to Slightly ahead of the enabled receivers enable the offset (offset), in order to ensure that the received valid The differential signal and the error signal is prevented. Clients to enable MDDI_Data0 drives, with When the MDDI_Data0 line driven to a logic 1 level. If the start offset and standard MDDI_Data0 differential receiver time of 200 nanoseconds, you can also enable MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb. ...
After a certain period of time, the client and by enabling MDDI_Stb Receiver Enable MDDI_Stb receiver in an offset, starting at point D link restart sequence, to Will ensure that the host before the opening of its MDDI_Stb drive, in the client received MDDI_Stb version of the state is a logic 0 level. If necessary, the client may need to Slightly ahead of the enabled receivers enable the offset (offset), in order to ensure that the received valid The differential signal and the error signal is prevented. Clients to enable MDDI_Data0 drives, with When the MDDI_Data0 line driven to a logic 1 level. If the start offset and standard MDDI_Data0 differential receiver time of 200 nanoseconds, you can also enable MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb. ...
When the host drive is enabled and MDDI_Data0 is driven to a logic 1 level, MDDI_Stb output pulse on the host and lasted 150 MDDI_Stb cycle duration Room, such as point F in Fig. When the client identify MDDI_Stb the first pulse, It disables its MDDI_Stb receiver offset (offset). Clients continue to MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level and the last 70 MDDI_Stb cycles, and At point G disable its MDDI_Data0 drive. Clients continue to drive MDDI_Data0 Scroll to the logic 1 level and lasted 80 additional MDDI_Stb pulse, and in point H will MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic zero level.
% E5% A6% 82% E7% 82% B9G% E5% 92% 8CH% E5% A4% 84% E6% 89% 80% E7% A4% BA% EF% BC% 8C% E4% B8% BB% E6 % 9C% BA% E6% 8A% 8AMDDI_Data0% E9% A9% B1% E5% 8A% A8% E8% 87% B3% E9% 80% BB% E8% BE% 910% E7% 94% B5% E5% B9 % B3% E4% B8% 94% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E6% 8C% 81% E7% BB% AD50% E4% B8 % AA% E5% 91% A8% E6% 9C% 9F% EF% BC% 8C% E5% B9% B6% E4% B8% 94% E5% AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA % E5% 9C% A8MDDI_Data0% E5% A4% 84% E4% BA% 8E% E9% 80% BB% E8% BE% 910% E7% 94% B5% E5% B9% B3% E8% BE% BE40% 0A % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E4% B8% AAMDDI_Stb% E5% 91% A8% E6% 9C% 9F% E5% 90% 8E% EF % BC% 8C% E5% AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA% E5% BC% 80% E5% A7% 8B% E5% AF% BB% E6% 89% BE% E5% AD % 90% E5% B8% A7% E6% 8A% A5% E5% A4% B4% E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84% E3% 80% 82% E5% 9C% A8% E5% B0% 86MDDI_Stb % 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E9% A9% B1% E5% 8A% A8% E8% BE% BE50% E4% B8% AA % E5% 91% A8% E6% 9C% 9F% E5% 90% 8E% EF% BC% 8C% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E9% 80% 9A% E8% BF% 87% E5 % 8F% 91% E9% 80% 81% E5% AD% 90% E5% B8% A7% E6% 8A% A5% E5% A4% B4% E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84% E5% BC % 80% E5% A7% 8B% E5% 9C% A8% E6% AD% A3% E5% 90% 91% E9% 93% BE% E8% B7% AF% E4% B8% 8A% 0A% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E4% BC% A0% E8% BE% 93% E6% 95% B0% E6% 8D% AE% EF% BC% 8C % E5% A6% 82% E7% 82% B9I% E6% 89% 80% E7% A4% BA% E3% 80% 82
Figure 68C described in the having a from the client competition, but also is the customer machine is also hope-up calls Awake said link a typical host-initiated of the wake-up of the processing steps instance. In order to facilitate say That also uses the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I to mark said event. As mentioned earlier, said process at point A at the beginning, at this time the host to client machine equipment transmit chain Road closed group, in order to inform the client of the link will be converted to a low power state, and then into OK to point B, at point B MDDI_Stb be flipped and sustained flip approximately 64 cycles (or Those who according to the system design needs), in order to allows the by the client machine executed processing is complete, and then into Line to point C, at which said host by disabling MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb drive And put Host Controller placed in a low power dormant state come enter a low power dormant state. In some Time after paragraph, of said the host through the Enabling MDDI_Data0 and the MDDI_Stb driver output Lies in the point D began to link-restart the sequence, and began to flip the MDDI_Stb and the to make it sustained Flip 150 MDDI_Stb cycles duration, for example point E shown at. ...
Figure 68C described in the having a from the client competition, but also is the customer machine is also hope-up calls Awake said link a typical host-initiated of the wake-up of the processing steps instance. In order to facilitate say That also uses the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I to mark said event. As mentioned earlier, said process at point A at the beginning, at this time the host to client machine equipment transmit chain Road closed group, in order to inform the client of the link will be converted to a low power state, and then into OK to point B, at point B MDDI_Stb be flipped and sustained flip approximately 64 cycles (or Those who according to the system design needs), in order to allows the by the client machine executed processing is complete, and then into Line to point C, at which said host by disabling MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb drive And put Host Controller placed in a low power dormant state come enter a low power dormant state. In some Time after paragraph, of said the host through the Enabling MDDI_Data0 and the MDDI_Stb driver output Lies in the point D began to link-restart the sequence, and began to flip the MDDI_Stb and the to make it sustained Flip 150 MDDI_Stb cycles duration, for example point E shown at. ...
Host to MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic zero level and make it last 50 cycles, Such as point H shows, and the client in MDDI_Data0 at a logic 0 level reached 40 MDDI_Stb cycles long after the client started looking for sub-frame header packet. Host through Send sub-frame header packet begins on the forward link transmission of data, such as point I in Fig.
VI. Interface Electrical Specifications
In an exemplary embodiment, the use of the data strobe signal or DATA-STB Format of non-zero (NRZ) format data is encoded, so will the clock information embedding The data and strobe signals. The clock can be used without a complex PLL case be Recovery. Data from the two-way differential link load, which is typically done using a wireline cable to achieve , Of course, as described above can also use other leads, printed circuit or transmission components. Selected Communication No. (STB) is only driven by the master of unidirectional links are hosted on. Whenever there is back Back (back-to-back) state, 0 or 1, the data line or the signal to maintain a constant When the strobe will value Flip (0 or 1). ...
Figure 40 graphically shows how to use the DATA-STB (data - Strobe) Code Code to transmit such bit is "1110001011" data sequence instance. In Figure 40, DATA (DATA) signal 4002 shown in the signal timing diagram of the top row, and the STB (Strobe) 4004 signal displayed on the second line, in accordance with appropriate needs (common starting point) every two Are aligned. As time goes on, when the DATA line 4002 (signal) appears on the status of Is changed, then the STB line 4004 (signal) maintains the previous state, thus, DATA Signal of the first '1 'state of the STB signal, the first '0' state is its Starting values ​​are interrelated. However, if the DATA signal state level does not change, then What STB signal flip to the opposite state, i.e. in the present example for the '1 'state, as Figure 40 The DATA providing another '1 'as in the case. That is, each bit period in the DATA And STB between and only one change. Therefore, when the DATA signal stays at '1 ' When, STB signal is again changed, this time to '0 'and the DATA signal level change Becomes '0 ', STB to maintain this level. When the DATA signal remains at '1 ' STB signal flip to the opposite state, that in the current instance '1 ', as well as the DATA Signal change or remain level or value, STB signal hold or change, and so on. ...
Figure 40 graphically shows how to use the DATA-STB (data - Strobe) Code Code to transmit such bit is "1110001011" data sequence instance. In Figure 40, DATA (DATA) signal 4002 shown in the signal timing diagram of the top row, and the STB (Strobe) 4004 signal displayed on the second line, in accordance with appropriate needs (common starting point) every two Are aligned. As time goes on, when the DATA line 4002 (signal) appears on the status of Is changed, then the STB line 4004 (signal) maintains the previous state, thus, DATA Signal of the first '1 'state of the STB signal, the first '0' state is its Starting values ​​are interrelated. However, if the DATA signal state level does not change, then What STB signal flip to the opposite state, i.e. in the present example for the '1 'state, as Figure 40 The DATA providing another '1 'as in the case. That is, each bit period in the DATA And STB between and only one change. Therefore, when the DATA signal stays at '1 ' When, STB signal is again changed, this time to '0 'and the DATA signal level change Becomes '0 ', STB to maintain this level. When the DATA signal remains at '1 ' STB signal flip to the opposite state, that in the current instance '1 ', as well as the DATA Signal change or remain level or value, STB signal hold or change, and so on. ...
In Figure 41, the transmission section 4100 and is used to generate an intermediate signal path via 4102 Original DATA and STB signal transmission, and receiving section for receiving the signal and the restored 4120 Complex data. Shown in Figure 41, from the host to transfer data to the client, the DATA signal Enter the number of two D-type flip-flop circuit elements 4104 and 4106, and the input clock signal In order to trigger the circuit. Then, using two differential line driver 4108 and 4110 (electrical Voltage mode) of the two flip-flop output (Q) were divided into MDDI_Data0 +, MDDI_Data0-and MDDI_Stb +, MDDI_Stb-signal differential pair. Three inputs with or (XNOR) gate, circuit, or logic element 4112 is connected to receive the DATA and two The output of flip-flops, and generates the data input to the second flip-flop providing an output, It then generates said second flip-flop MDDI_Stb +, MDDI_Stb-signal. For convenience, In XNOR gate drew an inverting bubble so that it effectively so that the resulting strobe No. inverted Q output of flip-flop. ...
In Figure 41 the receiving portion 4120, consists of two differential line receiver 4122 and 4124 Receiving each of the MDDI_Data0 +, MDDI_Data0-and MDDI_Stb +, MDDI_Stb-signal differential line receiver according to the differential signal generation single-ended output. Then, Amplifier output is input to the two-input exclusive-OR (XOR) gate circuits or logic element 4126 Each input of said logic element for generating a clock signal 4126. Said clock signal Number is used to trigger the two D-type flip-flop circuits 4128 and 4130 in each one of said D Type flip-flop circuit is used by the delay element 4132 receives the delayed version of the DATA signal, One of said D type flip-flop (4128) generates data '0 'values ​​and the other (4130) Generate data '1 'values. The clock also has a separate output from the XOR logic. Since Clock information is assigned to the DATA and STB lines, so the signal transitions between states are Slower than half the clock rate. Since using the DATA and STB signal processing re-XOR Is clock, directly over a single dedicated data line to send the clock signal compared to the case System is actually allowed in the input data and the clock times between the amount of deviation. ...
MDDI data, MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-signal differential-mode station For, in order to maximize the negative impact of noise on the exemption. Each differential pair is Lee With the transmitted signal cable or wire characteristic impedance parallel termination (parallel terminated)'s. Typically, all of the parallel termination resistors reside on the client device. This approximates forward traffic (from the host to send data to the client) the differential receiver, but its The cable or other conductors or transfer elements for driving the end of the reverse traffic (from the client Sends data to the host machine). For reverse traffic signal driven by the client, by the host at the The high-impedance receiver is reflected, and terminated at the client. As mentioned elsewhere, the reverse data Or via the reverse link data is greater than the round trip delay of the cable data rate reciprocal Rate transmitted or sent. The MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-wire or signal only by the host Driven. ...
Figure 42 illustrates the present invention, part of the interface MDDI, can be used for Drive transmission signal, the receiver element and the terminal resistor exemplary configuration. This is shown Exemplary interface uses low voltage detection, and here is 200mV, with less than 1 volt voltage swing Amplitude and low power consumption. Each signal pair has a differential current driver output. When the receiver MDDI packet, the MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb on the use of conventional differential receiver Control and differential voltage threshold of zero volts. In sleep mode, the driver output is disabled and and United termination resistors on each of the signal voltage is pulled to zero volts. During sleep in MDDI_Data0 on a dedicated receiver has a positive offset input differential voltage 125mV Threshold, the threshold so that the receiver will not sleep line drive signal to logic zero is not explained Levels. ...
Figure 42 illustrates the present invention, part of the interface MDDI, can be used for Drive transmission signal, the receiver element and the terminal resistor exemplary configuration. This is shown Exemplary interface uses low voltage detection, and here is 200mV, with less than 1 volt voltage swing Amplitude and low power consumption. Each signal pair has a differential current driver output. When the receiver MDDI packet, the MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb on the use of conventional differential receiver Control and differential voltage threshold of zero volts. In sleep mode, the driver output is disabled and and United termination resistors on each of the signal voltage is pulled to zero volts. During sleep in MDDI_Data0 on a dedicated receiver has a positive offset input differential voltage 125mV Threshold, the threshold so that the receiver will not sleep line drive signal to logic zero is not explained Levels. ...
Sometimes the host or client simultaneously drive the differential pair to a logic 1 or logic 0 level Level, in order to ensure data flow direction is changed when (from the host to the client or from the client to the master Machine) on the differential pair valid logic level. Output voltage range and output specifications should still be Meet driven to the same logic level while the drive output. In some systems, you must also Small current drive to the termination of the differential pair to a specific time during sleep and link from Hugh Wake-sleep state is created when a small offset voltage. In these cases, the active offset current Offset drive current level expressed as: IESD-and-Rx-% E5% 86% 85% E9% 83% A8ESD% E4% BA% 8C% E6% 9E% 81% E7% AE% A1% E5% 92% 8C% E5% B7% AE% E5% 88% 86% E6% 8E% A5% E6% 94% B6% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E5% 99% A8% E8% BE% 93% E5% 85% A5% EF% BC% 8C% E5% 85% B6% E4% B8% ADIESD-and-Rx≤1μA;I Tx-Hi-Z- In the high-impedance state differential driver outputs, Where ITx-Hi-Z≤1μA;I external-ESD- Through external ESD protection diode leakage, which Usually Iexternal-ESD≤3μA。
Figure 47 shows the leakage current in each of. All leaks have occurred at the same time When the pull-up and pull-down circuitry must meet the above conditions, the worst case leakage smallest difference Point voltage. For no external ESD protection diode's internal model, the total leakage is ≤ 4μA, With external ESD protection for the external mode, the total leakage is ≤ 10μA.
Table VIIa-VIId described for an exemplary embodiment, the differential line driver and Line receiver electrical parameters and characteristics. In function, the drive will the logic inputs Level is directly transferred to the positive output terminal and the input terminal of the counter to the negative output legend End. From input to output delay and driven differentially differential line nicely match With. In most implementations, the output voltage swing on the swing is less than the input from And makes power consumption and electromagnetic radiation is minimized. In one embodiment, the minimum voltage swing of about As 0.5V. However, other values ​​are also available, as is known to those skilled in the Above, and the inventors consider that in some embodiments, depending on design constraints can also be A smaller value. ...
Table VIIa-VIId described for an exemplary embodiment, the differential line driver and Line receiver electrical parameters and characteristics. In function, the drive will the logic inputs Level is directly transferred to the positive output terminal and the input terminal of the counter to the negative output legend End. From input to output delay and driven differentially differential line nicely match With. In most implementations, the output voltage swing on the swing is less than the input from And makes power consumption and electromagnetic radiation is minimized. In one embodiment, the minimum voltage swing of about As 0.5V. However, other values ​​are also available, as is known to those skilled in the Above, and the inventors consider that in some embodiments, depending on design constraints can also be A smaller value. ...Enter+)-(V Enter-) Is greater than 0, then the output is a logic 1. It is used to describe Another way is to have a very large (virtually infinite) gain, the output clamped at logic 0 And a voltage level of the differential amplifier.
The delay deviation between different pairs should be minimized in order to operate at the highest speed difference Sub-transmission systems.
Table VIIa
Host Transmitter Electrical Specifications
Parameter Description Min Maximum Unit
  V output-range With respect to the allowed hosts Host driver output voltage range Enclose   0.35  1.60   V
  I OD+ Level corresponding to the logical drive 1 Differential Output High Current (when driving Mobile terminal transmission line)   2.5  4.5   mA
  I OD- Level corresponding to the logical drive 0 Differential Output Low Voltage (when driving Mobile terminal transmission line)   -4.5  -2.5   mA
  T Rise-Fall Measured in differential mode drive Actuator output fall time (in 20% and 80% amplitude between)   425 Note 1   psec
  T skew-pair The same positive and negative output differential pair Deviation between the (internal deviation)  125   psec
  T Differential-skew A differential pair and another differential Deviation for the delay between the peak See above   psec
  T A The intermediate intersection jitter, bit Border   0  T B-283   psec
  T B-TPO-DRVR Output level to the minimum jitter, Bit boundaries   0 See above   psec
Note 1: The maximum lifting time is either sent in a differential pair on one of the rooms Separated by 30%, either 100nsec, whichever is less.
Table VIIb
Clients transmitter electrical specifications
Parameter Description Min Maximum Unit
  V output-Range-Ext With respect to the allowed client Client Driver Output Pressure range (external mode)   0   1.25   V
  V output-Range-Int With respect to the allowed client Client Driver Output Pressure range (internal models)   0.35   1.60   V
  I OD+ 1 corresponding to the logical drive level Actuator differential output high voltage (when Driving the host and the client deposit In the pull-up and pull-down circuit Effective circuit)   2.5   4.5   mA
  I OD- 0 corresponding to the logical drive level Actuator differential output low voltage (when Driving the host and the client deposit In the pull-up and pull-down circuit Effective circuit)   -4.5   -2.5   mA
  T Rise-Fall Measured in differential mode drive Actuator output fall time (in 20% and 80% amplitude between)   425 Precautions Item 1   psec
  T skew-pair The same positive and negative output differential pair Deviation between the (internal deviation)   125   psec
  T Differential-skew A differential pair and another differential Deviation for the delay between the peak See above Surface   psec
  T A The intermediate intersection jitter, bit Border   0   T B-283   psec
  T B-TP4-DRVR Output level to the minimum jitter, Bit boundaries  0 See above Surface   psec
Note 1: The maximum lifting time is either sent in a differential pair on one of the rooms Separated by 30%, either 100nsec, whichever is less.
Table VIIc
Client Receiver Electrical Specifications
Parameter Description Least Value Typical Value Maximum Unit
  V IT+ Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage. Is higher than the differential voltage, The input signal is interpreted as a logic A level   0   50   mV
  V IT- Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold Voltage. The differential voltage below, The input signal is interpreted as a logic 0 level   -50   0   mV
  V IT+ Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage (offset calls for Sleep Wake) is higher than the differential voltage, The input signal is interpreted as a logic A level   125   175   mV
  V IT- Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold Voltage (offset calls for Sleep Wake) is less than the differential voltage, The input signal is interpreted as a logic 0 level   75   125   mV
  V Input-Range With respect to the allowed client Receiver input voltage range   0   1.65   V
  R term Parallel termination resistor value   98   100   102   Ω
  I in Drain current input   -10   10   μA
  C pad Pad capacitance to ground to the client (Note 1)   5   pF
  C diff The difference between the two signals on Capacitance (Note 1)   1   pF
  T skew-pair-INT The same differential pair differential receiver The difference between positive and negative inputs Receiver cause deviation (right Deviation from). Internal models   250   psec
  T skew-pair-EXT Internal deviation, external mode   50   psec
  T Differential-Skew A differential pair and another differential Deviation for the delay between the peak See above Surface
  T A The intermediate intersection jitter, Bit boundaries   T B-38.5   psec
  T B-TP4-RCVR-INT To the minimum output level of shaking Move, bit boundary (internal models)   0 See above Surface   psec
  T B-TP4-RCVR-EXT To the minimum output level of shaking Move, bit boundary (external mode)   0 See above Surface   psec
Table VIId
Master receiver electrical specifications
Parameter Description Least Value Typical Value Maximum Unit
  V IT+ Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage (no offset) is higher than the difference Of voltage, the input signal is interpreted A logic 1 level   0   50   mV
  V IT- Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold Voltage (no offset) is less than the difference Of voltage, the input signal is interpreted   -50   0   mV
A logic 0 level
  V IT+ Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage (hibernation wake offset) Is higher than the differential voltage, the input signal Number is interpreted as a logic one level   125   175   mV
  V IT- Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold Voltage (hibernation wake offset) The differential voltage is lower than, the input signal Number is interpreted as a logic 0 level   75   125   mV
  V Input-Range With respect to the allowed hosts Receiver input voltage range   0   1.65   V
  I in Input drain current (exclude Hugh Sleep bias)   -10   10   μA
  C pad Capacitance to ground pad to the host   5   pF
  C diff The difference between the two signals on Capacitance   1   pF
  T skew-pair The same differential pair differential receiver The negative input of the differential ask Deviations caused by the receiver (internal Deviation)   250   psec
  T skew-pair-EXT Internal deviation, external mode   50   psec
  T A The intermediate intersection jitter, bit Border   T B-38.5   psec
  T B-TPO-RCVR-INT Output level to the minimum jitter, Bit boundary (external mode) See above Surface   psec
  T B-TPO-RCVR-EXT Output level to the minimum jitter, Bit boundary (external mode) See above Surface   psec
In Figure 42, the host controller 4202 and a client or display controller 4204 Transport packets via a communication link 4206. Host controller uses a series of three drives Be 4210,4212, and 4214 to receive the host DATA and STB transmitted signal, and Receiving client data to be transmitted signal, while the client uses three drives 4230,4232 And 4234. Charge transfer drive host DATA (4212) using the enable signal input End so that usually only when you need to transfer from the host to the client, it allows active communication link Road. Since the STB signal is transmitted as part of the data is formed, so for the Drive (4212) in terms of additional enable signal is not used. DATA and STB clients The receiver (4132,4230) of each of the drive inputs have respectively jumper (pace accross) on which the terminating impedance or resistance 4218 and 4220. The controller client Driver 4234 for preparing transferred from the client to the host data signal, wherein the input side 4214 driver to process the data. ...
In Figure 42, the host controller 4202 and a client or display controller 4204 Transport packets via a communication link 4206. Host controller uses a series of three drives Be 4210,4212, and 4214 to receive the host DATA and STB transmitted signal, and Receiving client data to be transmitted signal, while the client uses three drives 4230,4232 And 4234. Charge transfer drive host DATA (4212) using the enable signal input End so that usually only when you need to transfer from the host to the client, it allows active communication link Road. Since the STB signal is transmitted as part of the data is formed, so for the Drive (4212) in terms of additional enable signal is not used. DATA and STB clients The receiver (4132,4230) of each of the drive inputs have respectively jumper (pace accross) on which the terminating impedance or resistance 4218 and 4220. The controller client Driver 4234 for preparing transferred from the client to the host data signal, wherein the input side 4214 driver to process the data. ...
Impedance of the driver and as a discrete component or as a part of the circuit module Points to form, or as application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) to form, the dedicated integrated circuit More cost-effective way as the encoder or decoder solution.
You can easily see: Using labeled HOST_Pwr and HOST_Gnd signal Via a pair of wires from the host device to the client device or the monitor transmit power. Signal HOST_Gnd part acts as a reference to the client device and the power or signal return path. HOST_Pwr signal acts as a client device's power, the power from the host device driver. In Exemplary configuration, for low power applications, the client device is allowed to use up to 500mA. HOST_Pwr from portable power supply signals, such as but not limited to, Reside on the host device type lithium-ion battery or the battery pack, and the relative HOST_Gnd in the 3.2 to 4.3 volt range. ...
You can easily see: Using labeled HOST_Pwr and HOST_Gnd signal Via a pair of wires from the host device to the client device or the monitor transmit power. Signal HOST_Gnd part acts as a reference to the client device and the power or signal return path. HOST_Pwr signal acts as a client device's power, the power from the host device driver. In Exemplary configuration, for low power applications, the client device is allowed to use up to 500mA. HOST_Pwr from portable power supply signals, such as but not limited to, Reside on the host device type lithium-ion battery or the battery pack, and the relative HOST_Gnd in the 3.2 to 4.3 volt range. ...
A. Overview
Figure 43a, 43b and 43c respectively showing the steps and the signal level from the host or client Used in order to go to sleep (do not ask, expectations or in need of services) and for the client to obtain From the host service. In Figure 43a, 43b and 43c, there is shown the first part of the signal Shows a close link sent from the host group, and then use the data to a high-impedance bias circuit Line driven to a logic 0 state. Its drive has been disabled client or the host does not send the number of Data. Since the link down grouping during MDDI_Stb is active, so it can be at the bottom See MDDI_Stb signal lines in a series of strobe. When the host of the bias circuit and logic Logical drive to zero, once the end of the packet, the logic level becomes 0. This generation of Table final signal transferred from the host or from the host end of the service, and this may occur At any time in the past, and this is shown to be included in order to suspend services as well as in service prior Before the start of the signal state. If desired, such a signal can be sent just to Reset the communication link to the proper state without a host device has been reviewed by the The 'known' First communication. ...
As shown in Figure 43a, and closed for the link group as discussed above, in the low Power sleep mode, turn off the link packet fields of all zeros after the first of the last one 16 to 48 MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse start, MDDI_Data0 drive Is disabled and enters a high impedance state. For Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 link, in MDDI_Data0 drive is disabled while, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7 Signals are also placed in a high impedance state. In the all-zero field have been described in the definition of the link Turn off the MSB of the CRC field of the packet after 64 cycles (or, depending on system design Had hoped), MDDI_Stb flip, allowing the client to complete processing and customer Client orderly shutdown of the controller. A cycle is a low to high transition, followed by a High-to-low transition times, or a high-to-low transition, followed by a low to high transition. Send all zeros in the field, the host of the drive has been disabled MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb , The host enters a low-power sleep state. Over time, enable MDDI_Data0 And MDDI_Stb line or drive output, the host began shown in Figure 43b and 43c chain Lu reboot sequence, and start flipping MDDI_Stb, as a host or client-initiated wakeup Part of the request. ...
As shown in Figure 43a, and closed for the link group as discussed above, in the low Power sleep mode, turn off the link packet fields of all zeros after the first of the last one 16 to 48 MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse start, MDDI_Data0 drive Is disabled and enters a high impedance state. For Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 link, in MDDI_Data0 drive is disabled while, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7 Signals are also placed in a high impedance state. In the all-zero field have been described in the definition of the link Turn off the MSB of the CRC field of the packet after 64 cycles (or, depending on system design Had hoped), MDDI_Stb flip, allowing the client to complete processing and customer Client orderly shutdown of the controller. A cycle is a low to high transition, followed by a High-to-low transition times, or a high-to-low transition, followed by a low to high transition. Send all zeros in the field, the host of the drive has been disabled MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb , The host enters a low-power sleep state. Over time, enable MDDI_Data0 And MDDI_Stb line or drive output, the host began shown in Figure 43b and 43c chain Lu reboot sequence, and start flipping MDDI_Stb, as a host or client-initiated wakeup Part of the request. ...stb-data-enb1, Start the service, or wake up from hibernation, during this time , The line is driven to a logic zero level until it is fully enabled and then enable it MDDI_Data0 drive so far. In MDDI_Data0 achieve a high level or logic 1 after (after Over the time period tclient-startupOccurs), the host will MDDI_Stb remain at logic zero level. In Time period tclient-startupEnd, the master flip MDDI_Stb signal or line. In the period trestart-high, The host will MDDI_Data0 line driven high, that is the logic 1 level, while The client does not drive MDDI_Data0, and then, in the period trestart-lowWithin the MDDI_Data0 line is driven low, the logic zero level. Thereafter, the first prior to the business and Sub-frame header packet to start with, then, prior to transmission to the business group. At time trestart-towAnd subsequent sub-frame header packet period, MDDI_Stb signal is active.
As shown in Figure 43c, used for MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver output The case where the signal is disabled after a period of time, by the host to enable its MDDI_Stb in the period before the drive tstb-data-enb1MDDI_Stb receiver is enabled within Offset or output signal, the client issues a service request or wake up from sleep. Then, off Enable client drive its MDDI_Data0 duration period thost-detectIn this period, Host starts MDDI_Stb before flipping, the line is driven to a logic zero level.
The host detects the request, may be required after a certain amount of time or , The period of time is expressed as "thost-detect"Thereafter, the host will remain at logic MDDI_Stb Logic zero level of time period tstb-startupTo make a response, then, the host time period trestart-highWithin MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 or high, which began with a link startup sequence Flip MDDI_Stb. When the client discovered MDDI_Stb a first pulse, it disables Its MDDI_Stb receiver offsets. Clients continue to be driven to logic MDDI_Data0 Logic 1 level or time period tclient-detectUntil it detects the host driving the line so far. In At this moment, the client is no longer maintained (de-assert) the request and disable its MDDI_Data0 drives, so the output from the client also entered 0 logic level, the main Driver MDDI_Data0. As described above, the time period "trestart-high", The host continues The MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic '1 'level, then, the host of the MDDI_Data0 Line drivers to low and continue to "trestart-low"Time slot, then, the first forward traffic in Sub Frame header packet begins. In trestart-lowTime period and the subsequent sub-frame header packet during MDDI_Stb signal is in the active state.
Table VIII shows the above-mentioned period of time represents the length of time or the processing time period, And examples of the minimum and maximum data rate between, wherein:
t bit = 1 Link _ Data _ Rate , Link_Data_Rate where a single data bit rate.
Table VIII
Parameter Description Least Value Typical values Maximum Unit
  1/t BIT-min-perf Low data rate link performance of the device Rate     0.001     1.1       Mbps  
    1/t BIT-max-perf   External device maximum link data rate Rate range     0.001       400       Mbps  
    1/t BIT-max-perf   Link data within the device's maximum speed Rate range     0.001       550       Mbps  
Reverse link data rate   0.0005   50   Mbps
    t BIT   External mode, the forward link data bits Cycle     2.5       10 6       nsec  
    t BIT   Internal mode, the forward link data bits Cycle     1.8       10 6       nsec  
    t restart-high   Host Link restart high pulse period     140       150       160   Stb Clock
    t restart-low   Host Link restart low pulse period     50       50       50   Stb Clock
    t stb-data-enabl   MDDI_Stb fully enabled to The link is enabled MDDI_Data0 Restart sequence     0   Microseconds
      t client-startup   MDDI_Data0 reach logical host After the series remain high MDDI_Stb at logic 0 level when Between     200     Ns
    t host-detect   From high to MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb flip time     0       1000   Microseconds
    t client-detect   Client Detection MDDI_Data0 as Logic high performance equipment of the time     60       80   stb Clock
  t stb-startup   Flip the host starts MDDI_Stb MDDI_Stb maintained until a logic 0 Level time     100   Ns
The skilled person will easily understand, Figures 41 and 42 illustrate the various components in The functions are well known, and by Fig 43a, 43b, and 43c are recognized in the timing diagram Functional components in Figure 42. Shown in the Figure 42 in series resistance of the termination resistors and sleep Details are omitted from Figure 41, this is because to describe how to perform the data - Strobe encoding and the root According to which the recovered clock, the said information is unnecessary.
B. Data - Strobe Timing forward link
Table IX-1 is shown in a forward link from the host driver output terminal to transmit data Switching characteristics. Table IX tabular form some of the control signal transitions occur typical time to Out the required minimum and maximum values. For example, from the data values ​​('0 'or '1' output A) shift the start to the end (called ttdd-(host-output)The Data0 to Data0 change) The typical length of time ttbit, While the minimum time is about ttbit-0.5 Ns, the maximum time About ttbit0.5 nanoseconds. Illustrated in Figure 44 Data0, other data lines (DataX), and Strobe lines (Stb) on the relative spacing between the transition, there is shown a Data0 to choose Through the strobe to strobe, strobe to Data0, Data0 to non-Data0, non-Data0 to the non- Data0, non-Data0 to strobe and strobe to the non-Data0 transition interval, respectively, said Is ttds-(host-output)、t tss-(host-output)、t tsd-(host-output)、t tddx-(host-output)、t tdxdx-(host-output)、 t tdxs-(host-output)And ttsdx-(host-output)
Table IX-1
Parameter Description Min Typical values Maximum Unit
  t tdd-(host-output) Data0 to change Data0   t tbit-0.5   t tbit   t tbit+0.5 Ns
  t tds-(host-output) Strobe Data0 to change   t tbit-0.8   t tbit   t tbit+0.8 Ns
  t tss-(host-output) Gated to wash through the transition   t tbit-0.5   t tbit   t tbit+0.5 Ns
  t tsd-(host-output) Strobe Data0 transition to   t tbit-0.8   t tbit   t tbit+0.8 Ns
  t tddx-(host-output) Data0 transition to a non-Data0   t tbit Ns
  t tdxdx-(host-output) Non Data0 transition to a non-Data0   t tbit-0.5   t tbit   t tbit+0.5 Ns
  t tdxs-(host-output) Gated shift to non-Data0   t tbit Ns
  t tsdx-(host-output) Strobe Data0 transition to a non-   t tbit Ns
Table IX-2 is shown on the forward link for the transmission of the same signal received by the client Typical MDDI input timing requirements. As discussed in addition to the time that the phase delays. The same signal, so no new drawings to illustrate the signal characteristics of each mark, or Significance, as will be understood by the skilled person as.
Table IX-2
Parameter Description Min Typical values Maximum Unit
  t tdd-(display-input) Data0 to change Data0   t tbit-1.0   t tbit   t tbit+1.0 Ns
  t tds-(display-input) Strobe Data0 to change   t tbit-1.5   t tbit   t tbit+1.5 Ns
  t tss-(display-input) Strobe Strobe to change   t tbit-1.0   t tbit   t tbit+1.0 Ns
  t tsd-(display-input) Strobe Data0 transition to   t tbit-1.5   t tbit   t tbit+1.5 Ns
  t tddx-(host-output) Data0 transition to a non-Data0   t tbit Ns
  t tdxdx-(host-output) Non Data0 transition to a non-Data0   t tbit Ns
  t tdxs-(host-output) Gated shift to non-Data0   t tbit Ns
  t tsdx-(host-output) Strobe Data0 transition to a non-   t tbit Ns
Figures 45 and 46 illustrate, respectively, when the host to disable or enable the master drive exists as a response Delay. The host sends some packets circumstances, such as the reverse link encapsulation packet or The round trip delay measurement packet, the packet is transmitted in the desired host after disabling said line Drives, for example, the desired packet illustrated in Figure 45 has the parameters transmitted CRC, Strobe aligned and grouped all zeros. However, as shown in Fig.45, the state of the line does not have to Instantly from '0 'to switch to the desired high value, although this is the use of some existing control or Circuit elements can be achieved, but to go through is called the host driver disable delay period The time period to respond. Although this switch in fact be carried out immediately, so that this The length of time is 0 ns (nsec), but it can also be easily extended longer Of the cycle, that is, as the length of the maximum period required 10 ns, which is the guard time 1 Or turn to a group conducted during the period. ...
Figures 45 and 46 illustrate, respectively, when the host to disable or enable the master drive exists as a response Delay. The host sends some packets circumstances, such as the reverse link encapsulation packet or The round trip delay measurement packet, the packet is transmitted in the desired host after disabling said line Drives, for example, the desired packet illustrated in Figure 45 has the parameters transmitted CRC, Strobe aligned and grouped all zeros. However, as shown in Fig.45, the state of the line does not have to Instantly from '0 'to switch to the desired high value, although this is the use of some existing control or Circuit elements can be achieved, but to go through is called the host driver disable delay period The time period to respond. Although this switch in fact be carried out immediately, so that this The length of time is 0 ns (nsec), but it can also be easily extended longer Of the cycle, that is, as the length of the maximum period required 10 ns, which is the guard time 1 Or turn to a group conducted during the period. ...
Client device drivers and signal transmission similar process occurs, where the client computer For the monitor. The following Table X shows the length of these periods, and its general guidelines Their respective relationships.
Table X
Description Min Maximum Unit
Host driver disable delay   0   10 Ns
Host driver enable delay   0   2.0 Ns
Display driver disable delay   0   10 Ns
Display driver enable delay   0   2.0 Ns
C. host and client output enable and disable times
Figure 48 shows the reverse link encapsulation packet with respect to the structure and the period of the host and guest Client output enable and disable times or switching operation characteristics and relative timing relationships. Drive Standard output functions or operations as follows: thost-enable, On behalf of the host output enable time; thost-disable, Representative Host Output disable time; tclient-enable, On behalf of the client output enable time; tclient-disable, On behalf of the client output disable time. Discussed below, a typical specific signal transformation Time. Minimum period of these operations will be 0 ns, typical values ​​are based on use or maximum The system interface is determined, the order of nanoseconds may be 8 or more.
The following Table XI shows these cycles (host and client enable / disable time) of The general relationship between the length of their respective guidelines.
Parameter Description Min Typical values Maximum Unit
  t host-enable Host Output Enable Time   0   24·t BIT Ns
  t host-disable Host Output disable time Turning a field length   0   24·t BIT Ns
  t client-enable Client output enabled Between turning a field full Long   0   24·t BIT Ns
 t client-disable The last two fields from the steering Bit ends measuring client Output disable time  0   24·t BIT Ns
VIII. Link Control (link controller operation) is implemented
A. packet processor state machine
MDDI link via a packet transmitted or more typically at about the speed of 300Mbps Rates such as 400Mbps, is transmitted very quickly, of course, when required certainly can support Holding at a slower rate. For now you can buy the (economic) general purpose microprocessors, etc. Run, this type of bus or transfer link speed is too high even impossible to control. Accordingly, Used to implement this type of signal transmission is the use of the actual implementation programmable state Machines to parse the input packet stream to be transferred or redirected to produce them should go to the suitability When the audio - video subsystem grouping. Such devices are known in the art, and specifically the usual For a limited number of operations, functions, or the state of the circuit in order to achieve the desired speed Degrees or ultra-high-speed operation. ...
Can be universal controller, processor or processing elements is used more appropriately act on or Manipulates a lower speed requirements of certain information, such as control or status packets. Receive Those packets (control, status, or other pre-defined packets), the state machine should allow them Via the data buffer is transmitted to the processing element or the like general-purpose processors, which are capable of Operating said packet in order to provide the desired result (effect) while the audio and visual points Group is transferred to its proper destination for action. If in the future, created by micro-processing Control or other general purpose controllers, processors, or processing elements to achieve higher data rates Processing power, you can also use this device's software control to achieve the following discussion State or a state machine, such as the devices are usually stored in the memory element or medium Procedures. ...
In some embodiments, the general purpose processor function can use the processing power or more To achieve the rest of the cycle, the processing capability or an extra cycle of the application from the computer The microprocessor (CPU) or controller, processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), Dedicated circuit or a wireless device in an ASIC been found, its implementation in a manner very similar to the Some modems or the image processor in the use of computer CPU processing found in Ability to perform certain functions and reduce hardware complexity and costs. However, this week Or use of the shared processing speed will, the timing or the overall operation of such elements to bring Negative effects, so in many applications, dedicated circuits or elements better suited to this general office Management. ...
To be able to display (micro-display) viewed on the image data, or to reliably Receives all packets sent by the host device, the client signal processing and forward link through Road timing synchronization. That is, clients and customers to reach a signal circuitry in time base The last to be synchronized in order to properly perform signal processing. Illustrated in Figure 49 this can be achieved with The signal processing steps or step method to achieve high-level state diagram. 49 is shown in FIG. For the state machine 4900 may forward link synchronization "Status" is classified as a "asynchronous Frame Status "4904, two" acquire synchronization state "4902 and 4906, and three" Synchronization In the state, "4908,4910 and 4912. ...
As 4902 began steps or state shown in rendering device such as a display or the like By client machine to preselect the "non-synchronous (no sync)" state, the search and the detected The first sub-frame header packet in a unique word. It should be noted that this non-synchronized state that selection Type 1 interface or set a minimum communication "back (fall-back)" setting. When Found during the search of the unique words, the client saved subframe length field. In addressing this CRC bits first frame does not verify, or until you get up before synchronization check. As If this sub-frame length is zero, then sync process therefore proceeds to state 4904, Here marked "asynchronous frame (async frame)" state, which indicates that the same has not been achieved Step. In Figure 49, in this step of the process is marked as having cond3, or condition 3. Also, if the frame length is greater than zero, then the sync state processing proceeds to a state 4906, the The interface status is set to "find a sync frame." In Figure 49, the process of this A step marked as having cond5, or conditions 5. In addition, if the frame is longer than Frame zero, the state machine that determines a frame header packet and good CRC, then at Processing proceeds to the "found one sync frame" state. In Figure 49, the mark to meet cond 6, or conditions 6. ...
As 4902 began steps or state shown in rendering device such as a display or the like By client machine to preselect the "non-synchronous (no sync)" state, the search and the detected The first sub-frame header packet in a unique word. It should be noted that this non-synchronized state that selection Type 1 interface or set a minimum communication "back (fall-back)" setting. When Found during the search of the unique words, the client saved subframe length field. In addressing this CRC bits first frame does not verify, or until you get up before synchronization check. As If this sub-frame length is zero, then sync process therefore proceeds to state 4904, Here marked "asynchronous frame (async frame)" state, which indicates that the same has not been achieved Step. In Figure 49, in this step of the process is marked as having cond3, or condition 3. Also, if the frame length is greater than zero, then the sync state processing proceeds to a state 4906, the The interface status is set to "find a sync frame." In Figure 49, the process of this A step marked as having cond5, or conditions 5. In addition, if the frame is longer than Frame zero, the state machine that determines a frame header packet and good CRC, then at Processing proceeds to the "found one sync frame" state. In Figure 49, the mark to meet cond 6, or conditions 6. ...
B. obtain time synchronization
The interface can be configured to determine the specific amount allowed before loss of synchronization of the "same Step Error ", and returns to the" non-synchronized frames "state in Figure 49, once the state machine has Been reached "Synchronization Status" and no errors are found, then it will continuously encounter cond1 Results, and remains in the "sync" state. However, upon detecting a cond2 A result, the processing procedure of the state changes to "a synchronization error (one-sync-error)" Status 4910. At this moment, if another process detects cond1 results, that What state machine returns to the "Sync" state, otherwise it encounters another cond2 results And moved to the "two synchronous error" state 4912. In addition, if cond1 occurs, So deal with the state machine returns to the "Sync" state. Otherwise, met another cond2, And the state machine returns to the "non-synchronous" state. Also be appreciated that, if the interface encounter "Link closed group", then this will make the link terminates data transmission and return to the "extraordinary Step frames "state, as nothing can synchronize like, in the state shown in Figure 49 In the figure, will be referred to conform cond4. ...
The interface can be configured to determine the specific amount allowed before loss of synchronization of the "same Step Error ", and returns to the" non-synchronized frames "state in Figure 49, once the state machine has Been reached "Synchronization Status" and no errors are found, then it will continuously encounter cond1 Results, and remains in the "sync" state. However, upon detecting a cond2 A result, the processing procedure of the state changes to "a synchronization error (one-sync-error)" Status 4910. At this moment, if another process detects cond1 results, that What state machine returns to the "Sync" state, otherwise it encounters another cond2 results And moved to the "two synchronous error" state 4912. In addition, if cond1 occurs, So deal with the state machine returns to the "Sync" state. Otherwise, met another cond2, And the state machine returns to the "non-synchronous" state. Also be appreciated that, if the interface encounter "Link closed group", then this will make the link terminates data transmission and return to the "extraordinary Step frames "state, as nothing can synchronize like, in the state shown in Figure 49 In the figure, will be referred to conform cond4. ...
Sub-frame header packet of the sub-frame length can be set to zero to indicate that the link is connected Closed, and the MDD interface settings configured in idle or sleep state, the host Transmit only one sub-frame. In this case, the client detects the sub-frame header packet after Must immediately receive packets via a forward link, because the link is in transition to the idle state Before sending only one sub-frame. In normal or typical operations, the sub-frame length is non-zero , And clients deal only with the forward link packet, while the interface is in the system in Figure 49 A display to "sync" state those states. ...
Sub-frame header packet of the sub-frame length can be set to zero to indicate that the link is connected Closed, and the MDD interface settings configured in idle or sleep state, the host Transmit only one sub-frame. In this case, the client detects the sub-frame header packet after Must immediately receive packets via a forward link, because the link is in transition to the idle state Before sending only one sub-frame. In normal or typical operations, the sub-frame length is non-zero , And clients deal only with the forward link packet, while the interface is in the system in Figure 49 A display to "sync" state those states. ...
To one or more embodiments, the recommended or understood, MDDI host Some additional steps should be performed to ensure that it stops forward link transmission into the low-power Mode or fully closed before the link MDDI reverse link is stable.
Such a question may arise: If the host uses the round trip delay measurement Value is incorrect, this may cause the back from the client receives all reverse the loss of data transmission Lost, even if the forward link appears to be good. When a client is not synchronized with the forward link, the Or, due to extreme changes in ambient temperature cause differential driver and receiver propagation delay Produce correspondingly large changes may affect the round trip delay, if the host sends the round trip delay measurement Volume group, this phenomenon occurs. Intermittent cable or connector contact failure may also So that the client is temporarily out of sync and then was re-synchronization, in the meantime, it may not receive Round trip delay measurement packet. Subsequent reverse link packet can not be properly host solution Yards. ...
Such a question may arise: If the host uses the round trip delay measurement Value is incorrect, this may cause the back from the client receives all reverse the loss of data transmission Lost, even if the forward link appears to be good. When a client is not synchronized with the forward link, the Or, due to extreme changes in ambient temperature cause differential driver and receiver propagation delay Produce correspondingly large changes may affect the round trip delay, if the host sends the round trip delay measurement Volume group, this phenomenon occurs. Intermittent cable or connector contact failure may also So that the client is temporarily out of sync and then was re-synchronization, in the meantime, it may not receive Round trip delay measurement packet. Subsequent reverse link packet can not be properly host solution Yards. ...
Can be used to overcome these problems, a technique or embodiments is: the link in Sleep State before the host to ensure that the client and the forward link synchronization. If MDDI host can not To do this, or no such opportunity, for example, when it is empty or because the working Appears cables, conductors or connectors apart, disconnected or broken connections caused by link interruption or failure, Then, the host at the beginning of the round trip delay measurement process or transmit reverse link encapsulation grouping Former should first try to make sure the client is synchronized.
The host can observe the client sends the client request and the status of the CRC error packets Error count field, to determine the forward link integrity. Host requests the packet from the client. However, if there is a major link failure or disruption, this request will most likely not respond, Because the client can not correctly decode the packet, or may simply not be able to receive It. Using reverse link encapsulation packet sent to client requests and status packet for CRC Error count as the first integrity check requests, equivalent to the first spin. In addition, the main Machine can send a round trip delay measurement packet to confirm about the client to lose synchronization The assumption is valid. If the client does not make a round trip delay measurement packet response The host can draw conclusions out of sync client, then you can start to make it back in sync Treatment. ...
Once the host derived host could lose synchronization with the forward link conclusion it in the test Figure filler packets sent before any grouping except wait until the next sub-frame header. This The purpose of doing so, so that the client has enough time to detect or find a sub-frame header packet Contains a unique word. Thereafter, the host may assume that the client has reset itself since It is not found in the correct position unique word. At this moment, the host can be sub-frame header points Group, followed by a round trip delay measurement packet. If the client is still on the round trip delay Late measurement packet to make the right response, the host can repeat the resynchronization process. Correct Response, the client packet round trip delay measurements, the specified sequence back to the main Machine. If you do not receive the sequence, the receiving reverse link encapsulation packet data will be lost in the reverse Defeated. The continued failure of this nature may indicate that some of the other system errors, which must otherwise Resolved, so at this time is not a part of link synchronization. ...
Once the host derived host could lose synchronization with the forward link conclusion it in the test Figure filler packets sent before any grouping except wait until the next sub-frame header. This The purpose of doing so, so that the client has enough time to detect or find a sub-frame header packet Contains a unique word. Thereafter, the host may assume that the client has reset itself since It is not found in the correct position unique word. At this moment, the host can be sub-frame header points Group, followed by a round trip delay measurement packet. If the client is still on the round trip delay Late measurement packet to make the right response, the host can repeat the resynchronization process. Correct Response, the client packet round trip delay measurements, the specified sequence back to the main Machine. If you do not receive the sequence, the receiving reverse link encapsulation packet data will be lost in the reverse Defeated. The continued failure of this nature may indicate that some of the other system errors, which must otherwise Resolved, so at this time is not a part of link synchronization. ...
In the MDDI link into hibernation, the host should perform the above link Fault detection and link re-synchronization procedure. This can usually be sure that the link is to restart later Is executed when the round trip delay measurement packet is successful. If the host is no reason to doubt the chain Lu fault, and the client reported on the reverse link encapsulation packet and zero forward link CRC Wrong correct response, then the host can assume that everything is working or functioning properly (for example, No link failures), and continue to power down / sleep process.
% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E5% 8F% AF% E4% BB% A5% E6% B5% 8B% E8% AF% 95% E5% 90% 8C% E6% AD% A5% E7 % 9A% 84% E5% 8F% A6% E4% B8% 80% E7% A7% 8D% E6% 96% B9% E5% BC% 8F% E6% 98% AF% EF% BC% 9A% E8% AE % A9% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E5% 8F% 91% E9% 80% 81% E5% BE% 80% E8% BF% 94% E8% A1% 8C% E7% A8% 8B % E5% BB% B6% E8% BF% 9F% E6% B5% 8B% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E9% 87% 8F % E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84% EF% BC% 8C% E5% B9% B6% E7% A1% AE% E8% AE% A4% E6% 9D% A5% E8% 87% AA% E5 % AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA% E7% 9A% 84% E6% AD% A3% E7% A1% AE% E5% 93% 8D% E5% BA% 94% E3% 80 % 82% E5% A6% 82% E6% 9E% 9C% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E6% 94% B6% E5% 88% B0% E6% AD% A3% E7% A1% AE % E7% 9A% 84% E5% 93% 8D% E5% BA% 94% EF% BC% 8C% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20 % E5% 88% 99% E5% 8F% AF% E4% BB% A5% E5% 90% 88% E7% 90% 86% E5% 9C% B0% E5% 81% 87% E5% AE% 9A% EF % BC% 8C% E5% AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA% E6% AD% A3% E5% 9C% A8% E6% 88% 90% E5% 8A% 9F% E5% 9C % B0% E8% A7% A3% E9% 87% 8A% E5% 89% 8D% E5% 90% 91% E9% 93% BE% E8% B7% AF% E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84 % E3% 80% 82
C. Initialization
As mentioned earlier, in the "Start", the host configuration for the forward link below the minimum to Seek or need to 1Mbps data rate, or rate of work on this, and For a given application is properly configured subframe length and medium frame rate. That is, the positive and negative chain Road use Type 1 interface to start working. When the host determine the client monitor (or other Type of client device) the ability or the required configuration, usually just temporary use These parameters. Said host computer via a forward link transmission or a transmission sub-frame header packet, then Followed by a reverse link encapsulation packet, the packet is the request flag bit is '0 'is set to value of one (1), to request the display or client capability packet to the client in response. Once the display Indicator in (or with) the forward link synchronization is acquired, it is through the reverse link or channel Send the client and the client requests ability grouping and status groupings. ...
As mentioned earlier, in the "Start", the host configuration for the forward link below the minimum to Seek or need to 1Mbps data rate, or rate of work on this, and For a given application is properly configured subframe length and medium frame rate. That is, the positive and negative chain Road use Type 1 interface to start working. When the host determine the client monitor (or other Type of client device) the ability or the required configuration, usually just temporary use These parameters. Said host computer via a forward link transmission or a transmission sub-frame header packet, then Followed by a reverse link encapsulation packet, the packet is the request flag bit is '0 'is set to value of one (1), to request the display or client capability packet to the client in response. Once the display Indicator in (or with) the forward link synchronization is acquired, it is through the reverse link or channel Send the client and the client requests ability grouping and status groupings. ...
In internal mode, the host can know in advance the client parameter without receiving passengers Client ability grouping. Can follow the link to the host and client can work in any data rate Rate restart. In many embodiments, a system designer may select the best achievable High data rate to initiate a link, to speed up the data transfer, but this is not necessary, and And in many cases do not need to use this method. For internal mode operation, in Restart from hibernation link use during strobe frequency rate usually associated with the expected Consistent.
D.CRC processing
For all packet types, packet processor state machine to ensure that the CRC is being Appropriate or proper control. When detecting CRC compare to generate one or more errors, CRC error counter is also increased, and in the sub-frame being processed at the beginning of each of said reset CRC counter.
E. Optional lose synchronization check
While the above series of steps or a state capable of generating higher data rate or throughput speed Degrees, but the applicant has been found: You can also use other alternative settings or conditions change Variable to effectively achieve even higher data rates or throughput, in which the client uses this These conditions are declared out of sync with the host. The new embodiment of the present invention has the same basic structure Structure, but change state conditions have changed. In addition, in order to achieve a new counter Help for sub-frame synchronization checks. Figure 63 shows with respect to the steps and conditions, the figure Shows a method for establishing the operation of the state machine or a series of states and conditions. In order to clear Chu, shows only "access synchronization state" and the "synchronization state" section. Further, since the The resulting state of the state machine itself is basically the same, they use the same encoding Number. However, changing the states (and the state machine operation) the conditions somewhat changed, therefore Of the two graphs are clear, all renumber (1,2,3,4,5 and 6 with respect to 61,62,63,64, and 65), in order to identify the differences. Since this discussion does not consider Consider the asynchronous frame state, so in this figure there is a state (4904) and the condition (6) is not Re-use. ...
In Figure 63, the system or client (for display or presentation) from the pre- "Non-synchronized" state in the state machine 4902 starts 5000, which is the same as Figure 49. From the non- 4902 to change the state of the synchronization condition the first state change is found in the synchronous mode condition 64 carried. Assumed subframe header CRC is also passed on the packet (qualified 61), the packet processor state machine can be changed to the synchronization state 4908. Synchronization error That is wrong condition 62 will allow the state machine switches to state 4910, and when the second occurrence of this Condition when the state switched to 4912. However, it has been found that any MDDI packet CRC Failure will allow the state machine out of sync in the 4908 state into a state of synchronization errors 4910. Any MDDI packet CRC failure would lead to yet another move to two simultaneous failures like State 4912. CRC value using the correct decoding packets will cause the state machine returns to the synchronization status State 4908. ...
In Figure 63, the system or client (for display or presentation) from the pre- "Non-synchronized" state in the state machine 4902 starts 5000, which is the same as Figure 49. From the non- 4902 to change the state of the synchronization condition the first state change is found in the synchronous mode condition 64 carried. Assumed subframe header CRC is also passed on the packet (qualified 61), the packet processor state machine can be changed to the synchronization state 4908. Synchronization error That is wrong condition 62 will allow the state machine switches to state 4910, and when the second occurrence of this Condition when the state switched to 4912. However, it has been found that any MDDI packet CRC Failure will allow the state machine out of sync in the 4908 state into a state of synchronization errors 4910. Any MDDI packet CRC failure would lead to yet another move to two simultaneous failures like State 4912. CRC value using the correct decoding packets will cause the state machine returns to the synchronization status State 4908. ...
This new interface implementation allows the MDD interface link to more quickly identify the synchronization Failure to more quickly recover from the same.
To make this system more robust, the client should also add or take advantage of the sub-frame count Makers. Thus, the unique word in the signal or there are expected to arrive, the client checks the unique word Existence. If the unique word does not occur at the correct time, the client can be more quickly To identify the synchronization fails has emerged, which identify the synchronization failure faster than it has to be Wait a few (in this case three) th packet time or cycle much faster, and wherein the packet Much larger than the subframe length. If the unique word does not appear that it tests, in other words, Timing is not correct, then the client immediately declare link loses synchronization, and moved to the extraordinary Step state. Check for the correct word appears only in the process adds to the state machine condition 65 (cond 65), indicating that the unique word is incorrect. If it is desired on the client receives the packet, but the sub-frame Do not match, then the client can immediately enter the asynchronous state 4902, saving wait A plurality of synchronization errors (condition 62) of the additional time, which is usually done by a plurality of error- sync 4910 and 4912 while the state encountered. ...
This change with additional counter or clients to the core of the counting function pairs Frame length count. In one embodiment, the use of down counter function, if the counter expires, Interrupts the currently handling the transfer of any packet in order to check the sub-frame unique word. As an option Selection, the counter can count up to the count to the maximum or special Compared to the value set in this calibration value corresponds to the current packet time. This process is to protect passengers Client without the client is not received correctly decoding the packets particularly long length. If the child Frame length counter interrupts are being decoded some of the other packet, then the packet should Across the sub-frame boundary, it can determine the synchronization has been lost. ...
This change with additional counter or clients to the core of the counting function pairs Frame length count. In one embodiment, the use of down counter function, if the counter expires, Interrupts the currently handling the transfer of any packet in order to check the sub-frame unique word. As an option Selection, the counter can count up to the count to the maximum or special Compared to the value set in this calibration value corresponds to the current packet time. This process is to protect passengers Client without the client is not received correctly decoding the packets particularly long length. If the child Frame length counter interrupts are being decoded some of the other packet, then the packet should Across the sub-frame boundary, it can determine the synchronization has been lost. ...
The state machine for each type of said received packet, it performs a specific process Step or series of steps to implement the interface operations. Usually listed in the following Table XII shows Exemplary process for processing the forward link packets.
Table XII
Packet type Response packet processor state machine
Sub-frame header (SH) Good confirm packet capture and to a common sub-frame length field Processor sends the packet parameters.
Filler (F) Ignores the data.
Video stream (VS) Explain the video data format descriptors, and other parameters, if necessary Have been packed pixel data, if necessary, by the color mapping transformation Pixels, and the pixel data is written to the bit map in the appropriate location.
Audio stream (AS) Audio sampling clock generator to send audio sample rate settings, Specifies the size of the audio sample separation, if necessary, open the audio sampling Data, and the audio samples are routed to the appropriate audio sample FIFO
Color mapping (CM) Read color map size and offset parameters, and the color mapping Data is written to memory or storage unit color maps.
Reverse link encapsulation (REL) Easy to transmit at the appropriate time in accordance with the reverse grouping. Check the reverse chain Road signs, send the client when needed ability grouping. As long as Appropriate, also sends the client request and status packet.
Client capacity (CC) When the host requests, use the reverse link encapsulation packet reverse chain Road sign field to transmit a packet of this type.
Keyboard (K) If there is type of equipment and the need to use the keyboard, put these sub- Group passed to communicate with the keyboard, type of equipment and general purpose processor And from the general-purpose processor receives these packets.
Indication device (PD) If there Indicating device and want to use, put these sub- Group passed to communicate with the indication of the type of equipment and general purpose processors And from the general-purpose processor receives these packets.
Link down (LS) Records fact link is shut down and informs a general purpose processor.
Client service requests and status (CSRS) Send the packet as a reverse link encapsulation packet first points Groups.
Bit block transfer (BPT) As explained in the Video Data Format Descriptor class grouping parameter, Determine which pixels to move first, and if necessary move the bitmap The pixel.
Bitmap area fills (BAF) Explain grouping parameter, if necessary, by a color map to transform the pixels, And the pixel data is written to the bit map in the appropriate position,
Bitmap pattern fill (BPF) Explain grouping parameter, if necessary, open the packaged pixel data,
Packet type Response packet processor state machine
Necessary, through a color map to transform the pixels, and the number of pixels Bitmap data is written in the appropriate position.
Communication link channel (CLC) This data is directly sent to the general-purpose processor.
During Sleep Client Service Request (CSR) Common processor controls low-level functions to send the request and detects Restarting the link on its own competition.
Interface type switching request (ITHR) And interface type recognition (ITA) These packets can be passed to the general-purpose processor and from passing out Come. Means for receiving a packet of this type and to confirm to form The response logic is essentially minimal. Therefore, this action also Packet processor can be achieved within the state machine. The resulting switching for Action there is a lower physical layer, and can not affect the general office Manager functions.
Execution type switching (PTH) Can act directly on this grouping or a grouping which pass through the To the general purpose processor, and the mode change command to the hardware Implementation.
Reducing the reverse link data rate X.
The inventors have observed that: for the host link controller can follow certain parameters special Be adjusted in the manner or the configuration in order to achieve maximum or more optimized (scale) reverse Link data rate, which is very much needed. For example, for transmitting reverse link encapsulation of Group during the reverse packet fields, MDDI_Stb signal to flip (toggle) Thereby half the forward link data rate of the data to generate a periodic clock. This happens MDDI_Data0 situation because if all zeros being sent, the said master link The controller generates signals corresponding to the MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb signal. MDDI_Stb The signal is sent from the host client, the client will generate the clock signal which is used to Transferred from the client reverse link data, reverse the data to be sent back to the host. Figure 50 shows Showing a system using the MDDI forward and reverse paths in the signal transmission and processing of Typically encountered delay. In Figure 50, the Stb + / - generation, cable transmission to the client, Client receivers, clock generation, signal clock, Data0 + / - generation, transmission cables to the main And host receiver stages of processing the vicinity, respectively showing a range of delay values, namely: 1.5 ns, 8.0 ns, 2.5 ns, 2.0 ns, 1.0 ns, 1.5 ns, 8.0 is satisfied Second and 2.5 nanoseconds. ...
The inventors have observed that: for the host link controller can follow certain parameters special Be adjusted in the manner or the configuration in order to achieve maximum or more optimized (scale) reverse Link data rate, which is very much needed. For example, for transmitting reverse link encapsulation of Group during the reverse packet fields, MDDI_Stb signal to flip (toggle) Thereby half the forward link data rate of the data to generate a periodic clock. This happens MDDI_Data0 situation because if all zeros being sent, the said master link The controller generates signals corresponding to the MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb signal. MDDI_Stb The signal is sent from the host client, the client will generate the clock signal which is used to Transferred from the client reverse link data, reverse the data to be sent back to the host. Figure 50 shows Showing a system using the MDDI forward and reverse paths in the signal transmission and processing of Typically encountered delay. In Figure 50, the Stb + / - generation, cable transmission to the client, Client receivers, clock generation, signal clock, Data0 + / - generation, transmission cables to the main And host receiver stages of processing the vicinity, respectively showing a range of delay values, namely: 1.5 ns, 8.0 ns, 2.5 ns, 2.0 ns, 1.0 ns, 1.5 ns, 8.0 is satisfied Second and 2.5 nanoseconds. ...
It should be noted that the signal delay through said interface with the actual length of each of the special Given host - the client system or the hardware used varies. Although not required , But through the use of packet round trip delay measurement system to measure the actual delay Whereby the reverse rate divisor is set to an optimal value, for each system can usually perform better. Host can support relatively simple but a low speed operation of the basic data sampling, or may also support More complex but supports higher data rate reverse advanced data sampling. Similarly, consider the branch Both methods support the ability of clients. ...
It should be noted that the signal delay through said interface with the actual length of each of the special Given host - the client system or the hardware used varies. Although not required , But through the use of packet round trip delay measurement system to measure the actual delay Whereby the reverse rate divisor is set to an optimal value, for each system can usually perform better. Host can support relatively simple but a low speed operation of the basic data sampling, or may also support More complex but supports higher data rate reverse advanced data sampling. Similarly, consider the branch Both methods support the ability of clients. ...
Round trip delay measurement includes determining the detection field of the measurement cycle begins and the host Received from the client, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00 response sequence between the beginning of this time period The forward link data clock appears the number of intervals, or to count it. It should be noted Is possible to increase the measurement count is about a small portion of the previous forward link clock period, Receiving a response from the client. If this value is used to calculate the unmodified except reverse rate Number, then it will lead to unreliable data because the sampling and on the reverse link dislocations generated Wrong. Figure 51 illustrated in an example of this situation, which is shown graphically in accordance with the generation of Table hosts at MDDI_Data, the host at the MDDI_Stb, the forward-link data within the host Clock signal and a delay count. In Figure 51, the delay counter is coming from 6 to Before 7 clock cycles as part of the forward link, the client receives a response from the sequence. If the Delay is assumed to be 6, then the host will just shift after shift, or may reign among the anti- The data sampling. Doing so will cause the host at the sampling errors. For this reason, the measured delay Previously used to calculate the Reverse Rate Divisor, should normally be increased by 1. ...
Round trip delay measurement includes determining the detection field of the measurement cycle begins and the host Received from the client, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00 response sequence between the beginning of this time period The forward link data clock appears the number of intervals, or to count it. It should be noted Is possible to increase the measurement count is about a small portion of the previous forward link clock period, Receiving a response from the client. If this value is used to calculate the unmodified except reverse rate Number, then it will lead to unreliable data because the sampling and on the reverse link dislocations generated Wrong. Figure 51 illustrated in an example of this situation, which is shown graphically in accordance with the generation of Table hosts at MDDI_Data, the host at the MDDI_Stb, the forward-link data within the host Clock signal and a delay count. In Figure 51, the delay counter is coming from 6 to Before 7 clock cycles as part of the forward link, the client receives a response from the sequence. If the Delay is assumed to be 6, then the host will just shift after shift, or may reign among the anti- The data sampling. Doing so will cause the host at the sampling errors. For this reason, the measured delay Previously used to calculate the Reverse Rate Divisor, should normally be increased by 1. ...
Figure A20058001475401341
For a given instance, it becomes:
If used for this example the round trip delay measurement result is 7 instead of 6, then Reverse rate divisor is equal to 4.
Said reverse link data from the master clock rising edge of the reverse link time sampled. Main Machine and client (display) are present in the counter or similar known circuit or device used To generate a reverse link clock. The counter is initialized so that the first clock on the reverse link Rising edge appears on the reverse link encapsulation packet fields reverse link packet at the beginning of the first one. Illustrated in FIG 52A used in the following examples given situation. The counter Each rising edge of the signal increases by 1 MDDI_Stb, and count the number increases until the reverse Encapsulated packet in the reverse link rate divisor parameter setting the count returns (wrap around) Zero. Since MDDI_Stb signal is half the rate of the forward link to the flip, so the anti- The link rate is half the rate of the forward link by dividing the reverse rate divisor. For example, if n The link rate is 200Mbps, while the reverse rate divisor is 4, then the reverse link data rate Rate can be expressed as: ...
1 2 · 200 Mbps 4 = 25 Mbps
Said reverse link data from the master clock rising edge of the reverse link time sampled. Main Machine and client (display) are present in the counter or similar known circuit or device used To generate a reverse link clock. The counter is initialized so that the first clock on the reverse link Rising edge appears on the reverse link encapsulation packet fields reverse link packet at the beginning of the first one. Illustrated in FIG 52A used in the following examples given situation. The counter Each rising edge of the signal increases by 1 MDDI_Stb, and count the number increases until the reverse Encapsulated packet in the reverse link rate divisor parameter setting the count returns (wrap around) Zero. Since MDDI_Stb signal is half the rate of the forward link to the flip, so the anti- The link rate is half the rate of the forward link by dividing the reverse rate divisor. For example, if n The link rate is 200Mbps, while the reverse rate divisor is 4, then the reverse link data rate Rate can be expressed as: ...
Packet length = 1024 (0x0400) turned a length = 1
Packet Type = 65 (0x41) Steering 2 length = 1
Reverse link flag = 0 Reverse Rate Divisor = 2
Parameter CRC = 0xdb43 all zeroes is 0x00
Packet length and parameter data packets between CRC field is:
0x00,0x04,0x41,0x00,0x02,0x01,0x01,0x43,0xdb,0x00,……
Returned to the client from the first reverse link packet is a packet length and packet class 7 Type 70 client requests and status groupings. The packet from byte value 0x07, 0x00, 0x46, ...... and so begins. However, Figure 52 can be seen only the first byte (0x07). In the figure, the first time the mobile reverse-link packets of a reverse link clock cycles, In order to illustrate the actual reverse link delay. The host to the client for the round trip delay Zero ideal waveform shown as a dotted line trajectory.
Transfer parameter byte CRC field of MS, CRC is preceded by a packet type, and then Is all zeros fields. When data changes from the host level, strobe from the host everything from Change to zero, and return to the one to form a wider pulse. When the data becomes zero, strobe Higher rate switching signal, only the change in data on the line at the end of the alignment field Produced near the end of change. For the rest of the figure, since the data signal has a fixed 0 Or a level and continuing certain time period, so the strobe signal to the higher speed switching, And this shift falls pulse pattern (along) on.
Host reverse link clock is zero until the end of one cycle shift, then the Bell began to support the reverse link packet. Arrow in the lower part of the figure represents the data samples Moment, as seen from the rest of the disclosure as will be apparent. Being transmitted is shown The first byte of a packet field (in this case 11 million) after the beginning of the steering 1 Now, and the line level because the host drive is disabled and stable. The dotted line of the data signal As can be seen the first one transfer (passage) of the delay, and, as seen bits three To be.
As can be seen in Figure 53 based on the forward link data rate of the reverse rate divisor Code Type values. The actual Reverse Rate Divisor is the round-trip link measurement result as determined, In order to ensure proper reverse link operation. The first region 5302 corresponds to the safe operating area, The second region 5304 corresponds to the edge Performance area, and the third area 5306 not that big Settings to work correctly.
In the forward or reverse link use the interface type is set to any setting work For the time, the round trip delay measurement and Reverse Rate Divisor setting are the same, this is due to As they are not based on the actual clock period of bits transmitted or received and that Operation.
Typically, the maximum possible reverse rate divisor is the ability to interface with the Type I round trip Measurement packet sent in the measurement window to half the number of bits or, for this example:
Figure A20058001475401361
May also be used an advanced reverse data sampling method as a bit in the reverse Smaller than the round trip delay between the choice. For this technique, the host simply measure the round trip Delay, but can determine the response from the client with a zero delay with respect to the client and Link "ideal" bit boundary phase. Know the phase response of the client device, the host Can determine a reverse data from the client safer sampled time. Round trip Delay measurement data to the client indicating the first phase reverse for reverse packet fields Starting position.
Figure 52B is a schematic diagram of advanced reverse data sampling is given an embodiment. Chart The round trip delay will have zero ideal reverse data signal waveform shown as a dotted line. 3.5 And 4 MDDI Stb cycles between the actual round trip delay can be observed as a solid line wave Shape, and a delay difference between the ideal waveform. This is a round trip delay measurement packet measurement The same delay, is equal to 7 forward-link bit times the round trip delay value measurement. In this Embodiment, reverse data bits are 2 MDDI_Stb Pulse length, that is, four forward link bit Time equivalent to a reverse rate divisor equal to 2. For advanced reverse data sampling, the With preselected reverse rate divisor 2, unlike other places that calculation it is very convenient. This seems to be the reverse data sampling for advanced basically the best choice, because the use of The traditional measurement described can easily determine the ideal sampling point. ...
Ideal reverse data sampling point can easily be as follows calculated: the Total round trip latency cue signal is divided by the forward position of each reverse link clock number or Each round trip delay reverse position to link the previous clock mode. Then, subtract 1 or 2, To get away from a security point of data conversion. In this example, 7 mod 4 = 3, so ,3-1 = 2, or 3-2 = 1. Safe sampling point is 1 or 2 forward link bit times from zero and from the Trip delay of the "ideal" bit boundary edge at the start. The figure shows the sampling points from the ideal position in Boundary of the two forward link bit times, such as in the timing diagram of a series of vertical arrows at the bottom of Head shows. The first sampling point is the round trip delay measurement after the first ideal bit boundary with safety Full sampling offset. In this case, the round trip delay measurement is 7, so the next processing Thought-bit boundary in the first eight bit times, then for safety sampling points plus 1 or 2, therefore, The first field of the data packet should be started in reverse after 9 or 10 forward link bit Between samples. ...
Ideal reverse data sampling point can easily be as follows calculated: the Total round trip latency cue signal is divided by the forward position of each reverse link clock number or Each round trip delay reverse position to link the previous clock mode. Then, subtract 1 or 2, To get away from a security point of data conversion. In this example, 7 mod 4 = 3, so ,3-1 = 2, or 3-2 = 1. Safe sampling point is 1 or 2 forward link bit times from zero and from the Trip delay of the "ideal" bit boundary edge at the start. The figure shows the sampling points from the ideal position in Boundary of the two forward link bit times, such as in the timing diagram of a series of vertical arrows at the bottom of Head shows. The first sampling point is the round trip delay measurement after the first ideal bit boundary with safety Full sampling offset. In this case, the round trip delay measurement is 7, so the next processing Thought-bit boundary in the first eight bit times, then for safety sampling points plus 1 or 2, therefore, The first field of the data packet should be started in reverse after 9 or 10 forward link bit Between samples. ...
Reverse link encapsulation packet steering a field so that the host and client driver disabled Driver Enable time simultaneously. Round trip delay measurement time a packet protection Field so that the host and client functions overlap, so the client driver can drive in the host interface Actuator enabled before disabling. Reverse link encapsulation packet steering two fields so that the front of a field The data in the host driver before the opening can be sent from the client completely. Protection Between two fields provide a time value or cycle to allow the guest and host to the logical drive Logic zero level while driving. Guard Time 1 and Guard Time 2 fields are usually not adjusted Preset length or preselected length value to populate. According to the interface hardware is being used, you can make Using empirical data to obtain these values, and in some cases, they are adjusted to improve the operation. ...
Reverse link encapsulation packet steering a field so that the host and client driver disabled Driver Enable time simultaneously. Round trip delay measurement time a packet protection Field so that the host and client functions overlap, so the client driver can drive in the host interface Actuator enabled before disabling. Reverse link encapsulation packet steering two fields so that the front of a field The data in the host driver before the opening can be sent from the client completely. Protection Between two fields provide a time value or cycle to allow the guest and host to the logical drive Logic zero level while driving. Guard Time 1 and Guard Time 2 fields are usually not adjusted Preset length or preselected length value to populate. According to the interface hardware is being used, you can make Using empirical data to obtain these values, and in some cases, they are adjusted to improve the operation. ...
Several factors contribute to determining the length of 1 turn, these factors are the forward link data Rate, the host drives MDDI_Data maximum disable time and client driver Enable time (usually the same time with the host disabled). Select the length of the field is turned to a 24 · tBIT. (Table XI) 1 field in turn the number of bytes in length forward link interface type to use because Sub (InterfaceTypeFactor) determined and calculated using the following relationship:
Figure A20058001475401371
Wherein the interface Type Factor is 1 for Type 1, 2 for Type 2, the type of 3 to 4, for the Type 4 to 8.
Turning two
2 is typically used to determine the length of time shift factor is the round trip communication link Delay, the client MDDI_Data drive maximum host driver disable time, and The enable time (to be specified as a client driver disabled the same time). Maximum host drive Actuators enable time and client driver disable time is given. Round trip delay measurement Amount units is tBIT. To turn to two the number of bytes the field forward link based on the specified minimum length Calculated the following relationship:
Figure A20058001475401381
For example, the round trip delay of 10 clock forward link type three forward link communication Magnitude often used as steering 2 Delay:
Figure A20058001475401382
XII. Optional reverse link timing
Although the use of the above-described timing and guard band (guard band) can realize a high data transmission Delivery rate interface, the present inventors have discovered a technique by changing the anti- The timing of discovery (reverse timing discovery) to provide shorter than the round trip time of the anti- To bits long.
As described above, the reverse link timing means is so configured previously, i.e., from the reverse Packet sequence last bit of Guard Time 1 starts counting the number of clock cycles until the IO The first one on the rising edge of the clock is sampled so far. This is used to give MDD interface output For the input and output timing clock signal. Thus, the reverse rate divisor is calculated by the following other Is given by:
Doing so provides a round trip delay is equal to the bit width, it is possible to get very available By the reverse link. However, has indicated that the reverse link can run faster, or to Higher data transfer rate operation, it is the inventor wants to use. The invention of new technology allows Xu additional capabilities using the interface to reach higher speeds.
This is accomplished by having the host counts the number of clock cycles until the completion of mining on a 1 Like to achieve, but in the reverse sequence packet, the host on both the rising and falling edges On the data line is sampled. Doing so allows the host to select the reverse position within the most useful and even the best mining Samples, to ensure that the bit is stable. That is, find the most useful or the best On the rising edge of the reverse reverse traffic data on the encapsulated packet is sampled. Optimum sampling Point depends on the reverse link divisor and the rising or falling edge detection to the first one. New The timing method allows the host only looking at the timing of the reverse link sent by the client within 0xFF 0xFF 0x00 model of the first edge, in order to determine the reverse encapsulated packet where mining Samples. ...
Illustrated in Figure 64 reaches the bit reverse position and how it will find a variety of reverse rate Examples of the divisor, and the guard time from the last bit of 1 beginning of clock cycles has occurred Projects. As can be seen in Figure 64, if the first edge occurs on the rising and falling edge (labeled as Rise / fall), between then for reverse rate divisor is an optimal sampling point, that is, the Optimal sampling point is marked as 'b' edge clock cycles, because it is the bit period of the reverse Only now rising. For the reverse rate divisor is 2, because the cycle along the 'c' Than 'b' along the closer position, the optimal sampling point clock cycle edge may still be 'b'. 4 for a reverse rate divisor is the case, the optimum sampling point may be clock cycle edge 'D', because it is closer to its value may have stabilized the trailing edge of a reverse position. ...
Illustrated in Figure 64 reaches the bit reverse position and how it will find a variety of reverse rate Examples of the divisor, and the guard time from the last bit of 1 beginning of clock cycles has occurred Projects. As can be seen in Figure 64, if the first edge occurs on the rising and falling edge (labeled as Rise / fall), between then for reverse rate divisor is an optimal sampling point, that is, the Optimal sampling point is marked as 'b' edge clock cycles, because it is the bit period of the reverse Only now rising. For the reverse rate divisor is 2, because the cycle along the 'c' Than 'b' along the closer position, the optimal sampling point clock cycle edge may still be 'b'. 4 for a reverse rate divisor is the case, the optimum sampling point may be clock cycle edge 'D', because it is closer to its value may have stabilized the trailing edge of a reverse position. ...
As can be seen, the optimal sampling point should be closest to the middle of the edge, so that with the The reverse rate divisor growing, optimal sampling point becomes easier to identify or select.
As can be seen, the optimal sampling point should be closest to the middle of the edge, so that with the The reverse rate divisor growing, optimal sampling point becomes easier to identify or select....
Once the host has chosen or to determine the number of clock cycles, it can use customer Machine to "investigate (explore)" a variety of reverse rate divisor to determine the specific reverse rate If you can use the divisor. The host (and client) can divide a start, and parity Received from the client's reverse state packet CRC, in order to determine whether the rate of the reverse Data can be transferred correctly. If the CRC is damaged, then there could be sampling errors, The host can increase the reverse rate divisor, and tried again to request status groupings. If the second Request packet is damaged, then the divisor can be increased again, and again requests. As If the packet is decoded correctly, then this reverse rate divisor can be used for all future Reverse grouping. ...
This method is effective and useful because since the initial round trip timing Estimates should not start reverse timing change. If the forward link is stable, so that So that there is no reverse link failure, the client should continue to decode forward link packets. Of course, Because this method does not ensure that the reverse link is desired, so set the link in the reverse link Road divisor is still the host duties. In addition, the divisor will depend primarily used to generate the IO The clock quality. If the clock has a large amount of jitter, then there sampling error Likely. This error probability as the round trip delay in the increase in the amount of clock cycles Plus increases. ...
This implementation seems best suited for the type 1 reverse data, but on the type 2 to 4 reverse data type may represent a problem, this is because the data between the lines Deviation may be too large, so that can not be optimized for only one data rate of operation of Above link. However, even with Type 2 through Type 4 for operation, the data rate Maybe not reduced to the previous method. If the method is repeated for each data line to select Choose the ideal or optimal clock sampling locations, then this method may work best for Purposes. If the data for each, they are in the same sampling time, then this Method can continue to work. If they are in a different sampling period, you can use the two Different ways. The first is for each data point to select the desired or more optimized sample Position, even if the data for each position of the sample and different purposes. Thus, the host computer Can set from said data bit is sampled after all reconstructed data streams: Classes Type 2 is two, Type 3 and Type 4 is four is eight. For hosts, another Option is to increase the reverse rate divisor, so that each pair of data in the same data bit Sampling clock edge. ...
This implementation seems best suited for the type 1 reverse data, but on the type 2 to 4 reverse data type may represent a problem, this is because the data between the lines Deviation may be too large, so that can not be optimized for only one data rate of operation of Above link. However, even with Type 2 through Type 4 for operation, the data rate Maybe not reduced to the previous method. If the method is repeated for each data line to select Choose the ideal or optimal clock sampling locations, then this method may work best for Purposes. If the data for each, they are in the same sampling time, then this Method can continue to work. If they are in a different sampling period, you can use the two Different ways. The first is for each data point to select the desired or more optimized sample Position, even if the data for each position of the sample and different purposes. Thus, the host computer Can set from said data bit is sampled after all reconstructed data streams: Classes Type 2 is two, Type 3 and Type 4 is four is eight. For hosts, another Option is to increase the reverse rate divisor, so that each pair of data in the same data bit Sampling clock edge. ...
Forward link MDDI_Data delay between pairs and MDDI_Stb deviation limits Maximum possible data rate, unless a delay offset compensation. Generation timing delay deviation The following summarizes the differences resulting from the controller logic, line drivers and receivers as well as cable and Connector.
A. The sequence of the link deviation limit (MDDI Type 1)
1 Type 1 link delay and deviation from the examples
Shown in Figure 57 is similar to Figure 41, Type 1 interface link to support the A typical interface circuit. In Figure 57, the MDDI Type 1 forward link of a plurality of processing Or interface level of each showing a propagation delay value and the deviation from the exemplary or typical values. The delay between MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 causes the deviation of the output clock duty Ratio (duty-cycle) distorted. Use triggers 5728,5732 receiver trigger (RXFF) Level of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, so that the data can be available Reliably sampled. The figure shows two cascaded delay lines 5732a and 5732b, their use of production This timing relationship born of two different problems to solve. In practical implementations, it can be Are combined into a single delay element. ...
Shown in Figure 57 is similar to Figure 41, Type 1 interface link to support the A typical interface circuit. In Figure 57, the MDDI Type 1 forward link of a plurality of processing Or interface level of each showing a propagation delay value and the deviation from the exemplary or typical values. The delay between MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 causes the deviation of the output clock duty Ratio (duty-cycle) distorted. Use triggers 5728,5732 receiver trigger (RXFF) Level of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, so that the data can be available Reliably sampled. The figure shows two cascaded delay lines 5732a and 5732b, their use of production This timing relationship born of two different problems to solve. In practical implementations, it can be Are combined into a single delay element. ...
The total delay is usually obvious deviations occur or deviate from the sum of the following stages: a Triggers 5704,5706 transmitter trigger (TXFF); having drive 5708,5710 The transmitter driver (TXDRVR); cable (CABLE) 5702; has a receiver 5722, 5724 receiver line receiver (RXRCVR) and a receiver XOR logic (RXXOR). Delay 1 5732a should match or exceed the level of the XOR gate RXXOR The delay 5736, the following relationship can be determined by this delay:
          t PD-min (delay 1)≥t PD-max(XOR)
Best to meet this requirement, so that the receiver the D input of flip-flop 5728,5732 Does not change its clock input before. If RXFF hold time is zero, then this is Valid.
Delay 2 (Delay2) the purpose or function is compensated according to the following relationship RXFF Triggers retention time:
               t PD-min (delay -2)=t H(RXFF)
In many systems, this value will be zero because the hold time is zero, in this case , The delay of the maximum delay of course 2 is also zero.
Receiver XOR stage deviations worst case is the data - late / Strobe - Early this situation State, in which the delay 1 is maximum, and the clock output from the XOR gate follows OFF Department arrive as early as possible:
t Off-max (RXXOR)=t PD-max(Delay1)-t PD-min(XOR)
In this case, the data in two bit period change between n and n +1, and the change Variable time very close to the bit n +1 is in accordance with the clock into the receiver trigger moment.
MDDI Type 1 link is the maximum data rate (minimum bit period) is a MDDI link Path through all drives, cables, and receivers and encounters set to the maximum offset plus RXFF level the totals of the function. Link RXRCVR stage output until the total Delay deviation can be expressed as:
t Deviation-max (LINK)=t Off-max (TXFF)+t Off-max (TXDRVR)+t Deviation-max (cable)+t Off-max (RXRCVR)
The "Cable" represent multiple conductors or lines and the corresponding interconnection or delays, and minimum Bit period is given by the following formula:
t Bit-min=t Deviation-max (Link)+2·t B-TP4+t Asymmetry+t Off-max (RXXOR)+t jitter-host+ t PD-max(Delay2)+t SU(RXFF)
In the example shown in Figure 57, the external mode, tDeviation-max (Link)= 1000psec, And the minimum bit period can be expressed as:
t Bit-min= 1000 +2 · 125 +625 +125 +200 +0 +100 = 2300psec Or approximated as 434Mbps. In the example shown in Figure 57, the internal model, tDeviation-max (Link)= 500psec, and the minimum bit period can be expressed as:
t Bit-min= 500 +2 · 125 +625 +125 +200 +0 +100 = 1800psec Or approximated as 555Mbps.
B.MDDI Type 2, Type 3, and Type 4 Link Timing Analysis
In Figure 59 shows a view similar to Figure 41 and 57 are shown in typical interface circuit for On supporting types 2, 3 and 4 of the interface link. In TXFF (5904), TXDRVR (5908), RXRCVCR (5922) and RXFF (5932,5928,5930) level in the use of additional dollars Member in order to support the additional signal processing. In Figure 59, the MDDI Type 2 forward link A plurality of processing or interface level of each showing a propagation delay and deviation values ​​or exemplary Typical values. In addition to affecting the output clock duty cycle (duty-cycle) of MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 delay between the deviation and, in the two signals and the other MDDI Deviation exists between the data signal. Composed by the flip- flop 5928 and 5930 triggered a receiver Device B (RXFFB) stage of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, from And the data can be reliably sampled. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb or MDDI_Data0 who arrive early, then MDDI_Data1 should be delayed so that at least in Delay deviation to right MDDI_Data1 sampled. To achieve these, the use of delay 3 (Delay3) delay line to delay data. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 late, and it is also to delay by delaying 3, then MDDI_Data1 Change at the point to be moved closer to the next clock edge. This process determines the MDDI class Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 Link data rate limit. Figure 60A, 60B and 60C Is shown in two data signals and MDDI_Stb with respect to each other or the timing deviation off Some examples of the Department of different possibilities. ...
In Figure 59 shows a view similar to Figure 41 and 57 are shown in typical interface circuit for On supporting types 2, 3 and 4 of the interface link. In TXFF (5904), TXDRVR (5908), RXRCVCR (5922) and RXFF (5932,5928,5930) level in the use of additional dollars Member in order to support the additional signal processing. In Figure 59, the MDDI Type 2 forward link A plurality of processing or interface level of each showing a propagation delay and deviation values ​​or exemplary Typical values. In addition to affecting the output clock duty cycle (duty-cycle) of MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 delay between the deviation and, in the two signals and the other MDDI Deviation exists between the data signal. Composed by the flip- flop 5928 and 5930 triggered a receiver Device B (RXFFB) stage of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, from And the data can be reliably sampled. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb or MDDI_Data0 who arrive early, then MDDI_Data1 should be delayed so that at least in Delay deviation to right MDDI_Data1 sampled. To achieve these, the use of delay 3 (Delay3) delay line to delay data. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 late, and it is also to delay by delaying 3, then MDDI_Data1 Change at the point to be moved closer to the next clock edge. This process determines the MDDI class Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 Link data rate limit. Figure 60A, 60B and 60C Is shown in two data signals and MDDI_Stb with respect to each other or the timing deviation off Some examples of the Department of different possibilities. ...
t PD-min(Delay3)≥t Deviation-max (LINK)+t H(RXFFB)+t PD-max(XOR)
Maximum link speed is determined by the minimum allowable bit period determined. When MDDI_DataX as possible Can arrive late, the speed of the most affected. In this case, the minimum allowable cycle time Is given by the following equation:
t Bit-min=t Deviation-max (LINK)+t PD-max(Delay3)+t SU(RXFFB)-t PD-min(XOR)Thus, the link speed limit:
         t PD-max(Delay3)=t PD-min(Delay 3)
And under the assumption:
t Bit-min (lower-bound)=2·t Deviation-max (LINK)+t PD-max(XOR)+t SU(RXFFB)+t H(RXFFB)
In the example given above, the lower limit of the minimum bit period is given by the following relationship:
t Bit-min (lower-bound)= 2 * (125 +625 +200 1000 + 2 ·) = 5750 +1500 +100 +0 psec, which is approximately 174Mbps.
This ratio can be used for Type 1 link maximum data rate is much slower. MDDI automatic Delay deviate significantly reduced ability to compensate the delay deviation factor on the maximum link rate impact Only the valid data to establish the edges. MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb calibration between Deviations are:
t SKEW-max(calibrated)=2·t TAP-SPACING-max
And the minimum bit period are:
t BIT-min-calibrated=t SKEW-max(calibrated)+2·t B-TP4+t Asymmetry+t jitter-host+ t SKEW-max(RXAND+RXXOR)+t SU(RXFF)
Wherein, "TB" or tBRepresentative from a bit boundary to minimum output level signal jitter. Merely indicates asymmetric internal delay differential receiver characteristics of asymmetry. "TP4" associated Or effectively defines for electrical characterization and testing purposes, as a client differential line driver And the receiver connection or interface (MDDI client controller device pin). For Remaining portion of the link system, which represents a convenient or a predetermined point, whereby the measurement and tables Sign signal delay. In one embodiment, the internal model, the parameters at the TP4 TBThrough the relationship between the maximum value of tDifferential-Skew-TP4-DRVR-EXT=0.3·t BITDefined, for Clients transmitter's internal model, is tDifferential-Skew-TP4-DRVR-INT=0.6·t BIT; For client receiver external mode, it is tB-TP4-RCVR-EXT=0.051·t BIT+175ps。
TP4 mark only for the interface and link the different test points (TP) to encode Number. In one embodiment, the internal mode and the external mode is defined as the same as the test point. There is a corresponding "TP0" test point for, or associated with a host controller MDDI Controller device connection or interface pins, the host contains a differential line drivers and receivers. In the present embodiment, the master receiver, with respect to an internal model, TP0 parameters at TBThe maximum value from the relationship tB-TP0-RCVR-INT=0.051□t BIT+50 Ps to define, for external mode, Relationship tB-TP0-RCVR-EXT=0.051□ BIT+175 Ps; transmitter for a host, the relationship tB-TP0=0.102□t BIT
In the example given in Figure 59, tSKEW-max(Data0-Stb-Caliberated)= 300psec, and the most Little bit period are:
t BIT-min-calibrated= 300 +2 · 125 +625 +200 +175 +100 = 1650psec, which is about Is 606Mbps.
When MDDI_Data1 arrive as soon as possible, in order to reliably RXFFB data mining Sample, the associated programmable delay adjustment to the optimal setting, the precision is a tap, for safety Sake, adding additional tap delays. Maximum link speed depends on the minimum allowable bit Segments. When MDDI_Data1 as late arrival, the greatest impact. In this case, the minimum allowed Xu cycle time is:
t BIT-min-Data1-calibrated=2·t TAP-Spacing-max+2·t TA-TP4
Wherein, "TA" or tARepresentation from the bit to the middle cross-border signal jitter.
In the example given in Figure 59, based on sampling MDDI_Data1 minimum bit period The lower limit is:
t BIT-min-Data1-calibrated=2·150+2·125=550psec
In one embodiment, the internal mode, the host delay deviation, delay Asymmetry and clock jitter typical total delay time is defined as:
t Asymmerty-TXFF+t Asymmetry-TXDVR+t Skew-TXFF+t Skew-TXDRVR+t jitter-host= 0.467·(t BIT-150ps)
For external modes are:
t Asymmerty-TXFF+t Asymmetry-TXDVR+t Skew-TXFF+t Skew-TXDRVR+t jitter-host= 0.TBD·(t BIT-150TBDps)
For the internal model, the client delay deviation, delay asymmetry and establish The typical total delay time time (tB-TP4) Is defined as:
t Asymmerty-RXRCVR+t Asymmetry-RXXOR+t Skew-RXRCVR+t Skew-RXXOR+t setup-RXFF= 0.307·(t BIT-150ps)
For external mode, as follows:
t Asymmerty-RXRCVR+t Asymmetry-RXXOR+t Skew-RXRCVR+t Skew-RXXOR+t setup-RXFF= 0.TBD·(t BIT-TBDps)
Among them, the term is used in the future to be determined TBD values ​​to maintain a flexible position mark, its Depends on a variety of external mode connection known characteristics and operational requirements.
XIV. Physical layer interconnection descriptions
Can be used in the present invention, the physical connection interface can be used to zero can be purchased Member to achieve, such as the host side, can be caused by Hirose Electric Company Ltd. System Made part number 3260-8S2 (01) parts, and the client device side, you can By Hirose Electric Company Ltd. Manufacturing part number 3240-8P-C parts. Are listed in Table XIII for Type 1 / Type 2 interface of the connector connected to an exemplary Port pin assignments or "Pin Lead" and is illustrated in Figure 61.
Table XIII
Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name Pin No.
  MDDI_Pwr   1   MDDI_Gnd   11
  MDDI_Stb+   2   MDDI_Stb-   12
  MDDI_Data0+   4   MDDI_Data0-   14
  MDDI_Data1+   6   MDDI_Data1-   16
  MDDI_Data2+   8   MDDI_Data2-   18
  MDDI_Data3+   10   MDDI_Data3-   20
  MDDI_Data4+   9   MDDI_Data4-   19
  MDDI_Data5+   7   MDDI_Data5-   17
  MDDI_Data6+   5   MDDI_Data6-   15
  MDDI_Data7+   3   MDDI_Data7-   13
Shielded
The shield is connected to HOST_Gnd in the host interface, and the cable shield Ground with the client is connected to the connector shield. However, the shield and drain wire are not with the client Internal circuit ground.
Selection or design of interconnect components or equipment in order to make it small enough for mobile communications And computing devices, such as PDA and wireless phones, or portable gaming devices, and in the phase Comparison of relevant equipment does not exceed the size or look unsightly. Any connectors and cables In a typical electrical equipment should be durable enough environment, and size should be small, in terms of the cable more Is the case, and the cost is relatively low. Transfer element should support as a differential NRZ data The data and strobe signals, for Type 1 and Type 2, the NRZ data with the difference A transmission rate of up to 450Mbps around, and for the 8-bit parallel Type 4 version of the Words, with a transfer rate of up to 3.6Gbps. ...
Selection or design of interconnect components or equipment in order to make it small enough for mobile communications And computing devices, such as PDA and wireless phones, or portable gaming devices, and in the phase Comparison of relevant equipment does not exceed the size or look unsightly. Any connectors and cables In a typical electrical equipment should be durable enough environment, and size should be small, in terms of the cable more Is the case, and the cost is relatively low. Transfer element should support as a differential NRZ data The data and strobe signals, for Type 1 and Type 2, the NRZ data with the difference A transmission rate of up to 450Mbps around, and for the 8-bit parallel Type 4 version of the Words, with a transfer rate of up to 3.6Gbps. ...
XV. Operation
Figure 54A and 54B is shown an embodiment of the present invention interface operation during the And grouping data processing time for an overview of the general procedure, and 55 shown in FIG. Processing said packet of the interface device profile. In these drawings, the process in step 5402 Start, determine whether the client and the host communication path (here a cable) connection. This can be used by the host software or hardware to periodically poll carried out, the software, or Hardware for detecting the existence of the input of the host connector, the cable or the signal (e.g., USB interface), or which through other known techniques. Even if there is no client Connected to the host, then depending on the application, it can only go to a predetermined length of wait states, Into sleep mode, or inactive in order to wait for future use, which would require Farmers to take action to re-activate the host. For example, when the host resides on the type of computer equipment On, the user may have to click on the screen icon or request procedures, thereby activating the host processing To find clients. In addition, just insert the USB type connection can be activated host processing, It depends on the host or the resident's ability to host software and configuration. ...
Once the client and host, or vice versa, or the client is detected as present, Then at step 5404 and 5406, the client or the host sends the appropriate request service groupings. In step 5404, the client may send the client service request or status packet. Should note Meaning that, as mentioned above, the link may have previously turned off or is in sleep mode, So that a subsequent communication link may not be fully initialized. Once the communication link is synchronized, And the host attempts to communicate with the client, the client will also provide clients the ability to host sub- Group, as in step 5408. Hosts can now begin to determine the client can support support classes Type, including the transfer rate. ...
Once the client and host, or vice versa, or the client is detected as present, Then at step 5404 and 5406, the client or the host sends the appropriate request service groupings. In step 5404, the client may send the client service request or status packet. Should note Meaning that, as mentioned above, the link may have previously turned off or is in sleep mode, So that a subsequent communication link may not be fully initialized. Once the communication link is synchronized, And the host attempts to communicate with the client, the client will also provide clients the ability to host sub- Group, as in step 5408. Hosts can now begin to determine the client can support support classes Type, including the transfer rate. ...
As previously mentioned, all data sent from the step 5412 is shown in a sub-frame header transmission of Group began, followed as shown in step 5414 the type of data being transmitted and padding points Group, where the data type is a video and audio stream packets. The audio and video data has been Ready or pre-mapped to the group, and if necessary or desired insert padding points Media groups to fill the frame number of bits required. If the host can send audio channel to enable the forward points Group grouping to activate sound equipment. Further, in step 5416, the host can use the Other packet types to send orders and information shown here as a color map, bit block transfer Or other packet transmission. Furthermore, the host and client can exchange packets using the appropriate Keyboard or the pointing device involves changing data. ...
During operation, a plurality of different events may occur, which will cause the host or client Machine requires different data rates or a different type of interface mode. For example, for the number of passes According to a computer or other device may process the data in the loading conditions encountered during (Loading conditions), the condition causes the packet preparation or slow down the rendering. A client to receive data from the dedicated AC power source may be replaced by a more limited battery power source, And in the limited power settings, it may not transmit data quickly and easily handle command So, you can not use the same resolution or color depth. Alternatively, the restrictions may be reduced Little or disappear, allowing the device to transfer data at higher rates. Which is even more need to make Request to change to a higher transfer rate mode. ...
During operation, a plurality of different events may occur, which will cause the host or client Machine requires different data rates or a different type of interface mode. For example, for the number of passes According to a computer or other device may process the data in the loading conditions encountered during (Loading conditions), the condition causes the packet preparation or slow down the rendering. A client to receive data from the dedicated AC power source may be replaced by a more limited battery power source, And in the limited power settings, it may not transmit data quickly and easily handle command So, you can not use the same resolution or color depth. Alternatively, the restrictions may be reduced Little or disappear, allowing the device to transfer data at higher rates. Which is even more need to make Request to change to a higher transfer rate mode. ...
Although it is not required to have a specific processing order, but the client and host can also post Conversion involves some data packet, the data is to be sent to the main connection with the client's finger Display device, keyboard, or other user type input devices, or received from these devices Data, of course, these elements may also be present on the host side. These groups usually pass Components rather than using the processor type state machine to process (5502). In addition, some of these life So also by the general-purpose processor (5504,5508) processing.
Although it is not required to have a specific processing order, but the client and host can also post Conversion involves some data packet, the data is to be sent to the main connection with the client's finger Display device, keyboard, or other user type input devices, or received from these devices Data, of course, these elements may also be present on the host side. These groups usually pass Components rather than using the processor type state machine to process (5502). In addition, some of these life So also by the general-purpose processor (5504,5508) processing....
With respect to the previous host and client controllers discussed to drivers and receivers In the operation process in the transmission packet transmitted. These line drivers, and other logic element Member and the state machine and general-purpose processor is connected, as shown in Figure 55 an overview. In Figure 55, the The state machine 5502 and general processors 5504 and 5508 may be further unillustrated other Connected components, such as a dedicated USB interface, memory elements, or they interact with the resident The link controller external to other components, including but not limited to the data source and means for viewing the display Device video controller chip.
Processor and state machine provides the drive enable and disable control, as mentioned on Paul Guard time, etc., as discussed, in order to ensure the effective establishment or termination of communication link, and Transport packets.
XVI Display Frame Buffers
Compared with the computer graphics, video data caching requirements for moving video images is The same. Pixel data is often stored in the client's local frame buffer, so the client The images can be local refreshed.
Displaying full-motion video (frames per media almost every pixel in the display must be changed Becomes), the generally preferred stored in a frame buffer pixel data is input, and from The second frame buffer to refresh the image on the monitor. Can use two or more of the display buffer To eliminate the visual artifacts (visible artifact), as described below. When it has a frame buffer The entire image is received, the buffer can exchange roles, the latest map received As used to refresh the display, and the image is filled with the next frame buffer to another. Chart 88A illustrates this concept in which the display by the update bit is set to "01" to the Pixel data is written to the image buffer line. ...
Displaying full-motion video (frames per media almost every pixel in the display must be changed Becomes), the generally preferred stored in a frame buffer pixel data is input, and from The second frame buffer to refresh the image on the monitor. Can use two or more of the display buffer To eliminate the visual artifacts (visible artifact), as described below. When it has a frame buffer The entire image is received, the buffer can exchange roles, the latest map received As used to refresh the display, and the image is filled with the next frame buffer to another. Chart 88A illustrates this concept in which the display by the update bit is set to "01" to the Pixel data is written to the image buffer line. ...
Having a small video window in a fixed image of the application, the fixed image is written two Buffer (display update bit is equal to "11") is the easiest, as shown in Figure 88C and And subsequently updated through the monitor bit is set to "01" to write off slow motion image pixels Impulse control.
The following rules describe the useful manipulation of buffer pointers, while the new information is written off Client and refresh the display. There are three Buffer Pointer: current_fill (current fill) Pointed by the MDDI link is currently being filled with data buffer; just_filled (just Just fill) towards the nearest buffer is filled; being_displayed (being displayed) refers to Currently being used to refresh the display buffer. All three buffer pointer can contain from 0 to N-1 the values, where N is the number of display buffers, and N ≥ 2. Right buffer Pointer arithmetic is modulo N (mod N), for example, when N = 3 and current_fill = 2:00, increasing current_fill let current_fill is set to 0. In a simple situation of N = 2 Case, just_filled always current_fill's complement. MDDI medium frame at each side Boundaries (sub-frame count field sub-frame header packet is equal to zero) to execute the order specified As follows: the just_filled set equal current_fill, and set current_fill Equal current_fill +1. ...
MDDI video stream packets according to the following structure or method to update the buffer: When the display Update bit is equal to '01 ', the pixel data is written to the buffer specified by the current_fill; When the display update bit is equal to '00 ', the data is written to the pixel specified by the just_filled Buffer: When the display update bit is equal to "11", the pixel data is written to all buffers. Pointer to the buffer specified by the being_displayed to refresh the display. In the display refresh a A frame refresh yuan (epoch) after the last pixel and it starts the next frame refresh Refresh period before the first pixel, the display update processing is executed to being_refreshed (Refreshing) is set equal to just_filled operation. ...
MDDI video stream packets according to the following structure or method to update the buffer: When the display Update bit is equal to '01 ', the pixel data is written to the buffer specified by the current_fill; When the display update bit is equal to '00 ', the data is written to the pixel specified by the just_filled Buffer: When the display update bit is equal to "11", the pixel data is written to all buffers. Pointer to the buffer specified by the being_displayed to refresh the display. In the display refresh a A frame refresh yuan (epoch) after the last pixel and it starts the next frame refresh Refresh period before the first pixel, the display update processing is executed to being_refreshed (Refreshing) is set equal to just_filled operation. ...
When support video image, Figure 89 illustrate when the display update bit is equal to "01", and by MDDI link transmission from the video data, to a pair of the video frame buffer to the display Images. MDDI link is detected on the medium after the frame boundary, the frame currently being refreshed The refresh process is completed, the display refresh process will begin refreshing from the next frame buffer.
When support video image, Figure 89 illustrate when the display update bit is equal to "01", and by MDDI link transmission from the video data, to a pair of the video frame buffer to the display Images. MDDI link is detected on the medium after the frame boundary, the frame currently being refreshed The refresh process is completed, the display refresh process will begin refreshing from the next frame buffer....
When support video image, Figure 89 illustrate when the display update bit is equal to "01", and by MDDI link transmission from the video data, to a pair of the video frame buffer to the display Images. MDDI link is detected on the medium after the frame boundary, the frame currently being refreshed The refresh process is completed, the display refresh process will begin refreshing from the next frame buffer....
Containing computer graphics and motion video image combined image, the video image Pixel data may occupy a small part of the media frames. In the display refresh operation and the image transfer involving phase The frame buffer with the case, it is very important. These conditions through Figure 91 of the Cross-hatched shading shows which reads from the buffer to refresh the display pixel can be Could be written into the buffer of the previous two pixels, or they may correspond to about to be written to the same A frame buffer.
The client using the three frame buffers to resolve small window frame buffer access competition Problem, as shown in Figure 92.
However, if the monitor refresh rate is less than MDDI link medium frame rate, So the problem persists, as shown in Figure 93.
Motion video images using a single buffer is much problem, as shown in Figure 94. When the Display refresh faster than the image transfer into the buffer, the image being refreshed sometimes will show positive An upper frame is written, and the image of the lower part is previously transmitted frames. When the monitor brush New faster than the image transfer (preferred mode of operation), the image showing a frame similar to the case of split Will occur more frequently.
XVII. Delay value table
Packet processing delay parameters grouped using a table lookup function to calculate the predicted delay to They deal with clients in some commands. Values ​​in the table according to the number of ways to increase in order to provide Very wide dynamic range, delay value. Table XX below can be used to implement the present invention to identify Example for implementation of an exemplary delay value table, the corresponding index value controls the delay.
Table XX
0 - no delay   37-1.5ns   74-51ns   111-1.8us   148-62us   185-2.2ms   222-75ms
  1-46ps   38-1.6ns   75-56ns   112-2.0us   149-68us   186-2.4ms   223-83ms
  2-51ps   39-1.8ns   76-62ns   113-2.2us   150-75us   187-2.6ms   224-91ms
  3-56ps   40-2.0ns   77-68ns   114-2.4us   151-83us   188-2.9ms   225-100ms
  4-62ps   41-2.2ns   78-75ns   115-2.6us   152-91us   189-3.2ms   226-110ms
  5-68ps   42-2.4ns   79-83ns   116-2.9us   153-100us   190-3.5ms   227-120ms
  6-75ps   43-2.6ns   80-91ns   117-3.2us   154-110us   191-3.8ms   228-130ms
  7-83ps   44-2.9ns   81-100ns   118-3.5us   155-120us   192-4.2ms   229-150ms
  8-91ps   45-3.2ns   82-110ns   119-3.8us   156-130us   193-4.6ms   230-160ms
  9-100ps   46-3.5ns   83-120ns   120-4.2us   157-150us   194-5.1ms   231-180ms
  10-110ps   47-3.8ns   84-130ns   121-4.6us   158-160us   195-5.6ms   232-200ms
  11-120ps   48-4.2ns   85-150ns   122-5.1us   159-180us   196-6.2ms   233-220ms
  12-130ps   49-4.6ns   86-160ns   123-5.6us   160-200us   197-6.8ms   234-240ms
  13-150ps   50-5.1ns   87-180ns   124-6.2us   161-220us   198-7.5ms   235-260ms
  14-160ps   51-5.6ns   88-200ns   125-6.8us   162-240us   199-8.3ms   236-290ms
  15-180ps   52-6.2ns   89-220ns   126-7.5us   163-260us   200-9.1ms   237-320ms
  16-200ps   53-6.8ns   90-240ns   127-8.3us   164-290us   201-10ms   238-350ms
  17-220ps   54-7.5ns   91-260ns   128-9.1us   165-320us   202-11ms   239-380ms
  18-240ps   55-8.3ns   92-290ns   129-10us   166-350us   203-12ms   240-420ms
  19-260ps   56-9.1ns   93-320ns   130-11us   167-380us   204-13ms   241-460ms
  20-290ps   57-10ns   94-350ns   131-12us   168-420us   205-15ms   242-510ms
  21-320ps   58-11ns   95-380ns   132-13us   169-460us   206-16ms   243-560ms
  22-350ps   59-12ns   96-420ns   133-15us   170-510us   207-18ms   244-620ms
  23-380ps   60-13ns   97-460ns   134-16us   171-560us   208-20ms   245-680ms
  24-420ps   61-15ns   98-510ns   135-18us   172-620us   209-22ms   246-750ms
  25-460ps   62-16ns   99-560ns   136-20us   173-680us   210-24ms   247-830ms
  26-510ps   63-18ns   100-620ns   137-22us   174-750us   211-26ms   248-910ms
  27-560ps   64-20ns   101-680ns   138-24us   175-830us   212-29ms   249-1.0sec
  28-620ps   65-22ns   102-750ns   139-26us   176-910us   213-32ms   250-1.1sec
  29-680ps   66-24ns   103-830ns   140-29us   177-1.0ms   214-35ms   251-1.2sec
  30-750ps   67-26ns   104-910ns   141-32us   178-1.1ms   215-38ms   252-1.3sec
  31-830ps   68-29ns   105-1.0us   142-35us   179-1.2ms   216-42ms   253-1.5sec
  32-910ps   69-32ns   106-1.1us   143-38us   180-1.3ms   217-46ms   254-1.6s
  33-1.0ns   70-35ns   107-1.2us   144-42us   181-1.5ms   218-51ms 255 - uncertain
  34-1.1ns   71-38ns   108-1.3us   145-46us   182-1.6ms   219-56ms
  35-1.2ns   72-42ns   109-1.5us   146-51us   183-1.8ms   220-62ms
  36-1.3ns   73-46ns   110-1.6us   147-56us   184-2.0ms   221-68ms
Through the designated parameter as an index table lookup table to calculate the delay. This means that The delay is equal to the packet processing table (index). For example: If the delay parameter from the parameter list items One number is 8-bit value equal to 134, then the delay is equal to the packet processing table (134), i.e., 16 microseconds. Value of 255 indicates that the command can not be determined by calculating the completion time, the host must check Client requests and status check packet graphic busy flag or MCCS VCP control parameters Number B7h.
In some cases this delay is multiplied by the height of the target image, or the pixel width Number, and it is added to other delay up to calculate the packet processing delay.
XVIII multi-client support
Current protocol version looks not directly support multiple client devices. However, most of the Retention of packet contains the client ID field, the client ID can be used with multiple customers The client's system for addressing a particular client device. Currently, for many applications, The client ID or client ID of these are set to zero. The sub-frame header packet also Contains is used to indicate whether the host supports multiple client systems fields. Therefore, there One way in which the MDD interface or protocol in future applications it is possible to more passengers Client devices are connected together and to be addressed in order to help plan for future system designers with multiple Client host and client compatibility. ...
Current protocol version looks not directly support multiple client devices. However, most of the Retention of packet contains the client ID field, the client ID can be used with multiple customers The client's system for addressing a particular client device. Currently, for many applications, The client ID or client ID of these are set to zero. The sub-frame header packet also Contains is used to indicate whether the host supports multiple client systems fields. Therefore, there One way in which the MDD interface or protocol in future applications it is possible to more passengers Client devices are connected together and to be addressed in order to help plan for future system designers with multiple Client host and client compatibility. ...
XIX. Appendix
In addition to the above-discussed embodiment of the invention for implementing the architecture and protocols of the grid Style, structure and content outside, where some packet type field provides a more detailed Content or operation. These elements are given here in order to further clarify their respective purposes Or operations to enable the person skilled in the art and easier to understand the invention for various Application. Not discussed here only discuss a few fields over. In addition, these fields are Given above with respect to exemplary embodiments and the values ​​given in the definition. However, it should not be These values ​​as a limitation on the invention, but rather they represent implement these interfaces and protocols Useful one or more embodiments, or simultaneously with and without the implementation of all of the embodiments Case. Other embodiments, other values ​​may be used to achieve the desired data or data rate Send the results presented, as the skilled person will be understood that. ...
In addition to the above-discussed embodiment of the invention for implementing the architecture and protocols of the grid Style, structure and content outside, where some packet type field provides a more detailed Content or operation. These elements are given here in order to further clarify their respective purposes Or operations to enable the person skilled in the art and easier to understand the invention for various Application. Not discussed here only discuss a few fields over. In addition, these fields are Given above with respect to exemplary embodiments and the values ​​given in the definition. However, it should not be These values ​​as a limitation on the invention, but rather they represent implement these interfaces and protocols Useful one or more embodiments, or simultaneously with and without the implementation of all of the embodiments Case. Other embodiments, other values ​​may be used to achieve the desired data or data rate Send the results presented, as the skilled person will be understood that. ...
In one embodiment, the pixel data attribute field (2 bytes) with the following interpretation A series of bit values. Bits 1 and 0 select how to route the display pixel data. For the bit value '11 ' Speaking, or two eyes to display data for bit value '10 ', the only way the data From to left, and for bit values ​​'01 'is concerned, only the data is routed to the right eye, and for bit A value of '00 'is concerned, the data is routed to an optional display, as discussed below, the bits 8 to 11 as specified.
Bit 2 indicates whether the pixel data in an interlaced format, the value '0 'means the pixel Data in the standard progressive format, advancing from one line to the next row, the row number (Y pixels Coordinates) plus 1. When this bit has the value '1 ', the pixel data in an interlaced format, And from one line to advance to the next line, the line number plus 2. Bit 3 indicates that the pixel data in alternate Pixel format. This is enabled by bit 2 standard interlaced mode, but here is the vertical interlaced Straight instead of horizontal. When bit 3 is '0 ', the pixel data in the standard image by one Pixel format, when the reception of each successive pixel, the column number (pixel X coordinate) is incremented. When the bit 3 is '1 ', the pixel data in alternate pixel format, each pixel is received, the column Number plus two. ...
Bit 4 indicates that the pixel data related to the display or the camera, i.e., where the data is transmitted To a wireless phone or similar device, or even your laptop or other device as described above The internal display, or is transferred out from these devices, or the data is transferred to the embedded Or directly coupled to said device camera or sent out from the camera. When the bit 4 is '0 ', the pixel data is being transferred to or from the display frame transmitted from the buffer. When bit 4 is '1 ', the pixel data is transferred to some type of camera or video equipment Prepared or sent out from, this device is known in the art belongs. ...
Bit 4 indicates that the pixel data related to the display or the camera, i.e., where the data is transmitted To a wireless phone or similar device, or even your laptop or other device as described above The internal display, or is transferred out from these devices, or the data is transferred to the embedded Or directly coupled to said device camera or sent out from the camera. When the bit 4 is '0 ', the pixel data is being transferred to or from the display frame transmitted from the buffer. When bit 4 is '1 ', the pixel data is transferred to some type of camera or video equipment Prepared or sent out from, this device is known in the art belongs. ...
Bits 7 and 6 is a display update bits for the data written to the pixel will be described a frame buffer. Discussed elsewhere more specific results. For bit values ​​of '01 ', the pixel data is Write offline image buffer. For bit values ​​of '00 ', the pixel data is written for Refresh the display image buffer. For bit values ​​of '11 ', the pixel data is written All images in the buffer. The bit value or a combination of '10 'is treated as an invalid value or specify, And the pixel data is ignored and not be written to any image buffer. This value may be for The future use of the interface has a purpose. ...
Bits 7 and 6 is a display update bits for the data written to the pixel will be described a frame buffer. Discussed elsewhere more specific results. For bit values ​​of '01 ', the pixel data is Write offline image buffer. For bit values ​​of '00 ', the pixel data is written for Refresh the display image buffer. For bit values ​​of '11 ', the pixel data is written All images in the buffer. The bit value or a combination of '10 'is treated as an invalid value or specify, And the pixel data is ignored and not be written to any image buffer. This value may be for The future use of the interface has a purpose. ...
Bit 12 to 14 are reserved for future use and should generally be set to logic zero. The discussion On the bit 15 and bit 5 in combination, and the bit 15 is set to logic 1 indicates that the pixel data bit Segment the data rows of pixels in the last row of pixels in the frame. Bit 5 is set to logic one to the next Video stream packets corresponding to the next video frame of the first row of pixels.
2% E5% AD% 97% E8% 8A% 82% E7% 9A% 84X% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B% E5% 92% 8CY% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E6% 8C% 87% E5% AE% 9A% E5% 83% 8F% E7% B4% A0% E6% 95% B0% E6% 8D% AE% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E4% B8% AD% E7% AC% AC% E4% B8% 80% E5% 83% 8F% E7% B4% A0% E7% 9A% 84% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% 82% B9 (X% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B% EF% BC% 8CY% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B)% E7% 9A% 84% E7% BB% 9D% E5% AF% B9X% E5% 92% 8CY% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E3% 80 % 822% E5% AD% 97% E8% 8A% 82% E7% 9A% 84X% E5% B7% A6% E6% B2% BF% E5% 92% 8CY% E9% A1% B6% 0A% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E6% B2% BF% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E6% 8C% 87% E5% AE% 9A % E7% 94% B1% E5% 83% 8F% E7% B4% A0% E6% 95% B0% E6% 8D% AE% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E5% A1% AB% E5 % 85% 85% E7% 9A% 84% E5% B1% 8F% E5% B9% 95% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E7% 9A% 84% E5% B7% A6% E6% B2 % BF% E7% 9A% 84X% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E4% BB% A5% E5% 8F% 8A% E9% A1% B6% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E6% B2% BF% E7% 9A% 84Y% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% EF% BC% 8C% E8% 80% 8CX % E5% 8F% B3% E6% B2% BF% E5% 92% 8CY% E5% BA% 95% E6% B2% BF% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E5% 88% 99% E6 % 8C% 87% E5% AE% 9A% E6% AD% A3% E5% 9C% A8% E6% 9B% B4% E6% 96% B0% E7% 9A% 84% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F % A3% E7% 9A% 84% E5% 8F% B3% E6% B2% BF% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% 9A % 84X% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E4% BB% A5% E5% 8F% 8A% E5% BA% 95% E6% B2% BF% E7% 9A% 84Y% E5% 9D% 90 % E6% A0% 87% E3% 80% 82
Pixel count field (2 bytes) pixel data field specifies the following number of pixels.
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the pixel count from the packet length of all the words Section of the CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded.
Said pixel data field contains the raw video information to be displayed, and in accordance with the video Data Format Descriptor field formatted as described. As discussed elsewhere, Each data transmission a "line." When the pixel data attribute field bit 5 is set to logic 1 Usually, the pixel data field contains exactly one row of pixels, and the first pixel being transmitted to Should be the most left pixel, and the last pixel transmitted corresponding to the right-most pixel.
Pixel data CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the pixel data 16 CRC. As If the value of the CRC check fails, then the pixel data can still be used, but the CRC error Count increases.
B. Information on the audio stream packet
In one embodiment, the Audio Channel ID field (1 byte) using 8-bit unsigned Integer value to identify a particular audio channel, where the client device sends the audio data to the through Road. Physical audio channel through this field in accordance with the values ​​0,1,2,3,4,5,6 or 7 Been designated or mapped to a physical channel, respectively, indicate that these values ​​front left, front right, left, right After the front center, subwoofer, surround left and surround right channels. Audio channel ID A value of 254 indicates that a single stream digital audio samples is sent to the front left and right channels. Doing Simplifies the communication of some applications, such as a stereo headset for voice communication applications, for PDA using the improved productivity applications, or simple user interface to generate an alarm sound its It is applied. From 8-253 and 255, ID field within the range of values ​​is currently retained to Will be in the new design requires the use of additional marking, as the skilled person in the foreseeable To be. ...
In one embodiment, the Audio Channel ID field (1 byte) using 8-bit unsigned Integer value to identify a particular audio channel, where the client device sends the audio data to the through Road. Physical audio channel through this field in accordance with the values ​​0,1,2,3,4,5,6 or 7 Been designated or mapped to a physical channel, respectively, indicate that these values ​​front left, front right, left, right After the front center, subwoofer, surround left and surround right channels. Audio channel ID A value of 254 indicates that a single stream digital audio samples is sent to the front left and right channels. Doing Simplifies the communication of some applications, such as a stereo headset for voice communication applications, for PDA using the improved productivity applications, or simple user interface to generate an alarm sound its It is applied. From 8-253 and 255, ID field within the range of values ​​is currently retained to Will be in the new design requires the use of additional marking, as the skilled person in the foreseeable To be. ...
Audio sample count field (2 bytes) Specifies the number of audio samples grouping.
Each sample median and packaging field contains a byte of data is used to illustrate the audio package Format. In one embodiment, usually using bit format is used to define each 4-0 PCM audio samples digits. Then, bit 5 shows whether said digital audio data samples Be packaged. As described above, Figure 12 illustrates the packing audio samples and audio samples byte aligned Differences. Bit 5 is the value '0 'indicates that each field of the digital audio PCM audio data Sampling of the interface are byte aligned byte boundaries, and the value '1 'indicates that each successive PCM Audio sample relative to the previous audio sample is packaged. Usually only when bit 4-0 (each PCM Audio samples of bits) value is not defined in a multiple of 8, this bit is valid. Bits 7-6 are reserved for the system design requires the use of additional identification, and is typically set to Zero value. ...
Each sample median and packaging field contains a byte of data is used to illustrate the audio package Format. In one embodiment, usually using bit format is used to define each 4-0 PCM audio samples digits. Then, bit 5 shows whether said digital audio data samples Be packaged. As described above, Figure 12 illustrates the packing audio samples and audio samples byte aligned Differences. Bit 5 is the value '0 'indicates that each field of the digital audio PCM audio data Sampling of the interface are byte aligned byte boundaries, and the value '1 'indicates that each successive PCM Audio sample relative to the previous audio sample is packaged. Usually only when bit 4-0 (each PCM Audio samples of bits) value is not defined in a multiple of 8, this bit is valid. Bits 7-6 are reserved for the system design requires the use of additional identification, and is typically set to Zero value. ...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length from the packet to the audio sample rate of There are 16 bytes of CRC. If not properly passed the CRC checksum, discard Entire packet. Digital audio data field contains the raw audio samples to be played, and usually Unsigned integer having the form of a linear format. Audio Data CRC field (2 bytes) Contains audio data only for 16-bit CRC. If that fails the CRC check, Then the audio data can still be used, but the CRC error count is incremented.
C. about user-defined stream packets
In one embodiment, the 2-byte stream ID number field is used to identify a particular user-defined Defined stream. Flow parameters and flow data field content is usually defined by the MDDI equipment manufacturer. 2-byte CRC field contains a flow parameters from the beginning to the packet length byte stream audio encoding All parameters of the 16-bit byte CRC. If that fails the CRC check, you have lost Discard the entire packet. If the application does not require final MDD interface flow parameters and flow parameters CRC Field, that they are seen as optional, then flow parameters and flow parameters CRC field can be Discarded. 2-byte CRC field contains only the stream data for the stream data of the CRC. If This not properly by checking CRC, then the streaming data is optional, which take Depending on the application requirements. The use of the stream data with the CRC for well, and generally should Find cache streaming data until CRC was identified as good so far. If the CRC does not pass Parity, then the CRC error count increases. ...
In one embodiment, the 2-byte stream ID number field is used to identify a particular user-defined Defined stream. Flow parameters and flow data field content is usually defined by the MDDI equipment manufacturer. 2-byte CRC field contains a flow parameters from the beginning to the packet length byte stream audio encoding All parameters of the 16-bit byte CRC. If that fails the CRC check, you have lost Discard the entire packet. If the application does not require final MDD interface flow parameters and flow parameters CRC Field, that they are seen as optional, then flow parameters and flow parameters CRC field can be Discarded. 2-byte CRC field contains only the stream data for the stream data of the CRC. If This not properly by checking CRC, then the streaming data is optional, which take Depending on the application requirements. The use of the stream data with the CRC for well, and generally should Find cache streaming data until CRC was identified as good so far. If the CRC does not pass Parity, then the CRC error count increases. ...
2-byte hClient ID field contains the client ID information or reservations values​​, such as the first As used before. Since this field is usually reserved for future use, so the current through These bits set to '0 'to be set to zero.
2-byte count field using color mapping project value to specify three - byte color map entry Total purposes, these items are included in the color mapping data field, or specify exists in this Color mapping data packets over the color map of the total number of table entries. In this embodiment, , The color map is the number of bytes of data in the color mapping project counts three times. Color mapping Shot item count is set to zero so as not to send the color mapping data. If the color mapping The size is zero, then the offset value is usually still color mapping sent, but ignored by display. Color mapping offset field (4 bytes) Specifies the color mapping data packet from the client Device color mapping table offset to start. ...
2-byte count field using color mapping project value to specify three - byte color map entry Total purposes, these items are included in the color mapping data field, or specify exists in this Color mapping data packets over the color map of the total number of table entries. In this embodiment, , The color map is the number of bytes of data in the color mapping project counts three times. Color mapping Shot item count is set to zero so as not to send the color mapping data. If the color mapping The size is zero, then the offset value is usually still color mapping sent, but ignored by display. Color mapping offset field (4 bytes) Specifies the color mapping data packet from the client Device color mapping table offset to start. ...
For the color map data fields, the width of each color map location is determined by the color Size field specifies the mapping entry, which in one embodiment, the first part specifies the number of blue Value, the second part specifies the green value and the third part specifies the red value. Color map size Field specifies the color mapping data fields exist in the three-byte color mapping table entries. If a single color map can not meet (fit into) video data format and color maps grouped Then you can send multiple packets to specify the entire color mapping, where each packet with There are different colors and color mapping data mapping offsets. Each data item in the blue color mapping, Green and red digits ability grouping should monitor RGB color map width field Is specified. ...
For the color map data fields, the width of each color map location is determined by the color Size field specifies the mapping entry, which in one embodiment, the first part specifies the number of blue Value, the second part specifies the green value and the third part specifies the red value. Color map size Field specifies the color mapping data fields exist in the three-byte color mapping table entries. If a single color map can not meet (fit into) video data format and color maps grouped Then you can send multiple packets to specify the entire color mapping, where each packet with There are different colors and color mapping data mapping offsets. Each data item in the blue color mapping, Green and red digits ability grouping should monitor RGB color map width field Is specified. ...
Each color mapping data items will be transferred in the following order: blue, green, red Colors, each component of the least significant bit is transmitted first. Each project will be a single red color map , Green, and blue components packaged, but each color map item (the blue component of the minimum Significant bit) should be based on byte aligned. Figure 100 illustrates a 6 blue, green, and 8 7 red color map data item instance. For this example, the color mapping points Group size is equal to 21 color map entry, and the client ability grouping RGB color map Width of the field is equal to 0x0786.
E. encapsulated packet on the reverse link
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the packet length from the length of all the words to the steering Section 16 CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded.
In one embodiment, the reverse link flags field (1 byte) contains request Information from the client a set of flags. If bit (e.g., bit 0) is set to a logic 1 Flat, then the host ability grouping using the client request specific information from the monitor, but if The bit is set to logic zero level, then the host does not need the information from the client. Position 0 is used to indicate when the host needs clients ability grouping, usually the client data points in reverse Group of fields in the packet sent to the host. Bit 1 is used to indicate when the host needs to client requests And status grouping of the data by the client in the reverse grouping field to send to the host. Surplus I bit (in this case bit 2-7) are reserved for future use and are set to zero. However And, you may need to use more bits to set the mark for the reverse link. ...
In one embodiment, the reverse link flags field (1 byte) contains request Information from the client a set of flags. If bit (e.g., bit 0) is set to a logic 1 Flat, then the host ability grouping using the client request specific information from the monitor, but if The bit is set to logic zero level, then the host does not need the information from the client. Position 0 is used to indicate when the host needs clients ability grouping, usually the client data points in reverse Group of fields in the packet sent to the host. Bit 1 is used to indicate when the host needs to client requests And status grouping of the data by the client in the reverse grouping field to send to the host. Surplus I bit (in this case bit 2-7) are reserved for future use and are set to zero. However And, you may need to use more bits to set the mark for the reverse link. ...
Zero 1 field contains a byte, this is 8, by the respective bit is set to logic 0 level can be set to all zeros a field equal to zero, and the field can be used to ensure that all MDDI_Data signal is disabled during the steering a field before the host can place the line driver At logic zero level up enough time to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb Recovered clock. In one embodiment, the full length of the field and 1 is greater than or equal to the cable Round trip delay in the forward link frequency and the number of bytes transferred.
Zero 1 field contains a byte, this is 8, by the respective bit is set to logic 0 level can be set to all zeros a field equal to zero, and the field can be used to ensure that all MDDI_Data signal is disabled during the steering a field before the host can place the line driver At logic zero level up enough time to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb Recovered clock. In one embodiment, the full length of the field and 1 is greater than or equal to the cable Round trip delay in the forward link frequency and the number of bytes transferred....
Reverse field contains a series of data packets sent from the client to the host of the data points Groups. When a client has no data to send to the host, the client can send or padding packets MDDI_Data line driven to a logic 0 state or level. In the present embodiment, if the MDDI_Data lines are driven to zero, the host will be interpreted as a zero length packet (not Is the effective length), and the host of the current during the reverse link encapsulation packet from the client will no longer be Machine to receive another packet.
Steering 2 Length field (1 byte) to be assigned to the total number of bytes steering 2, for Create a second shift cycle. The recommended length is turning two round trip delay plus the host to enable Its MDDI_Data time required to drive the number of bytes required. 2 Length values ​​can also be turned Greater than the minimum required or calculated value that makes it possible to have sufficient time to process the host anti- Forward link packet.
Turning two fields include turning length parameter specifies the number of bytes. Host enabled its MDDI_Data line driver to wait until at least the turn two during the round trip delay Room. Host to enable its MDDI_Data line driver, so that they in turn two of the last Bit before usually fully enabled, the client disables its output, so that they in turn two of the last Bit before usually completely disabled. 2 field is intended to shift to or transmitted from the client Since the reverse packet data field begins the remaining amount. Taking into account the different systems implement the interface And distribution of safety margins limit the differences, it is possible that none of the hosts and clients Steering 2 field period during certain parts of the MDDI_Data signals are driven to a logic zero level Level, such as the host of the line receiver shows. MDDI_Stb signal behaves as Basically MDDI_Data0 2 cycles during the entire shift at a logic 0 level. Given above A description of the settings turned two. ...
Turning two fields include turning length parameter specifies the number of bytes. Host enabled its MDDI_Data line driver to wait until at least the turn two during the round trip delay Room. Host to enable its MDDI_Data line driver, so that they in turn two of the last Bit before usually fully enabled, the client disables its output, so that they in turn two of the last Bit before usually completely disabled. 2 field is intended to shift to or transmitted from the client Since the reverse packet data field begins the remaining amount. Taking into account the different systems implement the interface And distribution of safety margins limit the differences, it is possible that none of the hosts and clients Steering 2 field period during certain parts of the MDDI_Data signals are driven to a logic zero level Level, such as the host of the line receiver shows. MDDI_Stb signal behaves as Basically MDDI_Data0 2 cycles during the entire shift at a logic 0 level. Given above A description of the settings turned two. ...
Zero 2 field contains a value is set equal to zero bytes (in the present case 8), which is set by these bits to logic 0 level to be achieved, and the field Used to ensure that following the start of the host turned to two field line driver, all MDDI_Data signals can be in a zero state for a sufficient time so that the client can make Both begin with MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb recovered clock.
F. ability grouping on client
As one embodiment, the Protocol Version field uses 2 bytes to specify the client machine Using the protocol version. The initial version is currently being set equal to 1, and with the new version of the Generate the initial release will change over time, as will know, while the smallest Protocol Version field uses two bytes to specify the client can use or interpretation of the minimum agreement Version. In this case, a value of 0 is valid. Data Rate Capability field (2 bytes) Specifies the client of the interface on the forward link to each of the data received on the maximum data Rate, and one million per second (Mbps) in the form specified. Interface Type ability word Section (1 byte) specifies the interface supported on the forward and reverse link type. Is set to "1" bit in the table Ming supports the specified interface, and set to "0" bit indicates that the specified type is not supported. Main Machine and the client should be in the forward and reverse links at least one type of support. Not required to support the interface class Type adjacent ranges. For example, only supports interfaces Type 1 and Type 3 does not support the type 3 and type 4 will be very effective. The forward and reverse links do not need to use the same interface type Type to run. However, when the link is waking from hibernation, the forward and reverse link should be in the type 1 Negotiated and agreed upon until it starts running mode or select the other mode, or by the client host and Both agreed to use other modes so far. ...
As one embodiment, the Protocol Version field uses 2 bytes to specify the client machine Using the protocol version. The initial version is currently being set equal to 1, and with the new version of the Generate the initial release will change over time, as will know, while the smallest Protocol Version field uses two bytes to specify the client can use or interpretation of the minimum agreement Version. In this case, a value of 0 is valid. Data Rate Capability field (2 bytes) Specifies the client of the interface on the forward link to each of the data received on the maximum data Rate, and one million per second (Mbps) in the form specified. Interface Type ability word Section (1 byte) specifies the interface supported on the forward and reverse link type. Is set to "1" bit in the table Ming supports the specified interface, and set to "0" bit indicates that the specified type is not supported. Main Machine and the client should be in the forward and reverse links at least one type of support. Not required to support the interface class Type adjacent ranges. For example, only supports interfaces Type 1 and Type 3 does not support the type 3 and type 4 will be very effective. The forward and reverse links do not need to use the same interface type Type to run. However, when the link is waking from hibernation, the forward and reverse link should be in the type 1 Negotiated and agreed upon until it starts running mode or select the other mode, or by the client host and Both agreed to use other modes so far. ...
Color capability field (1 byte) is used to specify the color format can follow the resolution Rate of digits. If the display is monochrome format can not be used, then this value is set to zero. Bits 7 to 4 are reserved for future use, and thus set to zero. Bit 3-0 defines each pixel Elements may be present in the maximum number of gradation levels. This four to a specified value for each pixel To 15. If the value is zero, then the display does not support the monochrome format.
Bayer capability field uses 1 byte to send in a resolution Bayer format Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the Bayer format then the value Zero. Bayer capability field from the following values: Bits 3-0 define each pixel stored The maximum number of digits in intensity, while bit 5-4 defines the necessary pixel group mode, and bit 8 6 defines the necessary sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and the same Is usually set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept or packaged Unpacked format Bayer pixel data. If bit 15 is set to 0, which indicates that the client Can only accept unpacked format Bayer pixel data. ...
Bayer capability field uses 1 byte to send in a resolution Bayer format Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the Bayer format then the value Zero. Bayer capability field from the following values: Bits 3-0 define each pixel stored The maximum number of digits in intensity, while bit 5-4 defines the necessary pixel group mode, and bit 8 6 defines the necessary sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and the same Is usually set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept or packaged Unpacked format Bayer pixel data. If bit 15 is set to 0, which indicates that the client Can only accept unpacked format Bayer pixel data. ...
RGB capability field (2 bytes) can be specified according to the resolution of the RGB format The digits. If the monitor can not use RGB format, then this value is equal to zero. RGB Ability word consists of three separate unsigned value, wherein: in each pixel, bit 3-0 set Defined maximum number of blue, green bits 7-4 define the maximum number of digits, and the bits 11-8 fixed Defined maximum number of digits in red. Currently, bit 14-12 are reserved for future use and are usually Set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept packed or unpacked RGB pixel data format. If bit 15 is set to logic 0 level, indicating that the customer Machines can only accept unpacked format RGB pixel data. ...
RGB capability field (2 bytes) can be specified according to the resolution of the RGB format The digits. If the monitor can not use RGB format, then this value is equal to zero. RGB Ability word consists of three separate unsigned value, wherein: in each pixel, bit 3-0 set Defined maximum number of blue, green bits 7-4 define the maximum number of digits, and the bits 11-8 fixed Defined maximum number of digits in red. Currently, bit 14-12 are reserved for future use and are usually Set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept packed or unpacked RGB pixel data format. If bit 15 is set to logic 0 level, indicating that the customer Machines can only accept unpacked format RGB pixel data. ...
Client features the ability to use 4-byte indicator field, which is used to show off a set of Client specific features that are supported in the logo. Set to logic 1 level bit indicates support for the Above capabilities, and is set to a logic zero level of the bit indicates that the capability is not supported. In one embodiment, Example, bit 0 value indicates whether to support bitmap block transfer packet (packet type 71). Bit 1, 2 and 3 respectively indicate whether it supports bitmap area padding packet (packet type 72), the bit Figure Hatch packet (packet type 73) or the communication link data channel packet (packet Type 74). Bit 4 value indicates whether the client has the ability to make a color transparent, and bit 5 And 6 respectively show the client can accept packaged format video data or audio Data, and the value of bit 7 indicates that the client can send a reverse link from the camera video stream. Bit 8 The value indicates whether the client is capable of receiving full line (full line) and ignore the pixel data Such as a video stream packet attribute field pixel data bit 5 of the specified display addressing, and passenger Client can also use the bits of pixel data attribute field 15 detects the frame sync or video frame data End. ...
Bit 11 and 12 respectively show the client is working with the pointing device and can send communications Pointing device to send and receive data packets, or working with the keyboard and can send and receive communications Keyboard data packets received. 13-bit value indicates whether the client has the capacity to support the VCP Grouping feature to set one or more audio or video parameters, such as VCP grouping characteristics: VCP feature request packet, VCP characteristic reply packet, set the VCP feature grouping, the request Valid parameter grouping and effective parameter response packet. Bit 14 value indicates whether the client can Power off the display of the pixel data is written to the frame buffer. If this bit is set to logic value One level, then the display update bit (video stream packet attribute field pixel data bit 7 And 6) can be set to the value "01." ...
Bit 11 and 12 respectively show the client is working with the pointing device and can send communications Pointing device to send and receive data packets, or working with the keyboard and can send and receive communications Keyboard data packets received. 13-bit value indicates whether the client has the capacity to support the VCP Grouping feature to set one or more audio or video parameters, such as VCP grouping characteristics: VCP feature request packet, VCP characteristic reply packet, set the VCP feature grouping, the request Valid parameter grouping and effective parameter response packet. Bit 14 value indicates whether the client can Power off the display of the pixel data is written to the frame buffer. If this bit is set to logic value One level, then the display update bit (video stream packet attribute field pixel data bit 7 And 6) can be set to the value "01." ...
Bit 17 indicates when the value of the client has the ability particular state response to the request packet, bit 18 values ​​indicate when the client has the ability in response to the reciprocating trip delay measurement packet, bit 19 Values ​​indicate when clients have the ability to deviate from the calibrated response to the forward link packet.
The value of Bit 20 indicates when the client has the ability to monitor the power status of the packet in response.
21-bit values ​​indicate when clients have the ability to explain the specific status request packet, and Lee A list of active state response packet to respond. As mentioned elsewhere, the client indicates Have the ability to answer a list of valid state valid parameter response packet to return another list field Outside the state.
Bit 22 indicates whether the client has the ability grouping in response to the register access. Bit 9-10 And bits 23-31 indicate that currently are reserved for future use, or as a member of the system design Optional beneficial mark, and is usually set to zero.
Monitor video frame rate capability field (1 byte) specified in units of frames per second Monitor's maximum video frame update capability. The host can select a slow specified in this field The rate values ​​to update the image.
The audio buffer depth field (2 bytes) specifies an audio stream dedicated to the display of each Monitor the depth of the elastic buffer.
Audio channel capability field (2 bytes) contains a flag to indicate that the client or Which client connection device supports audio channels. Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is supported Support, while the bit set to zero indicates that channel is not supported. The bit positions are assigned to non- The same channel, for example, in one embodiment, the bit position or 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 7, respectively, showed that the left front, right front, left rear, right rear, front center, subwoofer, ring Surround left and surround right channels. Bits 8-14 is currently reserved for future use and is usually located Set to zero. In one embodiment, the bit 15 is used to indicate whether the client to provide the forward sound Frequency channel is enabled grouping support. If this is the case, bit 15 is set to a logic 1 Levels. However, if the audio channel as a positive result of grouping is enabled, the client can not be disabled Audio channel, or if the client does not support any audio capabilities, then this one is set A logic 0 level or value. ...
Audio channel capability field (2 bytes) contains a flag to indicate that the client or Which client connection device supports audio channels. Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is supported Support, while the bit set to zero indicates that channel is not supported. The bit positions are assigned to non- The same channel, for example, in one embodiment, the bit position or 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 7, respectively, showed that the left front, right front, left rear, right rear, front center, subwoofer, ring Surround left and surround right channels. Bits 8-14 is currently reserved for future use and is usually located Set to zero. In one embodiment, the bit 15 is used to indicate whether the client to provide the forward sound Frequency channel is enabled grouping support. If this is the case, bit 15 is set to a logic 1 Levels. However, if the audio channel as a positive result of grouping is enabled, the client can not be disabled Audio channel, or if the client does not support any audio capabilities, then this one is set A logic 0 level or value. ...
A minimal frame rate field (2 bytes) Specifies the frames per second a minimal frame Rate. The minimal reading display frame rate sufficient to maintain some of the sensors or pointing device Refresh rate of the display device status.
For the reverse link of a 2-byte field contains a microphone sampling rate capability of the standard Chi, used to indicate the client device's microphone audio sample rate capability. For use MDDI purposes, the client device microphone is configured to minimally support at least 8,000 Sample per second rate. The positions for this field are assigned to different bit rate, for example, Wherein the bit positions 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7, and 8 are used to represent 8,000,16,000, 24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025,22,050 and 44,100 hits per Second (SPS), bits 9 to 15 are reserved for future use or as required for optional speed Rate, so they are currently set to '0 '. The bit value of one of these bits set to '1 ' Indicates that the particular sample rate is supported, and put this bit is set to '0 'indicates that the sample Rates are not supported. If the microphone is not connected, then the microphone bit sampling rate capability Of each are set to zero. ...
Keyboard Data Format field (here a byte) Description Keyboard is connected to the customer Systems and the connected keyboard type. In one embodiment, established by Bit 6-0 The value used to define the type of the connected keyboard. If the value is zero, the keyboard type is considered As unknown. When the value is 1, the keyboard data format is considered a standard PS-2 mode. Currently Not used 2-125 range of values, these values ​​are retained for the system designer or Interface Corporation (incorporator) or product developers to define interfaces with MDD or consequential Client or host specific use with a keyboard or input device. Value of 126 is used to indicate User-defined keyboard data format, and the value 127 is used to indicate that the client can not connect to the key Plate. In addition, bit 7 indicates whether the keyboard can be used to communicate with the client. This bit pre- Term is used to indicate that use of the keyboard using a wireless communication link with the client situation. If bit 6 0 indicates that the keyboard can not connect to a client, then bit 7 is set to 0 level. Accordingly, For one embodiment, when the value of bit 7 is 0, the keyboard and client can not communicate, And if the value of bit 7 is 1, then the keyboard and client have confirmed that they can communicate with each other. ...
Pointing device data format field (this is a byte) indicates whether the device shows even Received the client system and the instructions of the connected device type. In one embodiment, the Bit 6-0 established value defines the instructions of the connected device type. If this value is zero (0), it indicates that the device type is deemed unknown. When the value is 1, the pointing device data format Is considered the standard PS-2 mode. Not currently in use within the range 2-125 values ​​that Be retained for the system designer or interface Corporation (incorporator) or product development Commercial to define interfaces with MDD or the corresponding client or host specific means used in conjunction Display device or input device. Value of 126 is used to indicate a user-defined data formats pointing device, The value of 127 is used to indicate that the client can not connect to the pointing device. In addition, Bit 7 can be used To show that indicates whether the device can communicate with the client. This bit is used to indicate the expected Indicates that the device using a wireless communication link with the client situation. If bit 6-0 indicate directions Device can not be connected clients, then bit 7 is set to 0 level. Thus, for a Embodiment, when the value of bit 7 is 0, the pointing device and client can not communicate, and If the value of bit 7 is 1, then the pointing device and client have confirmed that they can communicate with each other Letter. ...
Pointing device data format field (this is a byte) indicates whether the device shows even Received the client system and the instructions of the connected device type. In one embodiment, the Bit 6-0 established value defines the instructions of the connected device type. If this value is zero (0), it indicates that the device type is deemed unknown. When the value is 1, the pointing device data format Is considered the standard PS-2 mode. Not currently in use within the range 2-125 values ​​that Be retained for the system designer or interface Corporation (incorporator) or product development Commercial to define interfaces with MDD or the corresponding client or host specific means used in conjunction Display device or input device. Value of 126 is used to indicate a user-defined data formats pointing device, The value of 127 is used to indicate that the client can not connect to the pointing device. In addition, Bit 7 can be used To show that indicates whether the device can communicate with the client. This bit is used to indicate the expected Indicates that the device using a wireless communication link with the client situation. If bit 6-0 indicate directions Device can not be connected clients, then bit 7 is set to 0 level. Thus, for a Embodiment, when the value of bit 7 is 0, the pointing device and client can not communicate, and If the value of bit 7 is 1, then the pointing device and client have confirmed that they can communicate with each other Letter. ...
Manufacturer's Name field (this is 2 bytes), including the manufacturer's EISA3-character ID, and in accordance with the VESA EDID specification in the same way be packaged into three 5 - Bit characters. Character "A" is represented as 00001 binary, the character "Z" is expressed as 11010 binary, and all "A" and "Z" between all letters are represented as Corresponding to the "A" and "Z" between a sequence of alphabetical order of the binary values. Manufacturers The name of the most significant bit is not used, and is generally set to logic 0 until used for future Achieved so far. For example, the string "XYZ" means the manufacturer will have a value of 0x633a Name of the manufacturer. If the client does not support this field, then it will be set to 0. Property Product code uses two bytes to include allocated by the monitor manufacturer product code. If Client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0. ...
Manufacturer's Name field (this is 2 bytes), including the manufacturer's EISA3-character ID, and in accordance with the VESA EDID specification in the same way be packaged into three 5 - Bit characters. Character "A" is represented as 00001 binary, the character "Z" is expressed as 11010 binary, and all "A" and "Z" between all letters are represented as Corresponding to the "A" and "Z" between a sequence of alphabetical order of the binary values. Manufacturers The name of the most significant bit is not used, and is generally set to logic 0 until used for future Achieved so far. For example, the string "XYZ" means the manufacturer will have a value of 0x633a Name of the manufacturer. If the client does not support this field, then it will be set to 0. Property Product code uses two bytes to include allocated by the monitor manufacturer product code. If Client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0. ...
In this embodiment, the sequence number field with four bytes to indicate that the monitor digital form Number. If the client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0. Manufacturing Star With one byte of the field to define the display manufacturing week. If the client supports this Field, the value in the range of 1-53. If the client does not support this field, then This field will be set to 0. Year of manufacture field is one byte, which defines the display The year of manufacture. The value is the offset from 1990. This field indicates the year of the Fan Wai is 1991-2245. For example, the 2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the passenger Field is not supported by the client, then the field will be set to 0. ...
In this embodiment, the sequence number field with four bytes to indicate that the monitor digital form Number. If the client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0. Manufacturing Star With one byte of the field to define the display manufacturing week. If the client supports this Field, the value in the range of 1-53. If the client does not support this field, then This field will be set to 0. Year of manufacture field is one byte, which defines the display The year of manufacture. The value is the offset from 1990. This field indicates the year of the Fan Wai is 1991-2245. For example, the 2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the passenger Field is not supported by the client, then the field will be set to 0. ...
G. on client request and status packet
Reverse Link Request field (3 bytes) specifies the client in the next sub-frame in reverse Link to the host sends the number of bytes required information.
CRC Error Count field (1 byte) indicates that since the medium has occurred since the beginning of the frame Number of CRC errors. Send subframe count of zero sub-frame header packet, CRC count Reset. If the actual number of CRC errors exceeds 255, then this value is usually 255 Saturation.
Ability to change field uses a byte to indicate the ability to change the client. Even if the user Connection such as a microphone, keyboard, or display of the peripheral device or the like, or for other reasons, This situation may occur. When bit [7:0] is equal to 0, then since the last time the client sent Ability grouping machine after capacity has not changed. However, when Bits [7:0] is equal to 1 and 255, Capacity has changed. Check the client ability grouping in order to determine the new display features.
Busy clients use two-byte field indicates that the client is to perform a specific function Can not yet ready to accept the feature associated with other groupings. Set to a logic 1 level or Value indicates the client is currently executing the particular function in the client-related functions Part busy. If the client-related features in place, then this bit is set to logic 0. The client does not support all the features, the client should return the busy state (bit set 1).
In one embodiment, these bytes are interpreted according to the following relationship: If bit 0 is "1", the bit block transfer function is busy, if bit 1 is "1", the bitmap area filling power Can be busy, if bit 2 is "1", the bitmap pattern fill feature busy. Currently, Bits 3 to 15 Reserved for future use, if in the future allocation of these bits, usually set to logic one level or shape State to indicate the busy state.
H. About bit block transfer packet
Window left coordinates X and Y values ​​to use two-byte fields are specified window to be moved Upper left hand corner coordinates X and Y values. Window width and height fields are used to use two bytes Description of the window to be moved in the width and height. Window X and Y move fields are moving to make Use two bytes for each specified window horizontally and vertically moving the number of pixels. Typically, these Coordinates are configured such that, X is a positive value so that the window will move to the right and negative to the left let Side mobile, and the value Y so that the window moves down, and negative values ​​move it up.
I. About bitmap area filling grouping
Window left coordinates X and Y values ​​for the fields are described using two bytes to be filled Upper left corner of the window coordinates X and Y values​​. Window Width and Height fields (both 2 bytes) with To be filled in the description window width and height. Video Data Format Descriptor field (two words Section) specified pixel format of the value area fills. The format of the video stream packets in the same word The same paragraph. Pixel area fills value field (4 bytes) contains the fields to be filled in by the above means Given window of pixel values. In the Video Data Format Descriptor field specifies the pixel Format.
About bitmap pattern fills J. grouping
Window left coordinates X and Y values ​​to use two-byte fields are to be filled to the specified window Coordinates of the upper left corner of the X and Y values. Window Width and Height fields (both 2 bytes) for the Description to be filled window width and height. Pattern width and pattern height fields (both two words Section), respectively, for explaining the width and height of the fill pattern. Horizontal pattern offset field (two words Section) specifies the specified window to be filled from the left edge of the horizontal deflection pattern pixel data Shift. This value is smaller than the pattern width specified value in the field. Vertical pattern offset field (2 Byte) specifies the specified window to be filled from the top edge of the pixel data of the vertical deflection pattern Shift. This value is smaller than the specified value in the Pattern Height field. ...
Window left coordinates X and Y values ​​to use two-byte fields are to be filled to the specified window Coordinates of the upper left corner of the X and Y values. Window Width and Height fields (both 2 bytes) for the Description to be filled window width and height. Pattern width and pattern height fields (both two words Section), respectively, for explaining the width and height of the fill pattern. Horizontal pattern offset field (two words Section) specifies the specified window to be filled from the left edge of the horizontal deflection pattern pixel data Shift. This value is smaller than the pattern width specified value in the field. Vertical pattern offset field (2 Byte) specifies the specified window to be filled from the top edge of the pixel data of the vertical deflection pattern Shift. This value is smaller than the specified value in the Pattern Height field. ...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length of the video format from the packet descriptor All bytes of the CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded. Pattern pixel data field contains the original video information in video data formats for describing description Character format specified fill pattern. Data is packaged as a byte, and each column of the first image Su will be byte aligned. The filling pattern data each transmission line. Pixel data pattern The CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the pixel data of the pattern of the CRC. If this CRC Failed verification, then the pattern pixel data to be used, but the CRC error Count increases. ...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length of the video format from the packet descriptor All bytes of the CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded. Pattern pixel data field contains the original video information in video data formats for describing description Character format specified fill pattern. Data is packaged as a byte, and each column of the first image Su will be byte aligned. The filling pattern data each transmission line. Pixel data pattern The CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the pixel data of the pattern of the CRC. If this CRC Failed verification, then the pattern pixel data to be used, but the CRC error Count increases. ...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length of the packet from the packet type all the words Section of a 16 - bit CRC. If that fails the CRC checksum, discard the entire sub- Groups.
Communication Link Data field contains the communication channel from the original data. This data is only Is transmitted to a computing device in the display.
Communication Link Data CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the data of the communication link 16 - Bit CRC. If this CRC fails the check, then the data can still be said communications link Use or are still useful, but the CRC error count is incremented.
L. enabled audio channels on the forward packet
Audio channel enable mask field (1 byte) contains a set of flags that indicate which Audio channel will be enabled in the client. The bit is set to 1 to enable the corresponding channel, set The bit is set to zero to disable the corresponding channel. Bit 0-5 were specified in the left front, right front, left Rear, right rear, front center channel and subwoofer channel 0 to channel 5. Bits 7 to 6 is reserved for future use, and is usually set to zero.
M. audio sampling rate on the reverse grouping
Audio Sample Rate field (1 byte) specifies the digital audio sample rate. Put this word Segment value is assigned to a different rate, which values ​​0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8 points Do not used to indicate 8,000,16,000,24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025, 22,050 and 44,100 samples per second (SPS), the value of 9-254 are reserved for based on need To rate for optional use, so they are currently set to '0 '. 255 used to disable the anti- To link audio stream.
Sample Format field (1 byte) specifies the format of the digital audio samples. When bit [1:0], etc. At '0 ', the digital audio samples are in linear format, when they are equal to 1, the digital audio Is a μ-law-sampling format, and when they equal to 2, the digital audio sample is A-law format Style. Bit [7:2] are reserved to be used according to need alternative specified audio format, and Is typically set to zero.
N. packet overhead on digital content protection
Content Protection type field (1 byte) specifies the use of digital content protection methods. The value '0 'indicates Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), and a value of 1 indicates High-bandwidth Digital internal Content Protection System (HDCP). Value range 2-255 currently assigned, but is retained So necessary for optional protection programs. Content Protection overhead message field is included in the main Sent between the client machine and the content protection message length variable field.
O. enable grouping on transparent colors
Enable transparent color field (1 byte) Specifies to enable or disable the transparent color mode Situation. If bit 0 is equal to 0, then the transparent color mode is disabled, if equal to 1, then What a transparent color mode is enabled and the transparent color specified by the following two parameters. This Byte Bit 1 to 7 are reserved for future use and is typically set to zero.
Video Data Format Descriptor field (2 bytes) specified pixel format of the value area fills. Figure 11 illustrates the video data format descriptors are encoded. The format usually associated with video Stream packets in the same field the same.
Pixel area filling value field uses 4 bytes allocated to be filled to the window as specified above The mouth of the pixel values. In the Video Data Format Descriptor field specifies the format of the pixel.
P. on the round trip delay measurement packet
2-byte packet length field specifies the packet length field is not included in a packet word Total section, and in one embodiment selected fixed length 159. Class 2 byte packets Type field with the value 82 identifies the packet type, it will be a group identified as the round trip delay Measurement packet. As before, hClient ID field is reserved for future as Client ID, And is usually set to 0.
In one embodiment, the parameters CRC field (2 bytes) contains the packet length from the All bytes of packet type 16 - bit CRC. If that fails the CRC check, Entire packet is discarded.
Protection time a field (here is 64 bytes) is used to allow the client to the MDDI_Data line driver in the host line driver is disabled previously been enabled. The guard time a bit 0 of the period, the client is enabled MDDI_Data line driver, And the host disables its line drivers so that the guard time before the last bit of 1, the line Drive is completely disabled. During the guard time a host and client is not disabled in their When they drive a logic zero level. Another object of this field is to ensure that: the master circuit is disabled Drive, all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic zero level up enough time, In order to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb recovered clock or clock signals ...
Protection time a field (here is 64 bytes) is used to allow the client to the MDDI_Data line driver in the host line driver is disabled previously been enabled. The guard time a bit 0 of the period, the client is enabled MDDI_Data line driver, And the host disables its line drivers so that the guard time before the last bit of 1, the line Drive is completely disabled. During the guard time a host and client is not disabled in their When they drive a logic zero level. Another object of this field is to ensure that: the master circuit is disabled Drive, all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic zero level up enough time, In order to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb recovered clock or clock signals ...
Zero a field (2 bytes) contains more zeros to allow the host and the client's MDDI_Data line drivers overlap, thereby MDDI_Data is always driven. Host Protection time 2 bit 0 is enabled during MDDI_Data, while the client in accordance with their measurement week Tail end of the practice, will also be driven to a logic 0 signal level.
Protection time two fields (64 bytes) in the value of the round trip delay is measured in weeks Capable of measuring the maximum period allowed when measured by the client-driven cycles overlap. Client computer The protection period of time two bits 0 to disable its line driver and the host of the guard time 2 Finally a line immediately after the opening of its drivers. During the guard time 2, the host and guest Both in its client is not disabled when they drive logic 0 level. Another object of this field is to ensure Ensure that all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic 0 level up enough time to allow passengers Enabled client hosts line drivers, use MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb Began to recover the clock signal. ...
Protection time two fields (64 bytes) in the value of the round trip delay is measured in weeks Capable of measuring the maximum period allowed when measured by the client-driven cycles overlap. Client computer The protection period of time two bits 0 to disable its line driver and the host of the guard time 2 Finally a line immediately after the opening of its drivers. During the guard time 2, the host and guest Both in its client is not disabled when they drive logic 0 level. Another object of this field is to ensure Ensure that all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic 0 level up enough time to allow passengers Enabled client hosts line drivers, use MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb Began to recover the clock signal. ...
In one embodiment, the parameters CRC field (2 bytes) contains the packet length from the All bytes of packet type 16 - bit CRC. If that fails the CRC check, Entire packet is discarded.
Zero a field uses 8 bytes to ensure the calibration data sequence field began in MDDI_Stb there will be changes. Typically, these bytes are used for 8-A is equal to the non- Signed integer. But also for the client core logic to provide sufficient time to the clock recovery circuit Road pattern from the use MDDI_0 XOR with MDDI_Stb changed to simply use MDDI_Stb or MDDI_Stb signal as the recovered clock.
Calibration Data Sequence field contains the data sequence, for each of the signal so that MDDI_Data A data cycle inversion. Calibration data field length depends on the sequence used on the uplink Interface. Calibration data processing sequence, all the MDDI host controller MDDI_Data signals are set equal to the strobe signal. Sequence field calibration data from the client Monitor receives the time, the client should only use the clock recovery circuit MDDI_Stb Instead MDDI_Stb XOR with MDDI_Data0 to recover the data clock. According to the school Prospective data signal sequence field MDDI_Stb exact beginning phase, based on the transmission of the sub- Group type of interface is being used, the calibration data sequence will usually be one of the following situations: ...
Calibration Data Sequence field contains the data sequence, for each of the signal so that MDDI_Data A data cycle inversion. Calibration data field length depends on the sequence used on the uplink Interface. Calibration data processing sequence, all the MDDI host controller MDDI_Data signals are set equal to the strobe signal. Sequence field calibration data from the client Monitor receives the time, the client should only use the clock recovery circuit MDDI_Stb Instead MDDI_Stb XOR with MDDI_Data0 to recover the data clock. According to the school Prospective data signal sequence field MDDI_Stb exact beginning phase, based on the transmission of the sub- Group type of interface is being used, the calibration data sequence will usually be one of the following situations: ...
Types 2 - (128 bytes of data sequence) 0xcc, 0xcc ...... or 0x33, 0x33 ......
Type 3 - (256-byte data sequence) 0xf0, 0xf0 ...... or 0x0f, 0x0f ......
Type 4 - (512 byte data sequence) 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00 ...... or 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff ......
Figure 62A and 62B, respectively, shown in Type 1 and Type 2 interface possible MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb waveform examples.
XX. Conclusion
Although the invention has been described various embodiments, it should be understood that, just They are given by way of example, and not as restrictive. Accordingly, the present invention is the breadth and Scope should not be subject to any restrictions exemplary embodiments, but only under the following Claims and their equivalents limited.

Claims (33)

  1. A method for a host device via a communication path between the client device and the high Present data rate digital transmission of digital data interface, comprising:
    A plurality of packet structure, which are linked together to form a communication protocol for communication via the Communication path between the host and the client passes the digital control and pre-rendered data collection; And
    At least one link controller which resides in the communication path through coupled to said passenger Client of said host device, said link controller is configured to generate, transmit, and then Receive packets forming said communications protocol, and the rendering of the digital data forming the one or more Type of data packet.
  2. (2) as claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:
    Together with a group of the dielectric frame of said packet, wherein said medium is in said main frame Machines and passed between the client and has a predefined fixed length, and a predetermined number of the Said packet having a different and variable length.
  3. 3 as claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:
    Sub-frame header packet, which is located from said host at the beginning of a packet transmission.
  4. 4 as claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises means for the specific client related hardware Member is set to low power state display power state packet.
  5. 5, as claimed in claim 1 wherein the interface, wherein said link controller is a host link Controller, and further comprising: at least one client link controller, the client Link Control Reside on the system via the communication path coupled to said host to said client device, And is configured to generate, transmit and to receive packets forming said communications protocol, and the number of Presentation data word is formed of one or more types of data packets.
  6. As claimed in claim 2 wherein the interface further comprises:
    A plurality of transfer modes, each transmission mode are allowed within a given period of time at the parallel transmission The maximum number of different data bits, where each mode can be said host and client link Negotiation between the driver to choose; and
    Wherein during data transmission, the transfer mode can be dynamically between the various modes Adjusted.
  7. As claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:
    Transmitted by the host to the client's link is down type grouping for termination Any of said communication path along a direction of data transmission.
  8. As claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:
    Used to allow the client to the host computer wakes from sleep module.
  9. 9 A method for a host device via a communication path between the client device and the high Rate to transmit the digital data presented to the user, the method comprising:
    Generating a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these packet structure Are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol;
    Using the communication protocol, via said communication path, in said host and said client Equipment passed between the digital control and pre-rendered data collection;
    Through said communication path, will reside in the host device in at least one host link Way controller coupled to said client device, said host link controller is configured to Health A transmission and receiving packets forming said communications protocol, and the digital presentation data Is formed of one or more types of data packets; and
    Using the link controller, via the communication path to transmit data in packets.
  10. A process as claimed in claim 9, further comprising:
    Used in the packet in the transmission between the host and client in a medium frame Groups together, said medium having a predefined fixed frame length, and a predetermined number of said sub- Groups have different and variable length.
  11. As claimed in claim 9, further comprising:
    The use of sub-frame header type grouping, start sending packets from the host.
  12. 12 as claimed in claim 9, further comprising:
    Through at least one client link controller, generation, transmission and reception of forming the A packet communication protocol, the client resides on the link controller coupled to the communication path through Said host device to said client device.
  13. As claimed in claim 12, further comprising:
    Said host and client negotiate the link between the drive used in each direction A plurality of transfer modes, each of the transfer modes allow a given period of time pass in parallel To send the maximum number of different data bit; and
    During the transmission of data in said plurality of transfer modes dynamically adjusted.
  14. As claimed in claim 9, further comprising:
    Used by the host to the client's link is down grouped by type, termination Any of said communication path along a direction of data transmission.
  15. 15 as claimed in claim 9, further comprising:
    Through communication with the client, the host will wake up from hibernation.
  16. 16, as claimed in claim 9, further comprising generating the display power state packet In the specific client hardware set to low power state.
  17. 17 via a communication path for the host device and the client devices to transfer a high rate Sending the digital data to be presented to the user, comprising:
    At least one host link controller disposed in said host device for generating A plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these links in a packet structure Since the formation of the predefined communication protocol, and for using the communication protocol via the communication Communication path in said host and said client device transmitted between the number of digital control and presentation According to the pre-set;
    At least one client controller disposed in said client device, and by The communication path coupled to said host link controller; and
    Each link controller is configured to generate, transmit and to receive said communication protocol is formed The packet, and the digital presentation data is formed of one or more types of data packets.
  18. 18 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller comprises a state Machine.
  19. 19 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller comprises a general-purpose Signal processor.
  20. 20 as claimed in claim 17, further comprising a sub-frame header packet type, the In said host from the start of packet transmission.
  21. 21 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller comprises a Or more differential line drivers; and said client receiver coupled to said communication comprises Communication path to one or more differential line receiver.
  22. 22 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host and client link The controller is configured to use in each direction of a plurality of transfer modes, each transmission mode Formula are allowed within a given period of time the maximum number of parallel transmission of different data bit; and can Enough during the transfer of data between said plurality of transfer modes dynamically adjusted.
  23. 23 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller is configured to The client module to the closed type packet transmission link, to terminate the communication path along the Any one direction of data transmission.
  24. 24, as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller is configured to Monitor power status grouped to generate specific display controller hardware settings for low power State.
  25. 25 A computer program product for a host device via a communication path and the client Machine devices transmit digital data at a high rate in order to present to the user's electronic system, the Computer program product comprising:
    Computer-usable medium having contained in the computer-readable medium, program code Module for the application running on the computer system, wherein the computer Read the program code modules include:
    The first computer readable program code module for causing the computer system to generate Packet structure of predefined one or more, and these links packet structure Together to form a predefined communication protocol;
    Second computer readable program code module for causing the computer system The communication protocol via the communication path and said host device of the client Digital transmission between the control and pre-rendered data collection;
    Third computer readable program code module for causing the computer system through the The communication path provided in the host device in at least one host link control Coupled to said client apparatus disposed in at least one client controller, the Said link controller is configured to generate, transmit and to receive said communication protocol is formed Packet, and the rendering of the digital data is formed of one or more types of data packets; And
    Fourth computer readable program code module for causing the computer system The link controller via the communication path to transmit data in packets.
  26. 26, as claimed in claim 25, wherein the computer program, comprising:
    Computer readable program code means for causing a computer system to generate pre-defined packet Structure, and the packet structures linked together to form a predefined communication protocol.
  27. 27 A method for a host device via a communication path between the client device and the high Rate to transmit the digital data presented to the user, comprising:
    For generating a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these groups Structures are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol modules;
    Using the communication protocol for the communication path via said host and said guest Passed between client devices the digital data control and a preselected set of rendering module;
    Through said communication path of the link controller coupled together at least two mold Block, said host and the client have such a module, and which are configured to Generation, transmission, and receiving packets forming said communications protocol, and the digital presentation data Is formed of one or more types of data packets; and
    Using said link controller via the communication path in the form of packets to pass Send data module.
  28. 28 as claimed in claim 27, further comprising means for using the sub-frame header type Packet having a packet transmitted from the host module.
  29. 29, as claimed in claim 27, further comprising means for generating display power status State packet to the specific hardware set to low power state.
  30. 30 as claimed in claim 27, further comprising the host link controller to customers Capability of the monitor client requests information in order to determine the client through the interface support What type of data held and the data rate of the module.
  31. 31 An electronic system for use in a processor, for the electronic system via the communications Path to the host device and the client devices transmit digital data at a high rate, the processing Is configured to generate a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these stars Group structures are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol; the digital data forming the present One or more types of data packets; using said communication protocol via the communication path Said host and said client device transmitted between the digital control and presentation data for a preselected Set; And, via the communication path to transmit data in packets. ...
  32. 31 An electronic system for use in a processor, for the electronic system via the communications Path to the host device and the client devices transmit digital data at a high rate, the processing Is configured to generate a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these stars Group structures are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol; the digital data forming the present One or more types of data packets; using said communication protocol via the communication path Said host and said client device transmitted between the digital control and presentation data for a preselected Set; And, via the communication path to transmit data in packets. ...
  33. 33 A method for achieving synchronization in an electronic system, the state machine, wherein the electronic system For the host device via the communication path between client devices and high speed transmission of digital Data, said state machine is configured to acquire synchronization with at least one synchronization state to state Synchronization states, and at least two synchronization state.
CN2005800147541A 2004-03-10 2005-03-10 High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony Expired - Fee Related CN1951084B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US55217604P 2004-03-10 2004-03-10
US60/552,176 2004-03-10
US55430904P 2004-03-17 2004-03-17
US60/554,309 2004-03-17
PCT/US2005/008073 WO2005088939A1 (en) 2004-03-10 2005-03-10 High data rate interface apparatus and method

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2010101586430A Division CN101827103B (en) 2004-03-10 2005-03-10 High data rate interface apparatus and method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1951084A true CN1951084A (en) 2007-04-18
CN1951084B CN1951084B (en) 2011-06-29

Family

ID=38019434

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2005800147541A Expired - Fee Related CN1951084B (en) 2004-03-10 2005-03-10 High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN1951084B (en)
TW (1) TWI372533B (en)
ZA (1) ZA200608101B (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102098453A (en) * 2010-12-13 2011-06-15 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 Video streaming control system of multi-screen processor cascading extended system
CN101755431B (en) * 2007-07-25 2014-11-26 高通股份有限公司 Wireless architecture for traditional wire based protocol
US8982780B2 (en) 2008-11-04 2015-03-17 Htc Corporation Method and apparatus for improving uplink transmission in a wireless communication system
CN110365566A (en) * 2019-06-26 2019-10-22 成都夸克光电技术有限公司 A kind of high-speed data communication bus adaptive matching method

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1166995C (en) * 2002-04-27 2004-09-15 西安交通大学 Interface controller for high-speed video processing and its design method

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101755431B (en) * 2007-07-25 2014-11-26 高通股份有限公司 Wireless architecture for traditional wire based protocol
US8982780B2 (en) 2008-11-04 2015-03-17 Htc Corporation Method and apparatus for improving uplink transmission in a wireless communication system
CN102685913B (en) * 2008-11-04 2015-04-15 宏达国际电子股份有限公司 Method for improving uplink transmission in a wireless communication system
CN102098453A (en) * 2010-12-13 2011-06-15 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 Video streaming control system of multi-screen processor cascading extended system
CN110365566A (en) * 2019-06-26 2019-10-22 成都夸克光电技术有限公司 A kind of high-speed data communication bus adaptive matching method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA200608101B (en) 2010-01-27
TWI372533B (en) 2012-09-11
TW200610306A (en) 2006-03-16
CN1951084B (en) 2011-06-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1902886A (en) High data rate interface with improved link control
CN1993948A (en) High data rate interface apparatus and method
CN101053232A (en) High data rate interface with improved link synchronization
CN1894931A (en) High data rate interface
CN1914875A (en) High data rate interface with improved link synchronization
CN1902880A (en) High data rate interface
CN1879383A (en) High data rate interface
CN1961560A (en) High data rate interface apparatus and method
CN1826786A (en) Generating and implementing a signal protocol and interface for higher data rates
CN1575448A (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
RU2337497C2 (en) Device and method for implementing interface at high data transfer speed
CN1543734A (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
CN1951084A (en) High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony
CN1977511A (en) High data rate interface apparatus and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1105255

Country of ref document: HK

C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1105255

Country of ref document: HK

CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20110629

Termination date: 20210310

CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee